Here we add a new executor node type named "Result Cache". The planner
can include this node type in the plan to have the executor cache the
results from the inner side of parameterized nested loop joins. This
allows caching of tuples for sets of parameters so that in the event that
the node sees the same parameter values again, it can just return the
cached tuples instead of rescanning the inner side of the join all over
again. Internally, result cache uses a hash table in order to quickly
find tuples that have been previously cached.
For certain data sets, this can significantly improve the performance of
joins. The best cases for using this new node type are for join problems
where a large portion of the tuples from the inner side of the join have
no join partner on the outer side of the join. In such cases, hash join
would have to hash values that are never looked up, thus bloating the hash
table and possibly causing it to multi-batch. Merge joins would have to
skip over all of the unmatched rows. If we use a nested loop join with a
result cache, then we only cache tuples that have at least one join
partner on the outer side of the join. The benefits of using a
parameterized nested loop with a result cache increase when there are
fewer distinct values being looked up and the number of lookups of each
value is large. Also, hash probes to lookup the cache can be much faster
than the hash probe in a hash join as it's common that the result cache's
hash table is much smaller than the hash join's due to result cache only
caching useful tuples rather than all tuples from the inner side of the
join. This variation in hash probe performance is more significant when
the hash join's hash table no longer fits into the CPU's L3 cache, but the
result cache's hash table does. The apparent "random" access of hash
buckets with each hash probe can cause a poor L3 cache hit ratio for large
hash tables. Smaller hash tables generally perform better.
The hash table used for the cache limits itself to not exceeding work_mem
* hash_mem_multiplier in size. We maintain a dlist of keys for this cache
and when we're adding new tuples and realize we've exceeded the memory
budget, we evict cache entries starting with the least recently used ones
until we have enough memory to add the new tuples to the cache.
For parameterized nested loop joins, we now consider using one of these
result cache nodes in between the nested loop node and its inner node. We
determine when this might be useful based on cost, which is primarily
driven off of what the expected cache hit ratio will be. Estimating the
cache hit ratio relies on having good distinct estimates on the nested
loop's parameters.
For now, the planner will only consider using a result cache for
parameterized nested loop joins. This works for both normal joins and
also for LATERAL type joins to subqueries. It is possible to use this new
node for other uses in the future. For example, to cache results from
correlated subqueries. However, that's not done here due to some
difficulties obtaining a distinct estimation on the outer plan to
calculate the estimated cache hit ratio. Currently we plan the inner plan
before planning the outer plan so there is no good way to know if a result
cache would be useful or not since we can't estimate the number of times
the subplan will be called until the outer plan is generated.
The functionality being added here is newly introducing a dependency on
the return value of estimate_num_groups() during the join search.
Previously, during the join search, we only ever needed to perform
selectivity estimations. With this commit, we need to use
estimate_num_groups() in order to estimate what the hit ratio on the
result cache will be. In simple terms, if we expect 10 distinct values
and we expect 1000 outer rows, then we'll estimate the hit ratio to be
99%. Since cache hits are very cheap compared to scanning the underlying
nodes on the inner side of the nested loop join, then this will
significantly reduce the planner's cost for the join. However, it's
fairly easy to see here that things will go bad when estimate_num_groups()
incorrectly returns a value that's significantly lower than the actual
number of distinct values. If this happens then that may cause us to make
use of a nested loop join with a result cache instead of some other join
type, such as a merge or hash join. Our distinct estimations have been
known to be a source of trouble in the past, so the extra reliance on them
here could cause the planner to choose slower plans than it did previous
to having this feature. Distinct estimations are also fairly hard to
estimate accurately when several tables have been joined already or when a
WHERE clause filters out a set of values that are correlated to the
expressions we're estimating the number of distinct value for.
For now, the costing we perform during query planning for result caches
does put quite a bit of faith in the distinct estimations being accurate.
When these are accurate then we should generally see faster execution
times for plans containing a result cache. However, in the real world, we
may find that we need to either change the costings to put less trust in
the distinct estimations being accurate or perhaps even disable this
feature by default. There's always an element of risk when we teach the
query planner to do new tricks that it decides to use that new trick at
the wrong time and causes a regression. Users may opt to get the old
behavior by turning the feature off using the enable_resultcache GUC.
Currently, this is enabled by default. It remains to be seen if we'll
maintain that setting for the release.
Additionally, the name "Result Cache" is the best name I could think of
for this new node at the time I started writing the patch. Nobody seems
to strongly dislike the name. A few people did suggest other names but no
other name seemed to dominate in the brief discussion that there was about
names. Let's allow the beta period to see if the current name pleases
enough people. If there's some consensus on a better name, then we can
change it before the release. Please see the 2nd discussion link below
for the discussion on the "Result Cache" name.
Author: David Rowley
Reviewed-by: Andy Fan, Justin Pryzby, Zhihong Yu, Hou Zhijie
Tested-By: Konstantin Knizhnik
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvrPcQyQdWERGYWx8J%2B2DLUNgXu%2BfOSbQ1UscxrunyXyrQ%40mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvq=yQXr5kqhRviT2RhNKwToaWr9JAN5t+5_PzhuRJ3wvg@mail.gmail.com
This removes "Add Result Cache executor node". It seems that something
weird is going on with the tracking of cache hits and misses as
highlighted by many buildfarm animals. It's not yet clear what the
problem is as other parts of the plan indicate that the cache did work
correctly, it's just the hits and misses that were being reported as 0.
This is especially a bad time to have the buildfarm so broken, so
reverting before too many more animals go red.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvq_hydhfovm4=izgWs+C5HqEeRScjMbOgbpC-jRAeK3Yw@mail.gmail.com
Here we add a new executor node type named "Result Cache". The planner
can include this node type in the plan to have the executor cache the
results from the inner side of parameterized nested loop joins. This
allows caching of tuples for sets of parameters so that in the event that
the node sees the same parameter values again, it can just return the
cached tuples instead of rescanning the inner side of the join all over
again. Internally, result cache uses a hash table in order to quickly
find tuples that have been previously cached.
For certain data sets, this can significantly improve the performance of
joins. The best cases for using this new node type are for join problems
where a large portion of the tuples from the inner side of the join have
no join partner on the outer side of the join. In such cases, hash join
would have to hash values that are never looked up, thus bloating the hash
table and possibly causing it to multi-batch. Merge joins would have to
skip over all of the unmatched rows. If we use a nested loop join with a
result cache, then we only cache tuples that have at least one join
partner on the outer side of the join. The benefits of using a
parameterized nested loop with a result cache increase when there are
fewer distinct values being looked up and the number of lookups of each
value is large. Also, hash probes to lookup the cache can be much faster
than the hash probe in a hash join as it's common that the result cache's
hash table is much smaller than the hash join's due to result cache only
caching useful tuples rather than all tuples from the inner side of the
join. This variation in hash probe performance is more significant when
the hash join's hash table no longer fits into the CPU's L3 cache, but the
result cache's hash table does. The apparent "random" access of hash
buckets with each hash probe can cause a poor L3 cache hit ratio for large
hash tables. Smaller hash tables generally perform better.
The hash table used for the cache limits itself to not exceeding work_mem
* hash_mem_multiplier in size. We maintain a dlist of keys for this cache
and when we're adding new tuples and realize we've exceeded the memory
budget, we evict cache entries starting with the least recently used ones
until we have enough memory to add the new tuples to the cache.
For parameterized nested loop joins, we now consider using one of these
result cache nodes in between the nested loop node and its inner node. We
determine when this might be useful based on cost, which is primarily
driven off of what the expected cache hit ratio will be. Estimating the
cache hit ratio relies on having good distinct estimates on the nested
loop's parameters.
For now, the planner will only consider using a result cache for
parameterized nested loop joins. This works for both normal joins and
also for LATERAL type joins to subqueries. It is possible to use this new
node for other uses in the future. For example, to cache results from
correlated subqueries. However, that's not done here due to some
difficulties obtaining a distinct estimation on the outer plan to
calculate the estimated cache hit ratio. Currently we plan the inner plan
before planning the outer plan so there is no good way to know if a result
cache would be useful or not since we can't estimate the number of times
the subplan will be called until the outer plan is generated.
The functionality being added here is newly introducing a dependency on
the return value of estimate_num_groups() during the join search.
Previously, during the join search, we only ever needed to perform
selectivity estimations. With this commit, we need to use
estimate_num_groups() in order to estimate what the hit ratio on the
result cache will be. In simple terms, if we expect 10 distinct values
and we expect 1000 outer rows, then we'll estimate the hit ratio to be
99%. Since cache hits are very cheap compared to scanning the underlying
nodes on the inner side of the nested loop join, then this will
significantly reduce the planner's cost for the join. However, it's
fairly easy to see here that things will go bad when estimate_num_groups()
incorrectly returns a value that's significantly lower than the actual
number of distinct values. If this happens then that may cause us to make
use of a nested loop join with a result cache instead of some other join
type, such as a merge or hash join. Our distinct estimations have been
known to be a source of trouble in the past, so the extra reliance on them
here could cause the planner to choose slower plans than it did previous
to having this feature. Distinct estimations are also fairly hard to
estimate accurately when several tables have been joined already or when a
WHERE clause filters out a set of values that are correlated to the
expressions we're estimating the number of distinct value for.
For now, the costing we perform during query planning for result caches
does put quite a bit of faith in the distinct estimations being accurate.
When these are accurate then we should generally see faster execution
times for plans containing a result cache. However, in the real world, we
may find that we need to either change the costings to put less trust in
the distinct estimations being accurate or perhaps even disable this
feature by default. There's always an element of risk when we teach the
query planner to do new tricks that it decides to use that new trick at
the wrong time and causes a regression. Users may opt to get the old
behavior by turning the feature off using the enable_resultcache GUC.
Currently, this is enabled by default. It remains to be seen if we'll
maintain that setting for the release.
Additionally, the name "Result Cache" is the best name I could think of
for this new node at the time I started writing the patch. Nobody seems
to strongly dislike the name. A few people did suggest other names but no
other name seemed to dominate in the brief discussion that there was about
names. Let's allow the beta period to see if the current name pleases
enough people. If there's some consensus on a better name, then we can
change it before the release. Please see the 2nd discussion link below
for the discussion on the "Result Cache" name.
Author: David Rowley
Reviewed-by: Andy Fan, Justin Pryzby, Zhihong Yu
Tested-By: Konstantin Knizhnik
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvrPcQyQdWERGYWx8J%2B2DLUNgXu%2BfOSbQ1UscxrunyXyrQ%40mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvq=yQXr5kqhRviT2RhNKwToaWr9JAN5t+5_PzhuRJ3wvg@mail.gmail.com
This patch makes two closely related sets of changes:
1. For UPDATE, the subplan of the ModifyTable node now only delivers
the new values of the changed columns (i.e., the expressions computed
in the query's SET clause) plus row identity information such as CTID.
ModifyTable must re-fetch the original tuple to merge in the old
values of any unchanged columns. The core advantage of this is that
the changed columns are uniform across all tables of an inherited or
partitioned target relation, whereas the other columns might not be.
A secondary advantage, when the UPDATE involves joins, is that less
data needs to pass through the plan tree. The disadvantage of course
is an extra fetch of each tuple to be updated. However, that seems to
be very nearly free in context; even worst-case tests don't show it to
add more than a couple percent to the total query cost. At some point
it might be interesting to combine the re-fetch with the tuple access
that ModifyTable must do anyway to mark the old tuple dead; but that
would require a good deal of refactoring and it seems it wouldn't buy
all that much, so this patch doesn't attempt it.
2. For inherited UPDATE/DELETE, instead of generating a separate
subplan for each target relation, we now generate a single subplan
that is just exactly like a SELECT's plan, then stick ModifyTable
on top of that. To let ModifyTable know which target relation a
given incoming row refers to, a tableoid junk column is added to
the row identity information. This gets rid of the horrid hack
that was inheritance_planner(), eliminating O(N^2) planning cost
and memory consumption in cases where there were many unprunable
target relations.
Point 2 of course requires point 1, so that there is a uniform
definition of the non-junk columns to be returned by the subplan.
We can't insist on uniform definition of the row identity junk
columns however, if we want to keep the ability to have both
plain and foreign tables in a partitioning hierarchy. Since
it wouldn't scale very far to have every child table have its
own row identity column, this patch includes provisions to merge
similar row identity columns into one column of the subplan result.
In particular, we can merge the whole-row Vars typically used as
row identity by FDWs into one column by pretending they are type
RECORD. (It's still okay for the actual composite Datums to be
labeled with the table's rowtype OID, though.)
There is more that can be done to file down residual inefficiencies
in this patch, but it seems to be committable now.
FDW authors should note several API changes:
* The argument list for AddForeignUpdateTargets() has changed, and so
has the method it must use for adding junk columns to the query. Call
add_row_identity_var() instead of manipulating the parse tree directly.
You might want to reconsider exactly what you're adding, too.
* PlanDirectModify() must now work a little harder to find the
ForeignScan plan node; if the foreign table is part of a partitioning
hierarchy then the ForeignScan might not be the direct child of
ModifyTable. See postgres_fdw for sample code.
* To check whether a relation is a target relation, it's no
longer sufficient to compare its relid to root->parse->resultRelation.
Instead, check it against all_result_relids or leaf_result_relids,
as appropriate.
Amit Langote and Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+HiwqHpHdqdDn48yCEhynnniahH78rwcrv1rEX65-fsZGBOLQ@mail.gmail.com
This allows something like
SELECT ... FROM t1 JOIN t2 USING (a, b, c) AS x
where x has the columns a, b, c and unlike a regular alias it does not
hide the range variables of the tables being joined t1 and t2.
Per SQL:2016 feature F404 "Range variable for common column names".
Reviewed-by: Vik Fearing <vik.fearing@2ndquadrant.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/454638cf-d563-ab76-a585-2564428062af@2ndquadrant.com
This implements asynchronous execution, which runs multiple parts of a
non-parallel-aware Append concurrently rather than serially to improve
performance when possible. Currently, the only node type that can be
run concurrently is a ForeignScan that is an immediate child of such an
Append. In the case where such ForeignScans access data on different
remote servers, this would run those ForeignScans concurrently, and
overlap the remote operations to be performed simultaneously, so it'll
improve the performance especially when the operations involve
time-consuming ones such as remote join and remote aggregation.
We may extend this to other node types such as joins or aggregates over
ForeignScans in the future.
This also adds the support for postgres_fdw, which is enabled by the
table-level/server-level option "async_capable". The default is false.
Robert Haas, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Thomas Munro, and myself. This commit
is mostly based on the patch proposed by Robert Haas, but also uses
stuff from the patch proposed by Kyotaro Horiguchi and from the patch
proposed by Thomas Munro. Reviewed by Kyotaro Horiguchi, Konstantin
Knizhnik, Andrey Lepikhov, Movead Li, Thomas Munro, Justin Pryzby, and
others.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BTgmoaXQEt4tZ03FtQhnzeDEMzBck%2BLrni0UWHVVgOTnA6C1w%40mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGLBRyu0rHrDCMC4%3DRn3252gogyp1SjOgG8SEKKZv%3DFwfQ%40mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200228.170650.667613673625155850.horikyota.ntt%40gmail.com
Here we aim to reduce duplicate work done by contain_volatile_functions()
by caching whether PathTargets and RestrictInfos contain any volatile
functions the first time contain_volatile_functions() is called for them.
Any future calls for these nodes just use the cached value rather than
going to the trouble of recursively checking the sub-node all over again.
Thanks to Tom Lane for the idea.
Any locations in the code which make changes to a PathTarget or
RestrictInfo which could change the outcome of the volatility check must
change the cached value back to VOLATILITY_UNKNOWN again.
contain_volatile_functions() is the only code in charge of setting the
cache value to either VOLATILITY_VOLATILE or VOLATILITY_NOVOLATILE.
Some existing code does benefit from this additional caching, however,
this change is mainly aimed at an upcoming patch that must check for
volatility during the join search. Repeated volatility checks in that
case can become very expensive when the join search contains more than a
few relations.
Author: David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3795226.1614059027@sss.pgh.pa.us
Allow defining extended statistics on expressions, not just just on
simple column references. With this commit, expressions are supported
by all existing extended statistics kinds, improving the same types of
estimates. A simple example may look like this:
CREATE TABLE t (a int);
CREATE STATISTICS s ON mod(a,10), mod(a,20) FROM t;
ANALYZE t;
The collected statistics are useful e.g. to estimate queries with those
expressions in WHERE or GROUP BY clauses:
SELECT * FROM t WHERE mod(a,10) = 0 AND mod(a,20) = 0;
SELECT 1 FROM t GROUP BY mod(a,10), mod(a,20);
This introduces new internal statistics kind 'e' (expressions) which is
built automatically when the statistics object definition includes any
expressions. This represents single-expression statistics, as if there
was an expression index (but without the index maintenance overhead).
The statistics is stored in pg_statistics_ext_data as an array of
composite types, which is possible thanks to 79f6a942bd.
CREATE STATISTICS allows building statistics on a single expression, in
which case in which case it's not possible to specify statistics kinds.
A new system view pg_stats_ext_exprs can be used to display expression
statistics, similarly to pg_stats and pg_stats_ext views.
ALTER TABLE ... ALTER COLUMN ... TYPE now treats indexes the same way it
treats indexes, i.e. it drops and recreates the statistics. This means
all statistics are reset, and we no longer try to preserve at least the
functional dependencies. This should not be a major issue in practice,
as the functional dependencies actually rely on per-column statistics,
which were always reset anyway.
Author: Tomas Vondra
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby, Dean Rasheed, Zhihong Yu
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ad7891d2-e90c-b446-9fe2-7419143847d7%40enterprisedb.com
Allow a partition be detached from its partitioned table without
blocking concurrent queries, by running in two transactions and only
requiring ShareUpdateExclusive in the partitioned table.
Because it runs in two transactions, it cannot be used in a transaction
block. This is the main reason to use dedicated syntax: so that users
can choose to use the original mode if they need it. But also, it
doesn't work when a default partition exists (because an exclusive lock
would still need to be obtained on it, in order to change its partition
constraint.)
In case the second transaction is cancelled or a crash occurs, there's
ALTER TABLE .. DETACH PARTITION .. FINALIZE, which executes the final
steps.
The main trick to make this work is the addition of column
pg_inherits.inhdetachpending, initially false; can only be set true in
the first part of this command. Once that is committed, concurrent
transactions that use a PartitionDirectory will include or ignore
partitions so marked: in optimizer they are ignored if the row is marked
committed for the snapshot; in executor they are always included. As a
result, and because of the way PartitionDirectory caches partition
descriptors, queries that were planned before the detach will see the
rows in the detached partition and queries that are planned after the
detach, won't.
A CHECK constraint is created that duplicates the partition constraint.
This is probably not strictly necessary, and some users will prefer to
remove it afterwards, but if the partition is re-attached to a
partitioned table, the constraint needn't be rechecked.
Author: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Reviewed-by: Amit Langote <amitlangote09@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby <pryzby@telsasoft.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200803234854.GA24158@alvherre.pgsql
To allow inserts in parallel-mode this feature has to ensure that all the
constraints, triggers, etc. are parallel-safe for the partition hierarchy
which is costly and we need to find a better way to do that. Additionally,
we could have used existing cached information in some cases like indexes,
domains, etc. to determine the parallel-safety.
List of commits reverted, in reverse chronological order:
ed62d3737c Doc: Update description for parallel insert reloption.
c8f78b6161 Add a new GUC and a reloption to enable inserts in parallel-mode.
c5be48f092 Improve FK trigger parallel-safety check added by 05c8482f7f.
e2cda3c20a Fix use of relcache TriggerDesc field introduced by commit 05c8482f7f.
e4e87a32cc Fix valgrind issue in commit 05c8482f7f.
05c8482f7f Enable parallel SELECT for "INSERT INTO ... SELECT ...".
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E1lMiB9-0001c3-SY@gemulon.postgresql.org
A couple error messages and comments used 'statistic kind', not the
correct 'statistics kind'. Fix and backpatch all the way back to 10,
where extended statistics were introduced.
Backpatch-through: 10
There is now a per-column COMPRESSION option which can be set to pglz
(the default, and the only option in up until now) or lz4. Or, if you
like, you can set the new default_toast_compression GUC to lz4, and
then that will be the default for new table columns for which no value
is specified. We don't have lz4 support in the PostgreSQL code, so
to use lz4 compression, PostgreSQL must be built --with-lz4.
In general, TOAST compression means compression of individual column
values, not the whole tuple, and those values can either be compressed
inline within the tuple or compressed and then stored externally in
the TOAST table, so those properties also apply to this feature.
Prior to this commit, a TOAST pointer has two unused bits as part of
the va_extsize field, and a compessed datum has two unused bits as
part of the va_rawsize field. These bits are unused because the length
of a varlena is limited to 1GB; we now use them to indicate the
compression type that was used. This means we only have bit space for
2 more built-in compresison types, but we could work around that
problem, if necessary, by introducing a new vartag_external value for
any further types we end up wanting to add. Hopefully, it won't be
too important to offer a wide selection of algorithms here, since
each one we add not only takes more coding but also adds a build
dependency for every packager. Nevertheless, it seems worth doing
at least this much, because LZ4 gets better compression than PGLZ
with less CPU usage.
It's possible for LZ4-compressed datums to leak into composite type
values stored on disk, just as it is for PGLZ. It's also possible for
LZ4-compressed attributes to be copied into a different table via SQL
commands such as CREATE TABLE AS or INSERT .. SELECT. It would be
expensive to force such values to be decompressed, so PostgreSQL has
never done so. For the same reasons, we also don't force recompression
of already-compressed values even if the target table prefers a
different compression method than was used for the source data. These
architectural decisions are perhaps arguable but revisiting them is
well beyond the scope of what seemed possible to do as part of this
project. However, it's relatively cheap to recompress as part of
VACUUM FULL or CLUSTER, so this commit adjusts those commands to do
so, if the configured compression method of the table happens not to
match what was used for some column value stored therein.
Dilip Kumar. The original patches on which this work was based were
written by Ildus Kurbangaliev, and those were patches were based on
even earlier work by Nikita Glukhov, but the design has since changed
very substantially, since allow a potentially large number of
compression methods that could be added and dropped on a running
system proved too problematic given some of the architectural issues
mentioned above; the choice of which specific compression method to
add first is now different; and a lot of the code has been heavily
refactored. More recently, Justin Przyby helped quite a bit with
testing and reviewing and this version also includes some code
contributions from him. Other design input and review from Tomas
Vondra, Álvaro Herrera, Andres Freund, Oleg Bartunov, Alexander
Korotkov, and me.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/20170907194236.4cefce96%40wp.localdomain
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAFiTN-uUpX3ck%3DK0mLEk-G_kUQY%3DSNOTeqdaNRR9FMdQrHKebw%40mail.gmail.com
With grouping sets, it's possible that some of the grouping sets are
duplicate. This is especially common with CUBE and ROLLUP clauses. For
example GROUP BY CUBE (a,b), CUBE (b,c) is equivalent to
GROUP BY GROUPING SETS (
(a, b, c),
(a, b, c),
(a, b, c),
(a, b),
(a, b),
(a, b),
(a),
(a),
(a),
(c, a),
(c, a),
(c, a),
(c),
(b, c),
(b),
()
)
Some of the grouping sets are calculated multiple times, which is mostly
unnecessary. This commit implements a new GROUP BY DISTINCT feature, as
defined in the SQL standard, which eliminates the duplicate sets.
Author: Vik Fearing
Reviewed-by: Erik Rijkers, Georgios Kokolatos, Tomas Vondra
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/bf3805a8-d7d1-ae61-fece-761b7ff41ecc@postgresfriends.org
Parallel SELECT can't be utilized for INSERT in the following cases:
- INSERT statement uses the ON CONFLICT DO UPDATE clause
- Target table has a parallel-unsafe: trigger, index expression or
predicate, column default expression or check constraint
- Target table has a parallel-unsafe domain constraint on any column
- Target table is a partitioned table with a parallel-unsafe partition key
expression or support function
The planner is updated to perform additional parallel-safety checks for
the cases listed above, for determining whether it is safe to run INSERT
in parallel-mode with an underlying parallel SELECT. The planner will
consider using parallel SELECT for "INSERT INTO ... SELECT ...", provided
nothing unsafe is found from the additional parallel-safety checks, or
from the existing parallel-safety checks for SELECT.
While checking parallel-safety, we need to check it for all the partitions
on the table which can be costly especially when we decide not to use a
parallel plan. So, in a separate patch, we will introduce a GUC and or a
reloption to enable/disable parallelism for Insert statements.
Prior to entering parallel-mode for the execution of INSERT with parallel
SELECT, a TransactionId is acquired and assigned to the current
transaction state. This is necessary to prevent the INSERT from attempting
to assign the TransactionId whilst in parallel-mode, which is not allowed.
This approach has a disadvantage in that if the underlying SELECT does not
return any rows, then the TransactionId is not used, however that
shouldn't happen in practice in many cases.
Author: Greg Nancarrow, Amit Langote, Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Amit Langote, Hou Zhijie, Takayuki Tsunakawa, Antonin Houska, Bharath Rupireddy, Dilip Kumar, Vignesh C, Zhihong Yu, Amit Kapila
Tested-by: Tang, Haiying
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJcOf-cXnB5cnMKqWEp2E2z7Mvcd04iLVmV=qpFJrR3AcrTS3g@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJcOf-fAdj=nDKMsRhQzndm-O13NY4dL6xGcEvdX5Xvbbi0V7g@mail.gmail.com
Commit 0aa8a01d04 extends the output plugin API to allow decoding of
prepared xacts and allowed the user to enable/disable the two-phase option
via pg_logical_slot_get_changes(). This can lead to a problem such that
the first time when it gets changes via pg_logical_slot_get_changes()
without two_phase option enabled it will not get the prepared even though
prepare is after consistent snapshot. Now next time during getting changes,
if the two_phase option is enabled it can skip prepare because by that
time start decoding point has been moved. So the user will only get commit
prepared.
Allow to enable/disable this option at the create slot time and default
will be false. It will break the existing slots which is fine in a major
release.
Author: Ajin Cherian
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila and Vignesh C
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/d0f60d60-133d-bf8d-bd70-47784d8fabf3@enterprisedb.com
This adds a new executor node named TID Range Scan. The query planner
will generate paths for TID Range scans when quals are discovered on base
relations which search for ranges on the table's ctid column. These
ranges may be open at either end. For example, WHERE ctid >= '(10,0)';
will return all tuples on page 10 and over.
To support this, two new optional callback functions have been added to
table AM. scan_set_tidrange is used to set the scan range to just the
given range of TIDs. scan_getnextslot_tidrange fetches the next tuple
in the given range.
For AMs were scanning ranges of TIDs would not make sense, these functions
can be set to NULL in the TableAmRoutine. The query planner won't
generate TID Range Scan Paths in that case.
Author: Edmund Horner, David Rowley
Reviewed-by: David Rowley, Tomas Vondra, Tom Lane, Andres Freund, Zhihong Yu
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMyN-kB-nFTkF=VA_JPwFNo08S0d-Yk0F741S2B7LDmYAi8eyA@mail.gmail.com
If ExecGetInsertedCols(), ExecGetUpdatedCols() or ExecGetExtraUpdatedCols()
were called with a ResultRelInfo that's not in the range table and isn't a
partition routing target, the functions would dereference a NULL pointer,
relinfo->ri_RootResultRelInfo. Such ResultRelInfos are created when firing
RI triggers in tables that are not modified directly. None of the current
callers of these functions pass such relations, so this isn't a live bug,
but let's make them more robust.
Also update comment in ResultRelInfo; after commit 6214e2b228,
ri_RangeTableIndex is zero for ResultRelInfos created for partition tuple
routing.
Noted by Coverity. Backpatch down to v11, like commit 6214e2b228.
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane, Amit Langote
If a cross-partition UPDATE violates a constraint on the target partition,
and the columns in the new partition are in different physical order than
in the parent, the error message can reveal columns that the user does not
have SELECT permission on. A similar bug was fixed earlier in commit
804b6b6db4.
The cause of the bug is that the callers of the
ExecBuildSlotValueDescription() function got confused when constructing
the list of modified columns. If the tuple was routed from a parent, we
converted the tuple to the parent's format, but the list of modified
columns was grabbed directly from the child's RTE entry.
ExecUpdateLockMode() had a similar issue. That lead to confusion on which
columns are key columns, leading to wrong tuple lock being taken on tables
referenced by foreign keys, when a row is updated with INSERT ON CONFLICT
UPDATE. A new isolation test is added for that corner case.
With this patch, the ri_RangeTableIndex field is no longer set for
partitions that don't have an entry in the range table. Previously, it was
set to the RTE entry of the parent relation, but that was confusing.
NOTE: This modifies the ResultRelInfo struct, replacing the
ri_PartitionRoot field with ri_RootResultRelInfo. That's a bit risky to
backpatch, because it breaks any extensions accessing the field. The
change that ri_RangeTableIndex is not set for partitions could potentially
break extensions, too. The ResultRelInfos are visible to FDWs at least,
and this patch required small changes to postgres_fdw. Nevertheless, this
seem like the least bad option. I don't think these fields widely used in
extensions; I don't think there are FDWs out there that uses the FDW
"direct update" API, other than postgres_fdw. If there is, you will get a
compilation error, so hopefully it is caught quickly.
Backpatch to 11, where support for both cross-partition UPDATEs, and unique
indexes on partitioned tables, were added.
Reviewed-by: Amit Langote
Security: CVE-2021-3393
It turns out that the calculation of [Merge]AppendPath.partitioned_rels
in allpaths.c is faulty and sometimes omits relevant non-leaf partitions,
allowing an assertion added by commit a929e17e5a to trigger. Rather
than fix that, it seems better to get rid of those fields altogether.
We don't really need the info until create_plan time, and calculating
it once for the selected plan should be cheaper than calculating it
for each append path we consider.
The preceding two commits did away with all use of the partitioned_rels
values; this commit just mechanically removes the fields and the code
that calculated them.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/87sg8tqhsl.fsf@aurora.ydns.eu
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJKUy5gCXDSmFs2c=R+VGgn7FiYcLCsEFEuDNNLGfoha=pBE_g@mail.gmail.com
This adds the SQL standard feature that adds the SEARCH and CYCLE
clauses to recursive queries to be able to do produce breadth- or
depth-first search orders and detect cycles. These clauses can be
rewritten into queries using existing syntax, and that is what this
patch does in the rewriter.
Reviewed-by: Vik Fearing <vik@postgresfriends.org>
Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/db80ceee-6f97-9b4a-8ee8-3ba0c58e5be2@2ndquadrant.com
The SQL standard allows a GRANTED BY clause on GRANT and
REVOKE (privilege) statements that can specify CURRENT_USER or
CURRENT_ROLE. In PostgreSQL, both of these are the default behavior.
Since we already have all the parsing support for this for the
GRANT (role) statement, we might as well add basic support for this
for the privilege variant as well. This allows us to check off SQL
feature T332. In the future, perhaps more interesting things could be
done with this, too.
Reviewed-by: Simon Riggs <simon@2ndquadrant.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/f2feac44-b4c5-f38f-3699-2851d6a76dc9@2ndquadrant.com
Extends the FDW API to allow batching inserts into foreign tables. That
is usually much more efficient than inserting individual rows, due to
high latency for each round-trip to the foreign server.
It was possible to implement something similar in the regular FDW API,
but it was inconvenient and there were issues with reporting the number
of actually inserted rows etc. This extends the FDW API with two new
functions:
* GetForeignModifyBatchSize - allows the FDW picking optimal batch size
* ExecForeignBatchInsert - inserts a batch of rows at once
Currently, only INSERT queries support batching. Support for DELETE and
UPDATE may be added in the future.
This also implements batching for postgres_fdw. The batch size may be
specified using "batch_size" option both at the server and table level.
The initial patch version was written by me, but it was rewritten and
improved in many ways by Takayuki Tsunakawa.
Author: Takayuki Tsunakawa
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra, Amit Langote
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200628151002.7x5laxwpgvkyiu3q@development
Invent new RawParseModes that allow the core grammar to handle
pl/pgsql expressions and assignments directly, and thereby get rid
of a lot of hackery in pl/pgsql's parser. This moves a good deal
of knowledge about pl/pgsql into the core code: notably, we have to
invent a CoercionContext that matches pl/pgsql's (rather dubious)
historical behavior for assignment coercions. That's getting away
from the original idea of pl/pgsql as an arm's-length extension of
the core, but really we crossed that bridge a long time ago.
The main advantage of doing this is that we can now use the core
parser to generate FieldStore and/or SubscriptingRef nodes to handle
assignments to pl/pgsql variables that are records or arrays. That
fixes a number of cases that had never been implemented in pl/pgsql
assignment, such as nested records and array slicing, and it allows
pl/pgsql assignment to support the datatype-specific subscripting
behaviors introduced in commit c7aba7c14.
There are cosmetic benefits too: when a syntax error occurs in a
pl/pgsql expression, the error report no longer includes the confusing
"SELECT" keyword that used to get prefixed to the expression text.
Also, there seem to be some small speed gains.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/4165684.1607707277@sss.pgh.pa.us
This patch generalizes the subscripting infrastructure so that any
data type can be subscripted, if it provides a handler function to
define what that means. Traditional variable-length (varlena) arrays
all use array_subscript_handler(), while the existing fixed-length
types that support subscripting use raw_array_subscript_handler().
It's expected that other types that want to use subscripting notation
will define their own handlers. (This patch provides no such new
features, though; it only lays the foundation for them.)
To do this, move the parser's semantic processing of subscripts
(including coercion to whatever data type is required) into a
method callback supplied by the handler. On the execution side,
replace the ExecEvalSubscriptingRef* layer of functions with direct
calls to callback-supplied execution routines. (Thus, essentially
no new run-time overhead should be caused by this patch. Indeed,
there is room to remove some overhead by supplying specialized
execution routines. This patch does a little bit in that line,
but more could be done.)
Additional work is required here and there to remove formerly
hard-wired assumptions about the result type, collation, etc
of a SubscriptingRef expression node; and to remove assumptions
that the subscript values must be integers.
One useful side-effect of this is that we now have a less squishy
mechanism for identifying whether a data type is a "true" array:
instead of wiring in weird rules about typlen, we can look to see
if pg_type.typsubscript == F_ARRAY_SUBSCRIPT_HANDLER. For this
to be bulletproof, we have to forbid user-defined types from using
that handler directly; but there seems no good reason for them to
do so.
This patch also removes assumptions that the number of subscripts
is limited to MAXDIM (6), or indeed has any hard-wired limit.
That limit still applies to types handled by array_subscript_handler
or raw_array_subscript_handler, but to discourage other dependencies
on this constant, I've moved it from c.h to utils/array.h.
Dmitry Dolgov, reviewed at various times by Tom Lane, Arthur Zakirov,
Peter Eisentraut, Pavel Stehule
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+q6zcVDuGBv=M0FqBYX8DPebS3F_0KQ6OVFobGJPM507_SZ_w@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+q6zcVovR+XY4mfk-7oNk-rF91gH0PebnNfuUjuuDsyHjOcVA@mail.gmail.com
This GUC was always intended as a temporary solution to help with
finding 9.4-to-9.5 migration issues. Now that all pre-9.5 branches
are out of support, and 9.5 will be too before v14 is released,
it seems like it's okay to drop it. Doing so allows removal of
several hundred lines of poorly-tested code in parse_expr.c,
which have been a fertile source of bugs when people did use this.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2234320.1607117945@sss.pgh.pa.us
This changes CLUSTER and REINDEX so as a parenthesized grammar becomes
possible for options, while unifying the grammar parsing rules for
option lists with the existing ones.
This is a follow-up of the work done in 873ea9e for VACUUM, ANALYZE and
EXPLAIN. This benefits REINDEX for a potential backend-side filtering
for collatable-sensitive indexes and TABLESPACE, while CLUSTER would
benefit from the latter.
Author: Alexey Kondratov, Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/8a8f5f73-00d3-55f8-7583-1375ca8f6a91@postgrespro.ru
As it stood, expandTableLikeClause() re-did the same relation_openrv
call that transformTableLikeClause() had done. However there are
scenarios where this would not find the same table as expected.
We hold lock on the LIKE source table, so it can't be renamed or
dropped, but another table could appear before it in the search path.
This explains the odd behavior reported in bug #16758 when cloning a
table as a temp table of the same name. This case worked as expected
before commit 502898192 introduced the need to open the source table
twice, so we should fix it.
To make really sure we get the same table, let's re-open it by OID not
name. That requires adding an OID field to struct TableLikeClause,
which is a little nervous-making from an ABI standpoint, but as long
as it's at the end I don't think there's any serious risk.
Per bug #16758 from Marc Boeren. Like the previous patch,
back-patch to all supported branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16758-840e84a6cfab276d@postgresql.org
For debugging purposes, Path nodes are supposed to have outfuncs
support, but this was overlooked in the original incremental sort patch.
While at it, clean up a couple other minor oversights, as well as
bizarre choice of return type for create_incremental_sort_path().
(All the existing callers just cast it to "Path *" immediately, so
they don't care, but some future caller might care.)
outfuncs.c fix by Zhijie Hou, the rest by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/324c4d81d8134117972a5b1f6cdf9560@G08CNEXMBPEKD05.g08.fujitsu.local
Previously this code assumed that all IndexScan nodes supported
mark/restore, which is not true since it depends on optional index AM
support functions. This could lead to errors about missing support
functions in rare edge cases of mergejoins with no sort keys, where an
unordered non-btree index scan was placed on the inner path without a
protecting Materialize node. (Normally, the fact that merge join
requires ordered input would avoid this error.)
Backpatch all the way since this bug is ancient.
Per report from Eugen Konkov on irc.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/87o8jn50be.fsf@news-spur.riddles.org.uk
This feature was added a long time ago, in 7c1e67bd5 and eb121ba2c,
but never documented in any user-facing way. (Documentation added
in 6126d3e70 was commented out almost immediately, in 8272fc3f7.)
That's because, while this syntax is defined by SQL:99, our
implementation is only vaguely related to the standard's semantics.
The standard appears to intend a run-time not parse-time test, and
it definitely intends that the test should understand subtype
relationships.
No one has stepped up to fix that in the intervening years, but
people keep coming across the code and asking why it's not documented.
Let's just get rid of it: if anyone ever wants to make it work per
spec, they can easily recover whatever parts of this code are still
of value from our git history.
If there's anyone out there who's actually using this despite its
undocumented status, they can switch to using pg_typeof() instead,
eg. "pg_typeof(something) = 'mytype'::regtype". That gives
essentially the same semantics as what our IS OF code did.
(We didn't have that function last time this was discussed, or
we would have ripped out IS OF then.)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKFQuwZ2pTc-DSkOiTfjauqLYkNREeNZvWmeg12Q-_69D+sYZA@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/BAY20-F23E9F2B4DAB3E4E88D3623F99B0@phx.gbl
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3E7CF81D.1000203@joeconway.com
This is mostly straightforward. However, we disallow replacing
constraint triggers or changing the is-constraint property; perhaps
that can be added later, but the complexity versus benefit tradeoff
doesn't look very good.
Also, no special thought is taken here for whether replacing an
existing trigger should result in changes to queued-but-not-fired
trigger actions. We just document that if you're surprised by the
results, too bad, don't do that. (Note that any such pending trigger
activity would have to be within the current session.)
Takamichi Osumi, reviewed at various times by Surafel Temesgen,
Peter Smith, and myself
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0DDF369B45A1B44B8A687ED43F06557C010BC362@G01JPEXMBYT03
The SQL spec calls out nonstandard syntax for certain function calls,
for example substring() with numeric position info is supposed to be
spelled "SUBSTRING(string FROM start FOR count)". We accept many
of these things, but up to now would not print them in the same format,
instead simplifying down to "substring"(string, start, count).
That's long annoyed me because it creates an interoperability
problem: we're gratuitously injecting Postgres-specific syntax into
what might otherwise be a perfectly spec-compliant view definition.
However, the real reason for addressing it right now is to support
a planned change in the semantics of EXTRACT() a/k/a date_part().
When we switch that to returning numeric, we'll have the parser
translate EXTRACT() to some new function name (might as well be
"extract" if you ask me) and then teach ruleutils.c to reverse-list
that per SQL spec. In this way existing calls to date_part() will
continue to have the old semantics.
To implement this, invent a new CoercionForm value COERCE_SQL_SYNTAX,
and make the parser insert that rather than COERCE_EXPLICIT_CALL when
the input has SQL-spec decoration. (But if the input has the form of
a plain function call, continue to mark it COERCE_EXPLICIT_CALL, even
if it's calling one of these functions.) Then ruleutils.c recognizes
COERCE_SQL_SYNTAX as a cue to emit SQL call syntax. It can know
which decoration to emit using hard-wired knowledge about the
functions that could be called this way. (While this solution isn't
extensible without manual additions, neither is the grammar, so this
doesn't seem unmaintainable.) Notice that this solution will
reverse-list a function call with SQL decoration only if it was
entered that way; so dump-and-reload will not by itself produce any
changes in the appearance of views.
This requires adding a CoercionForm field to struct FuncCall.
(I couldn't resist the temptation to rearrange that struct's
field order a tad while I was at it.) FuncCall doesn't appear
in stored rules, so that change isn't a reason for a catversion
bump, but I did one anyway because the new enum value for
CoercionForm fields could confuse old backend code.
Possible future work:
* Perhaps CoercionForm should now be renamed to DisplayForm,
or something like that, to reflect its more general meaning.
This'd require touching a couple hundred places, so it's not
clear it's worth the code churn.
* The SQLValueFunction node type, which was invented partly for
the same goal of improving SQL-compatibility of view output,
could perhaps be replaced with regular function calls marked
with COERCE_SQL_SYNTAX. It's unclear if this would be a net
code savings, however.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/42b73d2d-da12-ba9f-570a-420e0cce19d9@phystech.edu
Record the current version of dependent collations in pg_depend when
creating or rebuilding an index. When accessing the index later, warn
that the index may be corrupted if the current version doesn't match.
Thanks to Douglas Doole, Peter Eisentraut, Christoph Berg, Laurenz Albe,
Michael Paquier, Robert Haas, Tom Lane and others for very helpful
discussion.
Author: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Author: Julien Rouhaud <rjuju123@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@2ndquadrant.com> (earlier versions)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEepm%3D0uEQCpfq_%2BLYFBdArCe4Ot98t1aR4eYiYTe%3DyavQygiQ%40mail.gmail.com
This model couldn't be extended to cover the default collation, and
didn't have any information about the affected database objects when the
version changed. Remove, in preparation for a follow-up commit that
will add a new mechanism.
Author: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud <rjuju123@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@2ndquadrant.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEepm%3D0uEQCpfq_%2BLYFBdArCe4Ot98t1aR4eYiYTe%3DyavQygiQ%40mail.gmail.com
Previously we only tagged on the required information to allow the
executor to perform run-time partition pruning for Append/MergeAppend
nodes belonging to base relations. It was thought that nested
Append/MergeAppend nodes were just about always pulled up into the
top-level Append/MergeAppend and that making the run-time pruning info for
any sub Append/MergeAppend nodes was a waste of time. However, that was
likely badly thought through.
Some examples of cases we're unable to pullup nested Append/MergeAppends
are: 1) Parallel Append nodes with a mix of parallel and non-parallel
paths into a Parallel Append. 2) When planning an ordered Append scan a
sub-partition which is unordered may require a nested MergeAppend path to
ensure sub-partitions don't mix up the order of tuples being fed into the
top-level Append.
Unfortunately, it was not just as simple as removing the lines in
createplan.c which were purposefully not building the run-time pruning
info for anything but RELOPT_BASEREL relations. The code in
add_paths_to_append_rel() was far too sloppy about which partitioned_rels
it included for the Append/MergeAppend paths. The original code there
would always assume accumulate_append_subpath() would pull each sub-Append
and sub-MergeAppend path into the top-level path. While it does not
appear that there were any actual bugs caused by having the additional
partitioned table RT indexes recorded, what it did mean is that later in
planning, when we built the run-time pruning info that we wasted effort
and built PartitionedRelPruneInfos for partitioned tables that we had no
subpaths for the executor to run-time prune.
Here we tighten that up so that partitioned_rels only ever contains the RT
index for partitioned tables which actually have subpaths in the given
Append/MergeAppend. We can now Assert that every PartitionedRelPruneInfo
has a non-empty present_parts. That should allow us to catch any weird
corner cases that have been missed.
In passing, it seems there is no longer a good reason to have the
AppendPath and MergeAppendPath's partitioned_rel fields a List of IntList.
We can simply have a List of Relids instead. This is more compact in
memory and faster to add new members to. We still know which is the root
level partition as these always have a lower relid than their children.
Previously this field was used for more things, but run-time partition
pruning now remains the only user of it and it has no need for a List of
IntLists.
Here we also get rid of the RelOptInfo partitioned_child_rels field. This
is what was previously used to (sometimes incorrectly) set the
Append/MergeAppend path's partitioned_rels field. That was the only usage
of that field, so we can happily just remove it.
I also couldn't resist changing some nearby code to make use of the newly
added for_each_from macro so we can skip the first element in the list
without checking if the current item was the first one on each
iteration.
A bug report from Andreas Kretschmer prompted all this work, however,
after some consideration, I'm not personally classing this as a bug fix.
So no backpatch. In Andreas' test case, it just wasn't that clear that
there was a nested Append since the top-level Append just had a single
sub-path which was pulled up a level, per 8edd0e794.
Author: David Rowley
Reviewed-by: Amit Langote
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/flat/CAApHDvqSchs%2BubdybcfFaSPB%2B%2BEA7kqMaoqajtP0GtZvzOOR3g%40mail.gmail.com
It's unsafe to do this at parse time because addition of generated
columns to a table would not invalidate stored rules containing
UPDATEs on the table ... but there might now be dependent generated
columns that were not there when the rule was made. This also fixes
an oversight that rewriteTargetView failed to update extraUpdatedCols
when transforming an UPDATE on an updatable view. (Since the new
calculation is downstream of that, rewriteTargetView doesn't actually
need to do anything; but before, there was a demonstrable bug there.)
In v13 and HEAD, this leads to easily-visible bugs because (since
commit c6679e4fc) we won't recalculate generated columns that aren't
listed in extraUpdatedCols. In v12 this bitmap is mostly just used
for trigger-firing decisions, so you'd only notice a problem if a
trigger cared whether a generated column had been updated.
I'd complained about this back in May, but then forgot about it
until bug #16671 from Michael Paul Killian revived the issue.
Back-patch to v12 where this field was introduced. If existing
stored rules contain any extraUpdatedCols values, they'll be
ignored because the rewriter will overwrite them, so the bug will
be fixed even for existing rules. (But note that if someone were
to update to 13.1 or 12.5, store some rules with UPDATEs on tables
having generated columns, and then downgrade to a prior minor version,
they might observe issues similar to what this patch fixes. That
seems unlikely enough to not be worth going to a lot of effort to fix.)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/10206.1588964727@sss.pgh.pa.us
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16671-2fa55851859fb166@postgresql.org
get_foreign_key_join_selectivity() looks for join clauses that equate
the two sides of the FK constraint. However, if we have a query like
"WHERE fktab.a = pktab.a and fktab.a = 1", it won't find any such join
clause, because equivclass.c replaces the given clauses with "fktab.a
= 1 and pktab.a = 1", which can be enforced at the scan level, leaving
nothing to be done for column "a" at the join level.
We can fix that expectation without much trouble, but then a new problem
arises: applying the foreign-key-based selectivity rule produces a
rowcount underestimate, because we're effectively double-counting the
selectivity of the "fktab.a = 1" clause. So we have to cancel that
selectivity out of the estimate.
To fix, refactor process_implied_equality() so that it can pass back the
new RestrictInfo to its callers in equivclass.c, allowing the generated
"fktab.a = 1" clause to be saved in the EquivalenceClass's ec_derives
list. Then it's not much trouble to dig out the relevant RestrictInfo
when we need to adjust an FK selectivity estimate. (While at it, we
can also remove the expensive use of initialize_mergeclause_eclasses()
to set up the new RestrictInfo's left_ec and right_ec pointers.
The equivclass.c code can set those basically for free.)
This seems like clearly a bug fix, but I'm hesitant to back-patch it,
first because there's some API/ABI risk for extensions and second because
we're usually loath to destabilize plan choices in stable branches.
Per report from Sigrid Ehrenreich.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1019549.1603770457@sss.pgh.pa.us
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/AM6PR02MB5287A0ADD936C1FA80973E72AB190@AM6PR02MB5287.eurprd02.prod.outlook.com
Store the tuple conversion map to convert a tuple from a child table's
format to the root format in a new ri_ChildToRootMap field in
ResultRelInfo. It is initialized if transition tuple capture for FOR
STATEMENT triggers or INSERT tuple routing on a partitioned table is
needed. Previously, ModifyTable kept the maps in the per-subplan
ModifyTableState->mt_per_subplan_tupconv_maps array, or when tuple
routing was used, in
ResultRelInfo->ri_Partitioninfo->pi_PartitionToRootMap. The new field
replaces both of those.
Now that the child-to-root tuple conversion map is always available in
ResultRelInfo (when needed), remove the TransitionCaptureState.tcs_map
field. The callers of Exec*Trigger() functions no longer need to set or
save it, which is much less confusing and bug-prone. Also, as a future
optimization, this will allow us to delay creating the map for a given
result relation until the relation is actually processed during
execution.
Author: Amit Langote
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CA%2BHiwqHtCWLdK-LO%3DNEsvOdHx%2B7yv4mE_zYK0i3BH7dXb-wxog%40mail.gmail.com
When executing DDL on a partitioned table or on a table with inheritance
children, statement-level triggers must be fired against the table given
in the original statement. The code to look that up was a bit messy and
duplicative. Commit 501ed02cf6 added a helper function,
getASTriggerResultRelInfo() (later renamed to getTargetResultRelInfo())
for it, but for some reason it was only used when firing AFTER STATEMENT
triggers and the code to fire BEFORE STATEMENT triggers duplicated the
logic.
Determine the target relation in ExecInitModifyTable(), and set it always
in ModifyTableState. Code that used to call getTargetResultRelInfo() can
now use ModifyTableState->rootResultRelInfo directly.
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CA%2BHiwqFViT47Zbr_ASBejiK7iDG8%3DQ1swQ-tjM6caRPQ67pT%3Dw%40mail.gmail.com
Maintaining 'es_result_relation_info' correctly at all times has become
cumbersome, especially with partitioning where each partition gets its
own result relation info. Having to set and reset it across arbitrary
operations has caused bugs in the past.
This changes all the places that used 'es_result_relation_info', to
receive the currently active ResultRelInfo via function parameters
instead.
Author: Amit Langote
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CA%2BHiwqGEmiib8FLiHMhKB%2BCH5dRgHSLc5N5wnvc4kym%2BZYpQEQ%40mail.gmail.com
FDWs that can perform an UPDATE/DELETE remotely using the "direct modify"
set of APIs need to access the ResultRelInfo of the target table. That's
currently available in EState.es_result_relation_info, but the next
commit will remove that field.
This commit adds a new resultRelation field in ForeignScan, to store the
target relation's RT index, and the corresponding ResultRelInfo in
ForeignScanState. The FDW's PlanDirectModify callback is expected to set
'resultRelation' along with 'operation'. The core code doesn't need them
for anything, they are for the convenience of FDW's Begin- and
IterateDirectModify callbacks.
Authors: Amit Langote, Etsuro Fujita
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CA%2BHiwqGEmiib8FLiHMhKB%2BCH5dRgHSLc5N5wnvc4kym%2BZYpQEQ%40mail.gmail.com
Instead of allocating all the ResultRelInfos upfront in one big array,
allocate them in ExecInitModifyTable(). es_result_relations is now an
array of ResultRelInfo pointers, rather than an array of structs, and it
is indexed by the RT index.
This simplifies things: we get rid of the separate concept of a "result
rel index", and don't need to set it in setrefs.c anymore. This also
allows follow-up optimizations (not included in this commit yet) to skip
initializing ResultRelInfos for target relations that were not needed at
runtime, and removal of the es_result_relation_info pointer.
The EState arrays of regular result rels and root result rels are merged
into one array. Similarly, the resultRelations and rootResultRelations
lists in PlannedStmt are merged into one. It's not actually clear to me
why they were kept separate in the first place, but now that the
es_result_relations array is indexed by RT index, it certainly seems
pointless.
The PlannedStmt->resultRelations list is now only needed for
ExecRelationIsTargetRelation(). One visible effect of this change is that
ExecRelationIsTargetRelation() will now return 'true' also for the
partition root, if a partitioned table is updated. That seems like a good
thing, although the function isn't used in core code, and I don't see any
reason for an FDW to call it on a partition root.
Author: Amit Langote
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CA%2BHiwqGEmiib8FLiHMhKB%2BCH5dRgHSLc5N5wnvc4kym%2BZYpQEQ%40mail.gmail.com
We have a dozen or so places that need to iterate over all but the
first cell of a List. Prior to v13 this was typically written as
for_each_cell(lc, lnext(list_head(list)))
Commit 1cff1b95a changed these to
for_each_cell(lc, list, list_second_cell(list))
This patch introduces a new macro for_each_from() which expresses
the start point as a list index, allowing these to be written as
for_each_from(lc, list, 1)
This is marginally more efficient, since ForEachState.i can be
initialized directly instead of backing into it from a ListCell
address. It also seems clearer and less typo-prone.
Some of the remaining uses of for_each_cell() look like they could
profitably be changed to for_each_from(), but here I confined myself
to changing uses of list_second_cell().
Also, fix for_each_cell_setup() and for_both_cell_setup() to
const-ify their arguments; that's a simple oversight in 1cff1b95a.
Back-patch into v13, on the grounds that (1) the const-ification
is a minor bug fix, and (2) it's better for back-patching purposes
if we only have two ways to write these loops rather than three.
In HEAD, also remove list_third_cell() and list_fourth_cell(),
which were also introduced in 1cff1b95a, and are unused as of
cc99baa43. It seems unlikely that any third-party code would
have started to use them already; anyone who has can be directed
to list_nth_cell instead.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvpo1zj9KhEpU2cCRZfSM3Q6XGdhzuAS2v79PH7WJBkYVA@mail.gmail.com
Prior to this commit, the linitial(), lsecond(), lthird(), lfourth()
macros and their int and Oid list cousins would call their corresponding
inlined function to fetch the cell of interest. Those inline functions
were kind enough to return NULL if the particular cell did not exist.
Unfortunately, the care that these functions took was of no relevance to
the calling macros as they proceeded to directly dereference the returned
value without any regard to whether that value was NULL or not. If it had
been, we'd have segfaulted.
Of course, the fact that we would have segfaulted on misuse of these
macros just goes to prove that nobody is relying on the empty or list too
small checks. So here we just get rid of those checks completely.
The existing inline functions have been left alone as someone may be using
those directly. We just replace the call within each macro to use
list_nth_cell().
For the llast*() case we require a new list_last_cell() inline function to
get away from the multiple evaluation hazard that we'd get if we fetched
->length on the macro's parameter.
Author: David Rowley
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvpo1zj9KhEpU2cCRZfSM3Q6XGdhzuAS2v79PH7WJBkYVA@mail.gmail.com
When commit bd3daddaf introduced AlternativeSubPlans, I had some
ambitions towards allowing the choice of subplan to change during
execution. That has not happened, or even been thought about, in the
ensuing twelve years; so it seems like a failed experiment. So let's
rip that out and resolve the choice of subplan at the end of planning
(in setrefs.c) rather than during executor startup. This has a number
of positive benefits:
* Removal of a few hundred lines of executor code, since
AlternativeSubPlans need no longer be supported there.
* Removal of executor-startup overhead (particularly, initialization
of subplans that won't be used).
* Removal of incidental costs of having a larger plan tree, such as
tree-scanning and copying costs in the plancache; not to mention
setrefs.c's own costs of processing the discarded subplans.
* EXPLAIN no longer has to print a weird (and undocumented)
representation of an AlternativeSubPlan choice; it sees only the
subplan actually used. This should mean less confusion for users.
* Since setrefs.c knows which subexpression of a plan node it's
working on at any instant, it's possible to adjust the estimated
number of executions of the subplan based on that. For example,
we should usually estimate more executions of a qual expression
than a targetlist expression. The implementation used here is
pretty simplistic, because we don't want to expend a lot of cycles
on the issue; but it's better than ignoring the point entirely,
as the executor had to.
That last point might possibly result in shifting the choice
between hashed and non-hashed EXISTS subplans in a few cases,
but in general this patch isn't meant to change planner choices.
Since we're doing the resolution so late, it's really impossible
to change any plan choices outside the AlternativeSubPlan itself.
Patch by me; thanks to David Rowley for review.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1992952.1592785225@sss.pgh.pa.us
In the particular case of GRANTED BY, this is specified in the SQL
standard. Since in PostgreSQL, CURRENT_ROLE is equivalent to
CURRENT_USER, and CURRENT_USER is already supported here, adding
CURRENT_ROLE is trivial. The other cases are PostgreSQL extensions,
but for the same reason it also makes sense there.
Reviewed-by: Vik Fearing <vik@postgresfriends.org>
Reviewed-by: Asif Rehman <asifr.rehman@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera <alvherre@2ndquadrant.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/f2feac44-b4c5-f38f-3699-2851d6a76dc9%402ndquadrant.com
Since there is only one place that actually needs the partition check
expression, namely ExecPartitionCheck, it's better to fetch it from
the relcache there. In this way we will never fetch it at all if
the query never has use for it, and we still fetch it just once when
we do need it.
The reason for taking an interest in this is that if the relcache
doesn't already have the check expression cached, fetching it
requires obtaining AccessShareLock on the partition root. That
means that operations that look like they should only touch the
partition itself will also take a lock on the root. In particular
we observed that TRUNCATE on a partition may take a lock on the
partition's root, contributing to a deadlock situation in parallel
pg_restore.
As written, this patch does have a small cost, which is that we
are microscopically reducing efficiency for the case where a partition
has an empty check expression. ExecPartitionCheck will be called,
and will go through the motions of setting up and checking an empty
qual, where before it would not have been called at all. We could
avoid that by adding a separate boolean flag to track whether there
is a partition expression to test. However, this case only arises
for a default partition with no siblings, which surely is not an
interesting case in practice. Hence adding complexity for it
does not seem like a good trade-off.
Amit Langote, per a suggestion by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/VI1PR03MB31670CA1BD9625C3A8C5DD05EB230@VI1PR03MB3167.eurprd03.prod.outlook.com
This node already handles multiple options using a bitmask, so having a
separate boolean flag is not necessary. This simplifies the code a bit
with less arguments to give to the reindex routines, by replacing the
boolean with an equivalent bitmask value.
Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200902110326.GA14963@paquier.xyz
When multiple relations are reindexed, a scan of pg_class is done first
to build the list of relations to work on. However the REINDEX logic
has never checked if a relation listed still exists when beginning the
work on it, causing for example sudden cache lookup failures.
This commit adds safeguards against dropped relations for REINDEX,
similarly to VACUUM or CLUSTER where we try to open the relation,
ignoring it if it is missing. A new option is added to the REINDEX
routines to control if a missed relation is OK to ignore or not.
An isolation test, based on REINDEX SCHEMA, is added for the concurrent
and non-concurrent cases.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Anastasia Lubennikova
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200813043805.GE11663@paquier.xyz
If a CREATE TABLE command uses both LIKE and traditional inheritance,
Vars in CHECK constraints and expression indexes that are absorbed
from a LIKE parent table tended to get mis-numbered, resulting in
wrong answers and/or bizarre error messages (though probably not any
actual crashes, thanks to validation occurring in the executor).
In v12 and up, the same could happen to Vars in GENERATED expressions,
even in cases with no LIKE clause but multiple traditional-inheritance
parents.
The cause of the problem for LIKE is that parse_utilcmd.c supposed
it could renumber such Vars correctly during transformCreateStmt(),
which it cannot since we have not yet accounted for columns added via
inheritance. Fix that by postponing processing of LIKE INCLUDING
CONSTRAINTS, DEFAULTS, GENERATED, INDEXES till after we've performed
DefineRelation().
The error with GENERATED and multiple inheritance is a simple oversight
in MergeAttributes(); it knows it has to renumber Vars in inherited
CHECK constraints, but forgot to apply the same processing to inherited
GENERATED expressions (a/k/a defaults).
Per bug #16272 from Tom Gottfried. The non-GENERATED variants of the
issue are ancient, presumably dating right back to the addition of
CREATE TABLE LIKE; hence back-patch to all supported branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16272-6e32da020e9a9381@postgresql.org
Commit a477bfc1d fixed eval_const_expressions() to ensure that it
didn't generate unnecessary RelabelType nodes, but I failed to notice
that some other places in the planner had the same issue. Really
noplace in the planner should be using plain makeRelabelType(), for
fear of generating expressions that should be equal() to semantically
equivalent trees, but aren't.
An example is that because canonicalize_ec_expression() failed
to be careful about this, we could end up with an equivalence class
containing both a plain Const, and a Const-with-RelabelType
representing exactly the same value. So far as I can tell this led to
no visible misbehavior, but we did waste a bunch of cycles generating
and evaluating "Const = Const-with-RelabelType" to prove such entries
are redundant.
Hence, move the support function added by a477bfc1d to where it can
be more generally useful, and use it in the places where planner code
previously used makeRelabelType.
Back-patch to v12, like the previous patch. While I have no concrete
evidence of any real misbehavior here, it's certainly possible that
I overlooked a case where equivalent expressions that aren't equal()
could cause a user-visible problem. In any case carrying extra
RelabelType nodes through planning to execution isn't very desirable.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1311836.1597781384@sss.pgh.pa.us
nodeSubplan.c expects that the testexpr for a hashable ANY SubPlan
has the form of one or more OpExprs whose LHS is an expression of the
outer query's, while the RHS is an expression over Params representing
output columns of the subquery. However, the planner only went as far
as verifying that the clauses were all binary OpExprs. This works
99.99% of the time, because the clauses have the right shape when
emitted by the parser --- but it's possible for function inlining to
break that, as reported by PegoraroF10. To fix, teach the planner
to check that the LHS and RHS contain the right things, or more
accurately don't contain the wrong things. Given that this has been
broken for years without anyone noticing, it seems sufficient to just
give up hashing when it happens, rather than go to the trouble of
commuting the clauses back again (which wouldn't necessarily work
anyway).
While poking at that, I also noticed that nodeSubplan.c had a baked-in
assumption that the number of hash clauses is identical to the number
of subquery output columns. Again, that's fine as far as parser output
goes, but it's not hard to break it via function inlining. There seems
little reason for that assumption though --- AFAICS, the only thing
it's buying us is not having to store the number of hash clauses
explicitly. Adding code to the planner to reject such cases would take
more code than getting nodeSubplan.c to cope, so I fixed it that way.
This has been broken for as long as we've had hashable SubPlans,
so back-patch to all supported branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1549209182255-0.post@n3.nabble.com
"relkind" normally refers to the char field from pg_class. However, in
the parse nodes AlterTableStmt and CreateTableAsStmt, "relkind" was used
for a field of type enum ObjectType, that could refer to other object
types than those possible for a relkind. Such fields being usually
named "objtype", switch the name in both structures to make things more
consistent. Note that this led to some confusion in functions that
also operate on a RangeTableEntry object, which also has a field named
"relkind".
This naming goes back to commit 09d4e96, where only OBJECT_TABLE and
OBJECT_INDEX were used. This got extended later to use as well
OBJECT_TYPE with e440e12, not really a relation kind.
Author: Mark Dilger
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/609181AE-E399-47C7-9221-856E0F96BF93@enterprisedb.com
Since 1f39bce02, HashAgg nodes have had the ability to spill to disk when
memory consumption exceeds work_mem. That commit added new properties to
EXPLAIN ANALYZE to show the maximum memory usage and disk usage, however,
it didn't quite go as far as showing that information for parallel
workers. Since workers may have experienced something very different from
the main process, we should show this information per worker, as is done
in Sort.
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby
Reviewed-by: Jeff Davis
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvpEKbfZa18mM1TD7qV6PG+w97pwCWq5tVD0dX7e11gRJw@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 13, where the hashagg spilling code was added.
Includes some manual cleanup of places that pgindent messed up,
most of which weren't per project style anyway.
Notably, it seems some people didn't absorb the style rules of
commit c9d297751, because there were a bunch of new occurrences
of function calls with a newline just after the left paren, all
with faulty expectations about how the rest of the call would get
indented.
Commit f2fcad27d5 (9.6 era) added the ability to mark objects as
dependent an extension, but forgot to add a way for such dependencies to
be removed. This commit fixes that oversight.
Strictly speaking this should be backpatched to 9.6, but due to lack of
demand we're not doing so at this time.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200217225333.GA30974@alvherre.pgsql
Reviewed-by: ahsan hadi <ahsan.hadi@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ibrar Ahmed <ibrar.ahmad@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Before discarding the old hash table in ExecReScanHashJoin, capture
its statistics, ensuring that we report the maximum hashtable size
across repeated rescans of the hash input relation. We can repurpose
the existing code for reporting hashtable size in parallel workers
to help with this, making the patch pretty small. This also ensures
that if rescans happen within parallel workers, we get the correct
maximums across all instances.
Konstantin Knizhnik and Tom Lane, per diagnosis by Thomas Munro
of a trouble report from Alvaro Herrera.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200323165059.GA24950@alvherre.pgsql
0f5ca02f53 introduces 3 new keywords. It appears to be too much for relatively
small feature. Given now we past feature freeze, it's already late for
discussion of the new syntax. So, revert.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/28209.1586294824%40sss.pgh.pa.us
This case didn't work because columns merged by FULL JOIN USING are
represented in the parse tree by COALESCE expressions, and the logic
for recognizing a partitionable join failed to match upper-level join
clauses to such expressions. To fix, synthesize suitable COALESCE
expressions and add them to the nullable_partexprs lists. This is
pretty ugly and brute-force, but it gets the job done. (I have
ambitions of rethinking the way outer-join output Vars are
represented, so maybe that will provide a cleaner solution someday.
For now, do this.)
Amit Langote, reviewed by Justin Pryzby, Richard Guo, and myself
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+HiwqG2WVUGmLJqtR0tPFhniO=H=9qQ+Z3L_ZC+Y3-EVQHFGg@mail.gmail.com
Previously, the partitionwise join technique only allowed partitionwise
join when input partitioned tables had exactly the same partition
bounds. This commit extends the technique to some cases when the tables
have different partition bounds, by using an advanced partition-matching
algorithm introduced by this commit. For both the input partitioned
tables, the algorithm checks whether every partition of one input
partitioned table only matches one partition of the other input
partitioned table at most, and vice versa. In such a case the join
between the tables can be broken down into joins between the matching
partitions, so the algorithm produces the pairs of the matching
partitions, plus the partition bounds for the join relation, to allow
partitionwise join for computing the join. Currently, the algorithm
works for list-partitioned and range-partitioned tables, but not
hash-partitioned tables. See comments in partition_bounds_merge().
Ashutosh Bapat and Etsuro Fujita, most of regression tests by Rajkumar
Raghuwanshi, some of the tests by Mark Dilger and Amul Sul, reviewed by
Dmitry Dolgov and Amul Sul, with additional review at various points by
Ashutosh Bapat, Mark Dilger, Robert Haas, Antonin Houska, Amit Langote,
Justin Pryzby, and Tomas Vondra
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFjFpRdjQvaUEV5DJX3TW6pU5eq54NCkadtxHX2JiJG_GvbrCA@mail.gmail.com
This commit adds following optional clause to BEGIN and START TRANSACTION
commands.
WAIT FOR LSN lsn [ TIMEOUT timeout ]
New clause pospones transaction start till given lsn is applied on standby.
This clause allows user be sure, that changes previously made on primary would
be visible on standby.
New shared memory struct is used to track awaited lsn per backend. Recovery
process wakes up backend once required lsn is applied.
Author: Ivan Kartyshov, Anna Akenteva
Reviewed-by: Craig Ringer, Thomas Munro, Robert Haas, Kyotaro Horiguchi
Reviewed-by: Masahiko Sawada, Ants Aasma, Dmitry Ivanov, Simon Riggs
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila, Alexander Korotkov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0240c26c-9f84-30ea-fca9-93ab2df5f305%40postgrespro.ru
WITH TIES is an option to the FETCH FIRST N ROWS clause (the SQL
standard's spelling of LIMIT), where you additionally get rows that
compare equal to the last of those N rows by the columns in the
mandatory ORDER BY clause.
There was a proposal by Andrew Gierth to implement this functionality in
a more powerful way that would yield more features, but the other patch
had not been finished at this time, so we decided to use this one for
now in the spirit of incremental development.
Author: Surafel Temesgen <surafel3000@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra <tomas.vondra@2ndquadrant.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALAY4q9ky7rD_A4vf=FVQvCGngm3LOes-ky0J6euMrg=_Se+ag@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/87o8wvz253.fsf@news-spur.riddles.org.uk
Incremental Sort is an optimized variant of multikey sort for cases when
the input is already sorted by a prefix of the requested sort keys. For
example when the relation is already sorted by (key1, key2) and we need
to sort it by (key1, key2, key3) we can simply split the input rows into
groups having equal values in (key1, key2), and only sort/compare the
remaining column key3.
This has a number of benefits:
- Reduced memory consumption, because only a single group (determined by
values in the sorted prefix) needs to be kept in memory. This may also
eliminate the need to spill to disk.
- Lower startup cost, because Incremental Sort produce results after each
prefix group, which is beneficial for plans where startup cost matters
(like for example queries with LIMIT clause).
We consider both Sort and Incremental Sort, and decide based on costing.
The implemented algorithm operates in two different modes:
- Fetching a minimum number of tuples without check of equality on the
prefix keys, and sorting on all columns when safe.
- Fetching all tuples for a single prefix group and then sorting by
comparing only the remaining (non-prefix) keys.
We always start in the first mode, and employ a heuristic to switch into
the second mode if we believe it's beneficial - the goal is to minimize
the number of unnecessary comparions while keeping memory consumption
below work_mem.
This is a very old patch series. The idea was originally proposed by
Alexander Korotkov back in 2013, and then revived in 2017. In 2018 the
patch was taken over by James Coleman, who wrote and rewrote most of the
current code.
There were many reviewers/contributors since 2013 - I've done my best to
pick the most active ones, and listed them in this commit message.
Author: James Coleman, Alexander Korotkov
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra, Andreas Karlsson, Marti Raudsepp, Peter Geoghegan, Robert Haas, Thomas Munro, Antonin Houska, Andres Freund, Alexander Kuzmenkov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPpHfdscOX5an71nHd8WSUH6GNOCf=V7wgDaTXdDd9=goN-gfA@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPpHfds1waRZ=NOmueYq0sx1ZSCnt+5QJvizT8ndT2=etZEeAQ@mail.gmail.com
Until now, only selected bulk operations (e.g. COPY) did this. If a
given relfilenode received both a WAL-skipping COPY and a WAL-logged
operation (e.g. INSERT), recovery could lose tuples from the COPY. See
src/backend/access/transam/README section "Skipping WAL for New
RelFileNode" for the new coding rules. Maintainers of table access
methods should examine that section.
To maintain data durability, just before commit, we choose between an
fsync of the relfilenode and copying its contents to WAL. A new GUC,
wal_skip_threshold, guides that choice. If this change slows a workload
that creates small, permanent relfilenodes under wal_level=minimal, try
adjusting wal_skip_threshold. Users setting a timeout on COMMIT may
need to adjust that timeout, and log_min_duration_statement analysis
will reflect time consumption moving to COMMIT from commands like COPY.
Internally, this requires a reliable determination of whether
RollbackAndReleaseCurrentSubTransaction() would unlink a relation's
current relfilenode. Introduce rd_firstRelfilenodeSubid. Amend the
specification of rd_createSubid such that the field is zero when a new
rel has an old rd_node. Make relcache.c retain entries for certain
dropped relations until end of transaction.
Bump XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC, since this introduces XLOG_GIST_ASSIGN_LSN.
Future servers accept older WAL, so this bump is discretionary.
Kyotaro Horiguchi, reviewed (in earlier, similar versions) by Robert
Haas. Heikki Linnakangas and Michael Paquier implemented earlier
designs that materially clarified the problem. Reviewed, in earlier
designs, by Andrew Dunstan, Andres Freund, Alvaro Herrera, Tom Lane,
Fujii Masao, and Simon Riggs. Reported by Martijn van Oosterhout.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20150702220524.GA9392@svana.org
Move have_partkey_equi_join and match_expr_to_partition_keys to
relnode.c, since they're used only there. Refactor
build_joinrel_partition_info to split out the code that fills the
joinrel's partition key lists; this doesn't have any non-cosmetic
impact, but it seems like a useful separation of concerns.
Improve assorted nearby comments.
Amit Langote, with a little further editorialization by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+HiwqG2WVUGmLJqtR0tPFhniO=H=9qQ+Z3L_ZC+Y3-EVQHFGg@mail.gmail.com
PostgreSQL provides set of template index access methods, where opclasses have
much freedom in the semantics of indexing. These index AMs are GiST, GIN,
SP-GiST and BRIN. There opclasses define representation of keys, operations on
them and supported search strategies. So, it's natural that opclasses may be
faced some tradeoffs, which require user-side decision. This commit implements
opclass parameters allowing users to set some values, which tell opclass how to
index the particular dataset.
This commit doesn't introduce new storage in system catalog. Instead it uses
pg_attribute.attoptions, which is used for table column storage options but
unused for index attributes.
In order to evade changing signature of each opclass support function, we
implement unified way to pass options to opclass support functions. Options
are set to fn_expr as the constant bytea expression. It's possible due to the
fact that opclass support functions are executed outside of expressions, so
fn_expr is unused for them.
This commit comes with some examples of opclass options usage. We parametrize
signature length in GiST. That applies to multiple opclasses: tsvector_ops,
gist__intbig_ops, gist_ltree_ops, gist__ltree_ops, gist_trgm_ops and
gist_hstore_ops. Also we parametrize maximum number of integer ranges for
gist__int_ops. However, the main future usage of this feature is expected
to be json, where users would be able to specify which way to index particular
json parts.
Catversion is bumped.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/d22c3a18-31c7-1879-fc11-4c1ce2f5e5af%40postgrespro.ru
Author: Nikita Glukhov, revised by me
Reviwed-by: Nikolay Shaplov, Robert Haas, Tom Lane, Tomas Vondra, Alvaro Herrera
Until now, only selected bulk operations (e.g. COPY) did this. If a
given relfilenode received both a WAL-skipping COPY and a WAL-logged
operation (e.g. INSERT), recovery could lose tuples from the COPY. See
src/backend/access/transam/README section "Skipping WAL for New
RelFileNode" for the new coding rules. Maintainers of table access
methods should examine that section.
To maintain data durability, just before commit, we choose between an
fsync of the relfilenode and copying its contents to WAL. A new GUC,
wal_skip_threshold, guides that choice. If this change slows a workload
that creates small, permanent relfilenodes under wal_level=minimal, try
adjusting wal_skip_threshold. Users setting a timeout on COMMIT may
need to adjust that timeout, and log_min_duration_statement analysis
will reflect time consumption moving to COMMIT from commands like COPY.
Internally, this requires a reliable determination of whether
RollbackAndReleaseCurrentSubTransaction() would unlink a relation's
current relfilenode. Introduce rd_firstRelfilenodeSubid. Amend the
specification of rd_createSubid such that the field is zero when a new
rel has an old rd_node. Make relcache.c retain entries for certain
dropped relations until end of transaction.
Back-patch to 9.5 (all supported versions). This introduces a new WAL
record type, XLOG_GIST_ASSIGN_LSN, without bumping XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC. As
always, update standby systems before master systems. This changes
sizeof(RelationData) and sizeof(IndexStmt), breaking binary
compatibility for affected extensions. (The most recent commit to
affect the same class of extensions was
089e4d405d0f3b94c74a2c6a54357a84a681754b.)
Kyotaro Horiguchi, reviewed (in earlier, similar versions) by Robert
Haas. Heikki Linnakangas and Michael Paquier implemented earlier
designs that materially clarified the problem. Reviewed, in earlier
designs, by Andrew Dunstan, Andres Freund, Alvaro Herrera, Tom Lane,
Fujii Masao, and Simon Riggs. Reported by Martijn van Oosterhout.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20150702220524.GA9392@svana.org
While performing hash aggregation, track memory usage when adding new
groups to a hash table. If the memory usage exceeds work_mem, enter
"spill mode".
In spill mode, new groups are not created in the hash table(s), but
existing groups continue to be advanced if input tuples match. Tuples
that would cause a new group to be created are instead spilled to a
logical tape to be processed later.
The tuples are spilled in a partitioned fashion. When all tuples from
the outer plan are processed (either by advancing the group or
spilling the tuple), finalize and emit the groups from the hash
table. Then, create new batches of work from the spilled partitions,
and select one of the saved batches and process it (possibly spilling
recursively).
Author: Jeff Davis
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra, Adam Lee, Justin Pryzby, Taylor Vesely, Melanie Plageman
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/507ac540ec7c20136364b5272acbcd4574aa76ef.camel@j-davis.com
An AllocSet doubles the size of allocated blocks (up to maxBlockSize),
which means that the current block can represent half of the total
allocated space for the memory context. But the free space in the
current block may never have been touched, so don't count the
untouched memory as allocated for the purposes of
MemoryContextMemAllocated().
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ec63d70b668818255486a83ffadc3aec492c1f57.camel@j-davis.com
Specifically, this patch allows ALTER TYPE to:
* Change the default TOAST strategy for a toastable base type;
* Promote a non-toastable type to toastable;
* Add/remove binary I/O functions for a type;
* Add/remove typmod I/O functions for a type;
* Add/remove a custom ANALYZE statistics functions for a type.
The first of these can be done by the type's owner; all the others
require superuser privilege since misuse could cause problems.
The main motivation for this patch is to allow extensions to
upgrade the feature sets of their data types, so the set of
alterable properties is biased towards that use-case. However
it's also true that changing some other properties would be
a lot harder, as they get baked into physical storage and/or
stored expressions that depend on the type.
Along the way, refactor GenerateTypeDependencies() to make it easier
to call, refactor DefineType's volatility checks so they can be shared
by AlterType, and teach typcache.c that it might have to reload data
from the type's pg_type row, a scenario it never handled before.
Also rearrange alter_type.sgml a bit for clarity (put the
composite-type operations together).
Tomas Vondra and Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200228004440.b23ein4qvmxnlpht@development
The closely-related function bms_hash_value is already defined in that
file, and this change means that hashfn.c no longer needs to depend on
nodes/bitmapset.h. That gets us closer to allowing use of the hash
functions in hashfn.c in frontend code.
Patch by me, reviewed by Suraj Kharage and Mark Dilger.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoaRiG4TXND8QuM6JXFRkM_1wL2ZNhzaUKsuec9-4yrkgw@mail.gmail.com
When updating a table row with generated columns, only recompute those
generated columns whose base columns have changed in this update and
keep the rest unchanged. This can result in a significant performance
benefit. The required information was already kept in
RangeTblEntry.extraUpdatedCols; we just have to make use of it.
Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/b05e781a-fa16-6b52-6738-761181204567@2ndquadrant.com
It's already tracked via ExprState->parent, so we don't need to also
include it in ExprEvalStep. When that code originally was written
ExprState->parent didn't exist, but it since has been introduced in
6719b238e8.
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20191023163849.sosqbfs5yenocez3@alap3.anarazel.de
Commit 9b63c13f0 turns out to have been fundamentally misguided:
the parent node's subPlan list is by no means the only way in which
a child SubPlan node can be hooked into the outer execution state.
As shown in bug #16213 from Matt Jibson, we can also get short-lived
tuple table slots added to the outer es_tupleTable list. At this point
I have little faith that there aren't other possible connections as
well; the long time it took to notice this problem shows that this
isn't a heavily-exercised situation.
Therefore, revert that fix, returning to the coding that passed a
NULL parent plan pointer down to the transiently-built subexpressions.
That gives us a pretty good guarantee that they won't hook into the
outer executor state in any way. But then we need some other solution
to make SubPlans work. Adopt the solution speculated about in the
previous commit's log message: do expression initialization at plan
startup for just those VALUES rows containing SubPlans, abandoning the
goal of reclaiming memory intra-query for those rows. In practice it
seems unlikely that queries containing a vast number of VALUES rows
would be using SubPlans in them, so this should not give up much.
(BTW, this test case also refutes my claim in connection with the prior
commit that the issue only arises with use of LATERAL. That was just
wrong: some variants of SubLink always produce SubPlans.)
As with previous patch, back-patch to all supported branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16213-871ac3bc208ecf23@postgresql.org
We've had numerous bug reports about how (1) IF NOT EXISTS clauses in
ALTER TABLE don't behave as-expected, and (2) combining certain actions
into one ALTER TABLE doesn't work, though executing the same actions as
separate statements does. This patch cleans up all of the cases so far
reported from the field, though there are still some oddities associated
with identity columns.
The core problem behind all of these bugs is that we do parse analysis
of ALTER TABLE subcommands too soon, before starting execution of the
statement. The root of the bugs in group (1) is that parse analysis
schedules derived commands (such as a CREATE SEQUENCE for a serial
column) before it's known whether the IF NOT EXISTS clause should cause
a subcommand to be skipped. The root of the bugs in group (2) is that
earlier subcommands may change the catalog state that later subcommands
need to be parsed against.
Hence, postpone parse analysis of ALTER TABLE's subcommands, and do
that one subcommand at a time, during "phase 2" of ALTER TABLE which
is the phase that does catalog rewrites. Thus the catalog effects
of earlier subcommands are already visible when we analyze later ones.
(The sole exception is that we do parse analysis for ALTER COLUMN TYPE
subcommands during phase 1, so that their USING expressions can be
parsed against the table's original state, which is what we need.
Arguably, these bugs stem from falsely concluding that because ALTER
COLUMN TYPE must do early parse analysis, every other command subtype
can too.)
This means that ALTER TABLE itself must deal with execution of any
non-ALTER-TABLE derived statements that are generated by parse analysis.
Add a suitable entry point to utility.c to accept those recursive
calls, and create a struct to pass through the information needed by
the recursive call, rather than making the argument lists of
AlterTable() and friends even longer.
Getting this to work correctly required a little bit of fiddling
with the subcommand pass structure, in particular breaking up
AT_PASS_ADD_CONSTR into multiple passes. But otherwise it's mostly
a pretty straightforward application of the above ideas.
Fixing the residual issues for identity columns requires refactoring of
where the dependency link from an identity column to its sequence gets
set up. So that seems like suitable material for a separate patch,
especially since this one is pretty big already.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/10365.1558909428@sss.pgh.pa.us
The core idea of this patch is to make the parser generate join alias
Vars (that is, ones with varno pointing to a JOIN RTE) only when the
alias Var is actually different from any raw join input, that is a type
coercion and/or COALESCE is necessary to generate the join output value.
Otherwise just generate varno/varattno pointing to the relevant join
input column.
In effect, this means that the planner's flatten_join_alias_vars()
transformation is already done in the parser, for all cases except
(a) columns that are merged by JOIN USING and are transformed in the
process, and (b) whole-row join Vars. In principle that would allow
us to skip doing flatten_join_alias_vars() in many more queries than
we do now, but we don't have quite enough infrastructure to know that
we can do so --- in particular there's no cheap way to know whether
there are any whole-row join Vars. I'm not sure if it's worth the
trouble to add a Query-level flag for that, and in any case it seems
like fit material for a separate patch. But even without skipping the
work entirely, this should make flatten_join_alias_vars() faster,
particularly where there are nested joins that it previously had to
flatten recursively.
An essential part of this change is to replace Var nodes'
varnoold/varoattno fields with varnosyn/varattnosyn, which have
considerably more tightly-defined meanings than the old fields: when
they differ from varno/varattno, they identify the Var's position in
an aliased JOIN RTE, and the join alias is what ruleutils.c should
print for the Var. This is necessary because the varno change
destroyed ruleutils.c's ability to find the JOIN RTE from the Var's
varno.
Another way in which this change broke ruleutils.c is that it's no
longer feasible to determine, from a JOIN RTE's joinaliasvars list,
which join columns correspond to which columns of the join's immediate
input relations. (If those are sub-joins, the joinaliasvars entries
may point to columns of their base relations, not the sub-joins.)
But that was a horrid mess requiring a lot of fragile assumptions
already, so let's just bite the bullet and add some more JOIN RTE
fields to make it more straightforward to figure that out. I added
two integer-List fields containing the relevant column numbers from
the left and right input rels, plus a count of how many merged columns
there are.
This patch depends on the ParseNamespaceColumn infrastructure that
I added in commit 5815696bc. The biggest bit of code change is
restructuring transformFromClauseItem's handling of JOINs so that
the ParseNamespaceColumn data is propagated upward correctly.
Other than that and the ruleutils fixes, everything pretty much
just works, though some processing is now inessential. I grabbed
two pieces of low-hanging fruit in that line:
1. In find_expr_references, we don't need to recurse into join alias
Vars anymore. There aren't any except for references to merged USING
columns, which are more properly handled when we scan the join's RTE.
This change actually fixes an edge-case issue: we will now record a
dependency on any type-coercion function present in a USING column's
joinaliasvar, even if that join column has no references in the query
text. The odds of the missing dependency causing a problem seem quite
small: you'd have to posit somebody dropping an implicit cast between
two data types, without removing the types themselves, and then having
a stored rule containing a whole-row Var for a join whose USING merge
depends on that cast. So I don't feel a great need to change this in
the back branches. But in theory this way is more correct.
2. markRTEForSelectPriv and markTargetListOrigin don't need to recurse
into join alias Vars either, because the cases they care about don't
apply to alias Vars for USING columns that are semantically distinct
from the underlying columns. This removes the only case in which
markVarForSelectPriv could be called with NULL for the RTE, so adjust
the comments to describe that hack as being strictly internal to
markRTEForSelectPriv.
catversion bump required due to changes in stored rules.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7115.1577986646@sss.pgh.pa.us
This follows multiple complains from Peter Geoghegan, Andres Freund and
Alvaro Herrera that this issue ought to be dug more before actually
happening, if it happens.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20191226144606.GA5659@alvherre.pgsql
The following renaming is done so as source files related to index
access methods are more consistent with table access methods (the
original names used for index AMs ware too generic, and could be
confused as including features related to table AMs):
- amapi.h -> indexam.h.
- amapi.c -> indexamapi.c. Here we have an equivalent with
backend/access/table/tableamapi.c.
- amvalidate.c -> indexamvalidate.c.
- amvalidate.h -> indexamvalidate.h.
- genam.c -> indexgenam.c.
- genam.h -> indexgenam.h.
This has been discussed during the development of v12 when table AM was
worked on, but the renaming never happened.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Fabien Coelho, Julien Rouhaud
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20191223053434.GF34339@paquier.xyz
The RTE_RESULT simplification logic added by commit 4be058fe9 had a
flaw: it would collapse out a RTE_RESULT that is due to compute a
PlaceHolderVar, and reassign the PHV to the parent join level, even if
another input relation of the join contained a lateral reference to
the PHV. That can't work because the PHV would be computed too late.
In practice it led to failures of internal sanity checks later in
planning (either assertion failures or errors such as "failed to
construct the join relation").
To fix, add code to check for the presence of such PHVs in relevant
portions of the query tree. Notably, this required refactoring
range_table_walker so that a caller could ask to walk individual RTEs
not the whole list. (It might be a good idea to refactor
range_table_mutator in the same way, if only to keep those functions
looking similar; but I didn't do so here as it wasn't necessary for
the bug fix.)
This exercise also taught me that find_dependent_phvs(), as it stood,
could only safely be used on the entire Query, not on subtrees.
Adjust its API to reflect that; which in passing allows it to have
a fast path for the common case of no PHVs anywhere.
Per report from Will Leinweber. Back-patch to v12 where the bug
was introduced.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALLb-4xJMd4GZt2YCecMC95H-PafuWNKcmps4HLRx2NHNBfB4g@mail.gmail.com
Previously, if the startup pruning logic proved that all child nodes
of an Append or MergeAppend could be pruned, we still kept one, just
to keep EXPLAIN from failing. The previous commit removed the
ruleutils.c limitation that required this kluge, so drop it. That
results in less-confusing EXPLAIN output, as per a complaint from
Yuzuko Hosoya.
David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/001001d4f44b$2a2cca50$7e865ef0$@lab.ntt.co.jp
This patch causes EXPLAIN to always assign a separate table alias to the
parent RTE of an append relation (inheritance set); before, such RTEs
were ignored if not actually scanned by the plan. Since the child RTEs
now always have that same alias to start with (cf. commit 55a1954da),
the net effect is that the parent RTE usually gets the alias used or
implied by the query text, and the children all get that alias with "_N"
appended. (The exception to "usually" is if there are duplicate aliases
in different subtrees of the original query; then some of those original
RTEs will also have "_N" appended.)
This results in more uniform output for partitioned-table plans than
we had before: the partitioned table itself gets the original alias,
and all child tables have aliases with "_N", rather than the previous
behavior where one of the children would get an alias without "_N".
The reason for giving the parent RTE an alias, even if it isn't scanned
by the plan, is that we now use the parent's alias to qualify Vars that
refer to an appendrel output column and appear above the Append or
MergeAppend that computes the appendrel. But below the append, Vars
refer to some one of the child relations, and are displayed that way.
This seems clearer than the old behavior where a Var that could carry
values from any child relation was displayed as if it referred to only
one of them.
While at it, change ruleutils.c so that the code paths used by EXPLAIN
deal in Plan trees not PlanState trees. This effectively reverts a
decision made in commit 1cc29fe7c, which seemed like a good idea at
the time to make ruleutils.c consistent with explain.c. However,
it's problematic because we'd really like to allow executor startup
pruning to remove all the children of an append node when possible,
leaving no child PlanState to resolve Vars against. (That's not done
here, but will be in the next patch.) This requires different handling
of subplans and initplans than before, but is otherwise a pretty
straightforward change.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/001001d4f44b$2a2cca50$7e865ef0$@lab.ntt.co.jp
This makes such log entries more useful, since the cause of the error
can be dependent on the parameter values.
Author: Alexey Bashtanov, Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0146a67b-a22a-0519-9082-bc29756b93a2@imap.cc
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut, Andres Freund, Tom Lane
This provides for cheaper mapping of child columns back to parent
columns. The one existing use-case in examine_simple_variable()
would hardly justify this by itself; but an upcoming bug fix will
make use of this array in a mainstream code path, and it seems
likely that we'll find other uses for it as we continue to build
out the partitioning infrastructure.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/12424.1575168015@sss.pgh.pa.us
This new option terminates the other sessions connected to the target
database and then drop it. To terminate other sessions, the current user
must have desired permissions (same as pg_terminate_backend()). We don't
allow to terminate the sessions if prepared transactions, active logical
replication slots or subscriptions are present in the target database.
Author: Pavel Stehule with changes by me
Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar, Vignesh C, Ibrar Ahmed, Anthony Nowocien,
Ryan Lambert and Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAP_rwwmLJJbn70vLOZFpxGw3XD7nLB_7+NKz46H5EOO2k5H7OQ@mail.gmail.com
Commit 5dd7fc1519 added block-level memory accounting, but used int64 variable to
track the amount of allocated memory. That is incorrect, because we have Size for
exactly these purposes, but it was mostly harmless until c477f3e449 which changed
how we handle with repalloc() when downsizing the chunk. Previously we've ignored
these cases and just kept using the original chunk, but now we need to update the
accounting, and the code was doing this:
context->mem_allocated += blksize - oldblksize;
Both blksize and oldblksize are Size (so unsigned) which means the subtraction
underflows, producing a very high positive value. On 64-bit platforms (where Size
has the same size as mem_alllocated) this happens to work because the result wraps
to the right value, but on (some) 32-bit platforms this fails.
This fixes two things - it changes mem_allocated (and related variables) to Size,
and it splits the update to two separate steps, to prevent any underflows.
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/15151.1570163761%40sss.pgh.pa.us
query_tree_walker and query_tree_mutator were skipping the
windowClause of the query, without regard for the fact that the
startOffset and endOffset in a WindowClause node are expression trees
that need to be processed. This was an oversight in commit ec4be2ee6
from 2010 which added the expression fields; the main symptom is that
function parameters in window frame clauses don't work in inlined
functions.
Fix (as conservatively as possible since this needs to not break
existing out-of-tree callers) and add tests.
Backpatch all the way, since this has been broken since 9.0.
Per report from Alastair McKinley; fix by me with kibitzing and review
from Tom Lane.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/DB6PR0202MB2904E7FDDA9D81504D1E8C68E3800@DB6PR0202MB2904.eurprd02.prod.outlook.com
Adds accounting of memory allocated in a memory context. Compared to
various ad hoc solutions, the main advantage is that the accounting is
transparent and does not require direct control over allocations (this
matters for use cases where the allocations happen in user code, like
for example aggregate states allocated in a transition functions).
To reduce overhead, the accounting happens at the block level (not for
individual chunks) and only the context immediately owning the block is
updated. When inquiring about amount of memory allocated in a context,
we have to recursively walk all children contexts.
This "lazy" accounting works well for cases with relatively small number
of contexts in the relevant subtree and/or with infrequent inquiries.
Author: Jeff Davis
Reivewed-by: Tomas Vondra, Melanie Plageman, Soumyadeep Chakraborty
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/027a129b8525601c6a680d27ce3a7172dab61aab.camel@j-davis.com
Lack of parens in the definitions could cause a statement using these
macros to have unexpected semantics. In current code no bug is
apparent, but best to fix the definitions to avoid problems down the
line.
Reported-by: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/19795.1568400476@sss.pgh.pa.us
The progress state was being clobbered once the first index completed
being rebuilt, causing the final phases of the operation not show
anything in the progress view. This was inadvertently broken in
03f9e5cba0, which added progress tracking for REINDEX.
(The reason this bugfix is this small is that I had already noticed this
problem when writing monitoring for CREATE INDEX, and had already worked
around it, as can be seen in discussion starting at
https://postgr.es/m/20190329150218.GA25010@alvherre.pgsql Fixing the
problem is just a matter of fixing one place touched by the REINDEX
monitoring.)
Reported by: Álvaro Herrera
Author: Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190801184333.GA21369@alvherre.pgsql
When building statistics, we need to decide how many rows to sample and
how accurate the resulting statistics should be. Until now, it was not
possible to explicitly define statistics target for extended statistics
objects, the value was always computed from the per-attribute targets
with a fallback to the system-wide default statistics target.
That's a bit inconvenient, as it ties together the statistics target set
for per-column and extended statistics. In some cases it may be useful
to require larger sample / higher accuracy for extended statics (or the
other way around), but with this approach that's not possible.
So this commit introduces a new command, allowing to specify statistics
target for individual extended statistics objects, overriding the value
derived from per-attribute targets (and the system default).
ALTER STATISTICS stat_name SET STATISTICS target_value;
When determining statistics target for an extended statistics object we
first look at this explicitly set value. When this value is -1, we fall
back to the old formula, looking at the per-attribute targets first and
then the system default. This means the behavior is backwards compatible
with older PostgreSQL releases.
Author: Tomas Vondra
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190618213357.vli3i23vpkset2xd@development
Reviewed-by: Kirk Jamison, Dean Rasheed
In ad0bda5d24 I changed the EvalPlanQual machinery to store
substitution tuples in slot, instead of using plain HeapTuples. The
main motivation for that was that using HeapTuples will be inefficient
for future tableams. But it turns out that that conversion was buggy
for non-locking rowmarks - the wrong tuple descriptor was used to
create the slot.
As a secondary issue 5db6df0c0 changed ExecLockRows() to begin EPQ
earlier, to allow to fetch the locked rows directly into the EPQ
slots, instead of having to copy tuples around. Unfortunately, as Tom
complained, that forces some expensive initialization to happen
earlier.
As a third issue, the test coverage for EPQ was clearly insufficient.
Fixing the first issue is unfortunately not trivial: Non-locked row
marks were fetched at the start of EPQ, and we don't have the type
information for the rowmarks available at that point. While we could
change that, it's not easy. It might be worthwhile to change that at
some point, but to fix this bug, it seems better to delay fetching
non-locking rowmarks when they're actually needed, rather than
eagerly. They're referenced at most once, and in cases where EPQ
fails, might never be referenced. Fetching them when needed also
increases locality a bit.
To be able to fetch rowmarks during execution, rather than
initialization, we need to be able to access the active EPQState, as
that contains necessary data. To do so move EPQ related data from
EState to EPQState, and, only for EStates creates as part of EPQ,
reference the associated EPQState from EState.
To fix the second issue, change EPQ initialization to allow use of
EvalPlanQualSlot() to be used before EvalPlanQualBegin() (but
obviously still requiring EvalPlanQualInit() to have been done).
As these changes made struct EState harder to understand, e.g. by
adding multiple EStates, significantly reorder the members, and add a
lot more comments.
Also add a few more EPQ tests, including one that fails for the first
issue above. More is needed.
Reported-By: yi huang
Author: Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: Tom Lane
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/CAHU7rYZo_C4ULsAx_LAj8az9zqgrD8WDd4hTegDTMM1LMqrBsg@mail.gmail.comhttps://postgr.es/m/24530.1562686693@sss.pgh.pa.us
Backpatch: 12-, where the EPQ changes were introduced
Now that list_nth is O(1), there's no good reason to maintain a
separate array of RTE pointers rather than indexing into
estate->es_range_table. Deleting the array doesn't save all that
much either; but just on cleanliness grounds, it's better not to
have duplicate representations of the identical information.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/14960.1565384592@sss.pgh.pa.us
In the wake of commit 1cff1b95a, the result of list_concat no longer
shares the ListCells of the second input. Therefore, we can replace
"list_concat(x, list_copy(y))" with just "list_concat(x, y)".
To improve call sites that were list_copy'ing the first argument,
or both arguments, invent "list_concat_copy()" which produces a new
list sharing no ListCells with either input. (This is a bit faster
than "list_concat(list_copy(x), y)" because it makes the result list
the right size to start with.)
In call sites that were not list_copy'ing the second argument, the new
semantics mean that we are usually leaking the second List's storage,
since typically there is no remaining pointer to it. We considered
inventing another list_copy variant that would list_free the second
input, but concluded that for most call sites it isn't worth worrying
about, given the relative compactness of the new List representation.
(Note that in cases where such leakage would happen, the old code
already leaked the second List's header; so we're only discussing
the size of the leak not whether there is one. I did adjust two or
three places that had been troubling to free that header so that
they manually free the whole second List.)
Patch by me; thanks to David Rowley for review.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/11587.1550975080@sss.pgh.pa.us
Merge setup_append_rel_array into setup_simple_rel_arrays. There's no
particularly good reason to keep them separate, and it's inconsistent
with the lack of separation in expand_planner_arrays. The only apparent
benefit was that the fast path for trivial queries in query_planner()
doesn't need to set up the append_rel_array; but all we're saving there
is an if-test and NULL assignment, which surely ought to be negligible.
Also improve some obsolete comments.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17220.1565301350@sss.pgh.pa.us
In 5f32b29c18 I changed the creation of HashState.hashkeys to
actually use HashState as the parent (instead of HashJoinState, which
was incorrect, as they were executed below HashState), to fix the
problem of hashkeys expressions otherwise relying on slot types
appropriate for HashJoinState, rather than HashState as would be
correct. That reliance was only introduced in 12, which is why it
previously worked to use HashJoinState as the parent (although I'd be
unsurprised if there were problematic cases).
Unfortunately that's not a sufficient solution, because before this
commit, the to-be-hashed expressions referenced inner/outer as
appropriate for the HashJoin, not Hash. That didn't have obvious bad
consequences, because the slots containing the tuples were put into
ecxt_innertuple when hashing a tuple for HashState (even though Hash
doesn't have an inner plan).
There are less common cases where this can cause visible problems
however (rather than just confusion when inspecting such executor
trees). E.g. "ERROR: bogus varno: 65000", when explaining queries
containing a HashJoin where the subsidiary Hash node's hash keys
reference a subplan. While normally hashkeys aren't displayed by
EXPLAIN, if one of those expressions references a subplan, that
subplan may be printed as part of the Hash node - which then failed
because an inner plan was referenced, and Hash doesn't have that.
It seems quite possible that there's other broken cases, too.
Fix the problem by properly splitting the expression for the HashJoin
and Hash nodes at plan time, and have them reference the proper
subsidiary node. While other workarounds are possible, fixing this
correctly seems easy enough. It was a pretty ugly hack to have
ExecInitHashJoin put the expression into the already initialized
HashState, in the first place.
I decided to not just split inner/outer hashkeys inside
make_hashjoin(), but also to separate out hashoperators and
hashcollations at plan time. Otherwise we would have ended up having
two very similar loops, one at plan time and the other during executor
startup. The work seems to more appropriately belong to plan time,
anyway.
Reported-By: Nikita Glukhov, Alexander Korotkov
Author: Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: Tom Lane, in an earlier version
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPpHfdvGVegF_TKKRiBrSmatJL2dR9uwFCuR+teQ_8tEXU8mxg@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch: 12-
When copying the definition of an index rebuilt concurrently for the new
entry, the index information was taken directly from the old index using
the relation cache. In this case, predicates and expressions have
some post-processing to prepare things for the planner, which loses some
information including the collations added in any of them.
This inconsistency can cause issues when attempting for example a table
rewrite, and makes the new indexes rebuilt concurrently inconsistent
with the old entries.
In order to fix the problem, fetch expressions and predicates directly
from the catalog of the old entry, and fill in IndexInfo for the new
index with that. This makes the process more consistent with
DefineIndex(), and the code is refactored with the addition of a routine
to create an IndexInfo node.
Reported-by: Manuel Rigger
Author: Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+u7OA5Hp0ra235F3czPom_FyAd-3+XwSJmX95r1+sRPOJc9VQ@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 12
Previously in order to determine which ECs a relation had members in, we
had to loop over all ECs stored in PlannerInfo's eq_classes and check if
ec_relids mentioned the relation. For the most part, this was fine, as
generally, unless queries were fairly complex, the overhead of performing
the lookup would have not been that significant. However, when queries
contained large numbers of joins and ECs, the overhead to find the set of
classes matching a given set of relations could become a significant
portion of the overall planning effort.
Here we allow a much more efficient method to access the ECs which match a
given relation or set of relations. A new Bitmapset field in RelOptInfo
now exists to store the indexes into PlannerInfo's eq_classes list which
each relation is mentioned in. This allows very fast lookups to find all
ECs belonging to a single relation. When we need to lookup ECs belonging
to a given pair of relations, we can simply bitwise-AND the Bitmapsets from
each relation and use the result to perform the lookup.
We also take the opportunity to write a new implementation of
generate_join_implied_equalities which makes use of the new indexes.
generate_join_implied_equalities_for_ecs must remain as is as it can be
given a custom list of ECs, which we can't easily determine the indexes of.
This was originally intended to fix the performance penalty of looking up
foreign keys matching a join condition which was introduced by 100340e2d.
However, we're speeding up much more than just that here.
Author: David Rowley, Tom Lane
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane, Tomas Vondra
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/6970.1545327857@sss.pgh.pa.us
Formerly, lcons was about the same speed as lappend, but with the new
List implementation, that's not so; with a long List, data movement
imposes an O(N) cost on lcons and list_delete_first, but not lappend.
Hence, invent list_delete_last with semantics parallel to
list_delete_first (but O(1) cost), and change various places to use
lappend and list_delete_last where this can be done without much
violence to the code logic.
There are quite a few places that construct result lists using lcons not
lappend. Some have semantic rationales for that; I added comments about
it to a couple that didn't have them already. In many such places though,
I think the coding is that way only because back in the dark ages lcons
was faster than lappend. Hence, switch to lappend where this can be done
without causing semantic changes.
In ExecInitExprRec(), this results in aggregates and window functions that
are in the same plan node being executed in a different order than before.
Generally, the executions of such functions ought to be independent of
each other, so this shouldn't result in visibly different query results.
But if you push it, as one regression test case does, you can show that
the order is different. The new order seems saner; it's closer to
the order of the functions in the query text. And we never documented
or promised anything about this, anyway.
Also, in gistfinishsplit(), don't bother building a reverse-order list;
it's easy now to iterate backwards through the original list.
It'd be possible to go further towards removing uses of lcons and
list_delete_first, but it'd require more extensive logic changes,
and I'm not convinced it's worth it. Most of the remaining uses
deal with queues that probably never get long enough to be worth
sweating over. (Actually, I doubt that any of the changes in this
patch will have measurable performance effects either. But better
to have good examples than bad ones in the code base.)
Patch by me, thanks to David Rowley and Daniel Gustafsson for review.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/21272.1563318411@sss.pgh.pa.us
It seems worth getting rid of these functions because they require the
caller to retain a ListCell pointer into a List that it's modifying,
which is a dangerous practice with the new List implementation.
(The only other List-modifying function that takes a ListCell pointer
as input is list_delete_cell, which nowadays is preferentially used
via the constrained API foreach_delete_current.)
There was only one remaining caller of these functions after commit
2f5b8eb5a, and that was some fairly ugly GEQO code that can be much
more clearly expressed using a list-index variable and list_insert_nth.
Hence, rewrite that code, and remove the functions.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/26193.1563228600@sss.pgh.pa.us
heap.c and relcache.c contained nearly identical copies of logic
to insert OIDs into an OID list while preserving the list's OID
ordering (and rejecting duplicates, in one case but not the other).
The comments argue that this is faster than qsort for small numbers
of OIDs, which is at best unproven, and seems even less likely to be
true now that lappend_cell_oid has to move data around. In any case
it's ugly and hard-to-follow code, and if we do have a lot of OIDs
to consider, it's O(N^2).
Hence, replace with simply lappend'ing OIDs to a List, then list_sort
the completed List, then remove adjacent duplicates if necessary.
This is demonstrably O(N log N) and it's much simpler for the
callers. It's possible that this would be somewhat inefficient
if there were a very large number of duplicates, but that seems
unlikely in the existing usage.
This adds list_deduplicate_oid and list_oid_cmp infrastructure
to list.c. I didn't bother with equivalent functionality for
integer or pointer Lists, but such could always be added later
if we find a use for it.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/26193.1563228600@sss.pgh.pa.us
In the wake of commit 1cff1b95a, the obvious way to sort a List
is to apply qsort() directly to the array of ListCells. list_qsort
was building an intermediate array of pointers-to-ListCells, which
we no longer need, but getting rid of it forces an API change:
the comparator functions need to do one less level of indirection.
Since we're having to touch the callers anyway, let's do two additional
changes: sort the given list in-place rather than making a copy (as
none of the existing callers have any use for the copying behavior),
and rename list_qsort to list_sort. It was argued that the old name
exposes more about the implementation than it should, which I find
pretty questionable, but a better reason to rename it is to be sure
we get the attention of any external callers about the need to fix
their comparator functions.
While we're at it, change four existing callers of qsort() to use
list_sort instead; previously, they all had local reinventions
of list_qsort, ie build-an-array-from-a-List-and-qsort-it.
(There are some other places where changing to list_sort perhaps
would be worthwhile, but they're less obviously wins.)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/29361.1563220190@sss.pgh.pa.us
Originally, Postgres Lists were a more or less exact reimplementation of
Lisp lists, which consist of chains of separately-allocated cons cells,
each having a value and a next-cell link. We'd hacked that once before
(commit d0b4399d8) to add a separate List header, but the data was still
in cons cells. That makes some operations -- notably list_nth() -- O(N),
and it's bulky because of the next-cell pointers and per-cell palloc
overhead, and it's very cache-unfriendly if the cons cells end up
scattered around rather than being adjacent.
In this rewrite, we still have List headers, but the data is in a
resizable array of values, with no next-cell links. Now we need at
most two palloc's per List, and often only one, since we can allocate
some values in the same palloc call as the List header. (Of course,
extending an existing List may require repalloc's to enlarge the array.
But this involves just O(log N) allocations not O(N).)
Of course this is not without downsides. The key difficulty is that
addition or deletion of a list entry may now cause other entries to
move, which it did not before.
For example, that breaks foreach() and sister macros, which historically
used a pointer to the current cons-cell as loop state. We can repair
those macros transparently by making their actual loop state be an
integer list index; the exposed "ListCell *" pointer is no longer state
carried across loop iterations, but is just a derived value. (In
practice, modern compilers can optimize things back to having just one
loop state value, at least for simple cases with inline loop bodies.)
In principle, this is a semantics change for cases where the loop body
inserts or deletes list entries ahead of the current loop index; but
I found no such cases in the Postgres code.
The change is not at all transparent for code that doesn't use foreach()
but chases lists "by hand" using lnext(). The largest share of such
code in the backend is in loops that were maintaining "prev" and "next"
variables in addition to the current-cell pointer, in order to delete
list cells efficiently using list_delete_cell(). However, we no longer
need a previous-cell pointer to delete a list cell efficiently. Keeping
a next-cell pointer doesn't work, as explained above, but we can improve
matters by changing such code to use a regular foreach() loop and then
using the new macro foreach_delete_current() to delete the current cell.
(This macro knows how to update the associated foreach loop's state so
that no cells will be missed in the traversal.)
There remains a nontrivial risk of code assuming that a ListCell *
pointer will remain good over an operation that could now move the list
contents. To help catch such errors, list.c can be compiled with a new
define symbol DEBUG_LIST_MEMORY_USAGE that forcibly moves list contents
whenever that could possibly happen. This makes list operations
significantly more expensive so it's not normally turned on (though it
is on by default if USE_VALGRIND is on).
There are two notable API differences from the previous code:
* lnext() now requires the List's header pointer in addition to the
current cell's address.
* list_delete_cell() no longer requires a previous-cell argument.
These changes are somewhat unfortunate, but on the other hand code using
either function needs inspection to see if it is assuming anything
it shouldn't, so it's not all bad.
Programmers should be aware of these significant performance changes:
* list_nth() and related functions are now O(1); so there's no
major access-speed difference between a list and an array.
* Inserting or deleting a list element now takes time proportional to
the distance to the end of the list, due to moving the array elements.
(However, it typically *doesn't* require palloc or pfree, so except in
long lists it's probably still faster than before.) Notably, lcons()
used to be about the same cost as lappend(), but that's no longer true
if the list is long. Code that uses lcons() and list_delete_first()
to maintain a stack might usefully be rewritten to push and pop at the
end of the list rather than the beginning.
* There are now list_insert_nth...() and list_delete_nth...() functions
that add or remove a list cell identified by index. These have the
data-movement penalty explained above, but there's no search penalty.
* list_concat() and variants now copy the second list's data into
storage belonging to the first list, so there is no longer any
sharing of cells between the input lists. The second argument is
now declared "const List *" to reflect that it isn't changed.
This patch just does the minimum needed to get the new implementation
in place and fix bugs exposed by the regression tests. As suggested
by the foregoing, there's a fair amount of followup work remaining to
do.
Also, the ENABLE_LIST_COMPAT macros are finally removed in this
commit. Code using those should have been gone a dozen years ago.
Patch by me; thanks to David Rowley, Jesper Pedersen, and others
for review.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/11587.1550975080@sss.pgh.pa.us
This addresses a couple of issues in the code:
- Typos and inconsistencies in comments and function declarations.
- Removal of unreferenced function declarations.
- Removal of unnecessary compile flags.
- A cleanup error in regressplans.sh.
Author: Alexander Lakhin
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0c991fdf-2670-1997-c027-772a420c4604@gmail.com
One would have needed out-of-tree code to observe the defects. Remove
unreferenced fields instead of completing their support functions.
Since in-tree code can't reach _readIntoClause(), no catversion bump.
We used the same slot to store a tuple from the index, and to store a
tuple from the table. That's not OK. It worked with the heap, because
heapam_getnextslot() stores a HeapTuple to the slot, and doesn't care how
large the tts_values/nulls arrays are. But when I played with a toy table
AM implementation that used a virtual tuple, it caused memory overruns.
In the passing, tidy up comments on the ioss_PscanLen fields.
This is still using the 2.0 version of pg_bsd_indent.
I thought it would be good to commit this separately,
so as to document the differences between 2.0 and 2.1 behavior.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16296.1558103386@sss.pgh.pa.us
Previously, gen_partprune_steps() always built executor pruning steps
using all suitable clauses, including those containing PARAM_EXEC
Params. This meant that the pruning steps were only completely safe
for executor run-time (scan start) pruning. To prune at executor
startup, we had to ignore the steps involving exec Params. But this
doesn't really work in general, since there may be logic changes
needed as well --- for example, pruning according to the last operator's
btree strategy is the wrong thing if we're not applying that operator.
The rules embodied in gen_partprune_steps() and its minions are
sufficiently complicated that tracking their incremental effects in
other logic seems quite impractical.
Short of a complete redesign, the only safe fix seems to be to run
gen_partprune_steps() twice, once to create executor startup pruning
steps and then again for run-time pruning steps. We can save a few
cycles however by noting during the first scan whether we rejected
any clauses because they involved exec Params --- if not, we don't
need to do the second scan.
In support of this, refactor the internal APIs in partprune.c to make
more use of passing information in the GeneratePruningStepsContext
struct, rather than as separate arguments.
This is, I hope, the last piece of our response to a bug report from
Alan Jackson. Back-patch to v11 where this code came in.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/FAD28A83-AC73-489E-A058-2681FA31D648@tvsquared.com
Commit ca4103025d left a few loose ends. The most important one
(broken pg_dump output) is already fixed by virtue of commit
3b23552ad8, but some things remained:
* When ALTER TABLE rewrites tables, the indexes must remain in the
tablespace they were originally in. This didn't work because
index recreation during ALTER TABLE runs manufactured SQL (yuck),
which runs afoul of default_tablespace in competition with the parent
relation tablespace. To fix, reset default_tablespace to the empty
string temporarily, and add the TABLESPACE clause as appropriate.
* Setting a partitioned rel's tablespace to the database default is
confusing; if it worked, it would direct the partitions to that
tablespace regardless of default_tablespace. But in reality it does
not work, and making it work is a larger project. Therefore, throw
an error when this condition is detected, to alert the unwary.
Add some docs and tests, too.
Author: Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKJS1f_1c260nOt_vBJ067AZ3JXptXVRohDVMLEBmudX1YEx-A@mail.gmail.com
Up to now, DefineIndex() was responsible for adding attnotnull constraints
to the columns of a primary key, in any case where it hadn't been
convenient for transformIndexConstraint() to mark those columns as
is_not_null. It (or rather its minion index_check_primary_key) did this
by executing an ALTER TABLE SET NOT NULL command for the target table.
The trouble with this solution is that if we're creating the index due
to ALTER TABLE ADD PRIMARY KEY, and the outer ALTER TABLE has additional
sub-commands, the inner ALTER TABLE's operations executed at the wrong
time with respect to the outer ALTER TABLE's operations. In particular,
the inner ALTER would perform a validation scan at a point where the
table's storage might be inconsistent with its catalog entries. (This is
on the hairy edge of being a security problem, but AFAICS it isn't one
because the inner scan would only be interested in the tuples' null
bitmaps.) This can result in unexpected failures, such as the one seen
in bug #15580 from Allison Kaptur.
To fix, let's remove the attempt to do SET NOT NULL from DefineIndex(),
reducing index_check_primary_key's role to verifying that the columns are
already not null. (It shouldn't ever see such a case, but it seems wise
to keep the check for safety.) Instead, make transformIndexConstraint()
generate ALTER TABLE SET NOT NULL subcommands to be executed ahead of
the ADD PRIMARY KEY operation in every case where it can't force the
column to be created already-not-null. This requires only minor surgery
in parse_utilcmd.c, and it makes for a much more satisfying spec for
transformIndexConstraint(): it's no longer having to take it on faith
that someone else will handle addition of NOT NULL constraints.
To make that work, we have to move the execution of AT_SetNotNull into
an ALTER pass that executes ahead of AT_PASS_ADD_INDEX. I moved it to
AT_PASS_COL_ATTRS, and put that after AT_PASS_ADD_COL to avoid failure
when the column is being added in the same command. This incidentally
fixes a bug in the only previous usage of AT_PASS_COL_ATTRS, for
AT_SetIdentity: it didn't work either for a newly-added column.
Playing around with this exposed a separate bug in ALTER TABLE ONLY ...
ADD PRIMARY KEY for partitioned tables. The intent of the ONLY modifier
in that context is to prevent doing anything that would require holding
lock for a long time --- but the implied SET NOT NULL would recurse to
the child partitions, and do an expensive validation scan for any child
where the column(s) were not already NOT NULL. To fix that, invent a
new ALTER subcommand AT_CheckNotNull that just insists that a child
column be already NOT NULL, and apply that, not AT_SetNotNull, when
recursing to children in this scenario. This results in a slightly laxer
definition of ALTER TABLE ONLY ... SET NOT NULL for partitioned tables,
too: that command will now work as long as all children are already NOT
NULL, whereas before it just threw up its hands if there were any
partitions.
In passing, clean up the API of generateClonedIndexStmt(): remove a
useless argument, ensure that the output argument is not left undefined,
update the header comment.
A small side effect of this change is that no-such-column errors in ALTER
TABLE ADD PRIMARY KEY now produce a different message that includes the
table name, because they are now detected by the SET NOT NULL step which
has historically worded its error that way. That seems fine to me, so
I didn't make any effort to avoid the wording change.
The basic bug #15580 is of very long standing, and these other bugs
aren't new in v12 either. However, this is a pretty significant change
in the way ALTER TABLE ADD PRIMARY KEY works. On balance it seems best
not to back-patch, at least not till we get some more confidence that
this patch has no new bugs.
Patch by me, but thanks to Jie Zhang for a preliminary version.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15580-d1a6de5a3d65da51@postgresql.org
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1396E95157071C4EBBA51892C5368521017F2E6E63@G08CNEXMBPEKD02.g08.fujitsu.local
For amcanreorderby scans the nodeIndexscan.c's reorder queue holds
heap tuples, but the underlying table likely does not. Before this fix
we'd return different types of slots, depending on whether the tuple
came from the reorder queue, or from the index + table.
While that could be fixed by signalling that the node doesn't return a
fixed type of slot, it seems better to instead remove the separate
slot for the reorder queue, and use ExecForceStoreHeapTuple() to store
tuples from the queue. It's not particularly common to need
reordering, after all.
This reverts most of the iss_ReorderQueueSlot related changes to
nodeIndexscan.c made in 1a0586de36, except that now
ExecForceStoreHeapTuple() is used instead of ExecStoreHeapTuple().
Noticed when testing zheap against the in-core version of tableam.
Author: Andres Freund
If we need ordered output from a scan of a partitioned table, but
the ordering matches the partition ordering, then we don't need to
use a MergeAppend to combine the pre-ordered per-partition scan
results: a plain Append will produce the same results. This
both saves useless comparison work inside the MergeAppend proper,
and allows us to start returning tuples after istarting up just
the first child node not all of them.
However, all is not peaches and cream, because if some of the
child nodes have high startup costs then there will be big
discontinuities in the tuples-returned-versus-elapsed-time curve.
The planner's cost model cannot handle that (yet, anyway).
If we model the Append's startup cost as being just the first
child's startup cost, we may drastically underestimate the cost
of fetching slightly more tuples than are available from the first
child. Since we've had bad experiences with over-optimistic choices
of "fast start" plans for ORDER BY LIMIT queries, that seems scary.
As a klugy workaround, set the startup cost estimate for an ordered
Append to be the sum of its children's startup costs (as MergeAppend
would). This doesn't really describe reality, but it's less likely
to cause a bad plan choice than an underestimated startup cost would.
In practice, the cases where we really care about this optimization
will have child plans that are IndexScans with zero startup cost,
so that the overly conservative estimate is still just zero.
David Rowley, reviewed by Julien Rouhaud and Antonin Houska
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKJS1f-hAqhPLRk_RaSFTgYxd=Tz5hA7kQ2h4-DhJufQk8TGuw@mail.gmail.com
This adds table_multi_insert(), and converts COPY FROM, the only user
of heap_multi_insert, to it.
A simple conversion of COPY FROM use slots would have yielded a
slowdown when inserting into a partitioned table for some
workloads. Different partitions might need different slots (both slot
types and their descriptors), and dropping / creating slots when
there's constant partition changes is measurable.
Thus instead revamp the COPY FROM buffering for partitioned tables to
allow to buffer inserts into multiple tables, flushing only when
limits are reached across all partition buffers. By only dropping
slots when there've been inserts into too many different partitions,
the aforementioned overhead is gone. By allowing larger batches, even
when there are frequent partition changes, we actuall speed such cases
up significantly.
By using slots COPY of very narrow rows into unlogged / temporary
might slow down very slightly (due to the indirect function calls).
Author: David Rowley, Andres Freund, Haribabu Kommi
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.dehttps://postgr.es/m/20190327054923.t3epfuewxfqdt22e@alap3.anarazel.de
The upper-planner pathification allows FDWs to arrange to push down
different types of upper-stage operations to the remote side. This
commit teaches postgres_fdw to do it for the (FINAL, NULL) upperrel,
which is responsible for doing LockRows, LIMIT, and/or ModifyTable.
This provides the ability for postgres_fdw to handle SELECT commands
so that it 1) skips the LockRows step (if any) (note that this is
safe since it performs early locking) and 2) pushes down the LIMIT
and/or OFFSET restrictions (if any) to the remote side. This doesn't
handle the INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE cases.
Author: Etsuro Fujita
Reviewed-By: Antonin Houska and Jeff Janes
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/87pnz1aby9.fsf@news-spur.riddles.org.uk
This moves bitmap heap scan support to below an optional tableam
callback. It's optional as the whole concept of bitmap heapscans is
fairly block specific.
This basically moves the work previously done in bitgetpage() into the
new scan_bitmap_next_block callback, and the direct poking into the
buffer done in BitmapHeapNext() into the new scan_bitmap_next_tuple()
callback.
The abstraction is currently somewhat leaky because
nodeBitmapHeapscan.c's prefetching and visibilitymap based logic
remains - it's likely that we'll later have to move more into the
AM. But it's not trivial to do so without introducing a significant
amount of code duplication between the AMs, so that's a project for
later.
Note that now nodeBitmapHeapscan.c and the associated node types are a
bit misnamed. But it's not clear whether renaming wouldn't be a cure
worse than the disease. Either way, that'd be best done in a separate
commit.
Author: Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: Robert Haas (in an older version)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
This moves sample scan support to below tableam. It's not optional as
there is, in contrast to e.g. bitmap heap scans, no alternative way to
perform tablesample queries. If an AM can't deal with the block based
API, it will have to throw an ERROR.
The tableam callbacks for this are block based, but given the current
TsmRoutine interface, that seems to be required.
The new interface doesn't require TsmRoutines to perform visibility
checks anymore - that requires the TsmRoutine to know details about
the AM, which we want to avoid. To continue to allow taking the
returned number of tuples account SampleScanState now has a donetuples
field (which previously e.g. existed in SystemRowsSamplerData), which
is only incremented after the visibility check succeeds.
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
Previously, the planner created RangeTblEntry and RelOptInfo structs
for every partition of a partitioned table, even though many of them
might later be deemed uninteresting thanks to partition pruning logic.
This incurred significant overhead when there are many partitions.
Arrange to postpone creation of these data structures until after
we've processed the query enough to identify restriction quals for
the partitioned table, and then apply partition pruning before not
after creation of each partition's data structures. In this way
we need not open the partition relations at all for partitions that
the planner has no real interest in.
For queries that can be proven at plan time to access only a small
number of partitions, this patch improves the practical maximum
number of partitions from under 100 to perhaps a few thousand.
Amit Langote, reviewed at various times by Dilip Kumar, Jesper Pedersen,
Yoshikazu Imai, and David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/9d7c5112-cb99-6a47-d3be-cf1ee6862a1d@lab.ntt.co.jp
This is an SQL-standard feature that allows creating columns that are
computed from expressions rather than assigned, similar to a view or
materialized view but on a column basis.
This implements one kind of generated column: stored (computed on
write). Another kind, virtual (computed on read), is planned for the
future, and some room is left for it.
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/b151f851-4019-bdb1-699e-ebab07d2f40a@2ndquadrant.com
This adds the CONCURRENTLY option to the REINDEX command. A REINDEX
CONCURRENTLY on a specific index creates a new index (like CREATE
INDEX CONCURRENTLY), then renames the old index away and the new index
in place and adjusts the dependencies, and then drops the old
index (like DROP INDEX CONCURRENTLY). The REINDEX command also has
the capability to run its other variants (TABLE, DATABASE) with the
CONCURRENTLY option (but not SYSTEM).
The reindexdb command gets the --concurrently option.
Author: Michael Paquier, Andreas Karlsson, Peter Eisentraut
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund, Fujii Masao, Jim Nasby, Sergei Kornilov
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/60052986-956b-4478-45ed-8bd119e9b9cf%402ndquadrant.com#74948a1044c56c5e817a5050f554ddee
Introduce a third extended statistic type, supported by the CREATE
STATISTICS command - MCV lists, a generalization of the statistic
already built and used for individual columns.
Compared to the already supported types (n-distinct coefficients and
functional dependencies), MCV lists are more complex, include column
values and allow estimation of much wider range of common clauses
(equality and inequality conditions, IS NULL, IS NOT NULL etc.).
Similarly to the other types, a new pseudo-type (pg_mcv_list) is used.
Author: Tomas Vondra
Reviewed-by: Dean Rasheed, David Rowley, Mark Dilger, Alvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/dfdac334-9cf2-2597-fb27-f0fb3753f435@2ndquadrant.com
In the dim past, the planner kept the fully-processed version of the query
targetlist (the result of preprocess_targetlist) in grouping_planner's
local variable "tlist", and only grudgingly passed it to individual other
routines as needed. Later we discovered a need to still have it available
after grouping_planner finishes, and invented the root->processed_tlist
field for that purpose, but it wasn't used internally to grouping_planner;
the tlist was still being passed around separately in the same places as
before.
Now comes a proposed patch to allow appendrel expansion to add entries
to the processed tlist, well after preprocess_targetlist has finished
its work. To avoid having to pass around the tlist explicitly, it's
proposed to allow appendrel expansion to modify root->processed_tlist.
That makes aliasing the tlist with assorted parameters and local
variables really scary. It would accidentally work as long as the
tlist is initially nonempty, because then the List header won't move
around, but it's not exactly hard to think of ways for that to break.
Aliased values are poor programming practice anyway.
Hence, get rid of local variables and parameters that can be identified
with root->processed_tlist, in favor of just using that field directly.
And adjust comments to match. (Some of the new comments speak as though
it's already possible for appendrel expansion to modify the tlist; that's
not true yet, but will happen in a later patch.)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/9d7c5112-cb99-6a47-d3be-cf1ee6862a1d@lab.ntt.co.jp
Add command variants COMMIT AND CHAIN and ROLLBACK AND CHAIN, which
start new transactions with the same transaction characteristics as the
just finished one, per SQL standard.
Support for transaction chaining in PL/pgSQL is also added. This
functionality is especially useful when running COMMIT in a loop in
PL/pgSQL.
Reviewed-by: Fabien COELHO <coelho@cri.ensmp.fr>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/28536681-324b-10dc-ade8-ab46f7645a5a@2ndquadrant.com
This adds a flag "deterministic" to collations. If that is false,
such a collation disables various optimizations that assume that
strings are equal only if they are byte-wise equal. That then allows
use cases such as case-insensitive or accent-insensitive comparisons
or handling of strings with different Unicode normal forms.
This functionality is only supported with the ICU provider. At least
glibc doesn't appear to have any locales that work in a
nondeterministic way, so it's not worth supporting this for the libc
provider.
The term "deterministic comparison" in this context is from Unicode
Technical Standard #10
(https://unicode.org/reports/tr10/#Deterministic_Comparison).
This patch makes changes in three areas:
- CREATE COLLATION DDL changes and system catalog changes to support
this new flag.
- Many executor nodes and auxiliary code are extended to track
collations. Previously, this code would just throw away collation
information, because the eventually-called user-defined functions
didn't use it since they only cared about equality, which didn't
need collation information.
- String data type functions that do equality comparisons and hashing
are changed to take the (non-)deterministic flag into account. For
comparison, this just means skipping various shortcuts and tie
breakers that use byte-wise comparison. For hashing, we first need
to convert the input string to a canonical "sort key" using the ICU
analogue of strxfrm().
Reviewed-by: Daniel Verite <daniel@manitou-mail.org>
Reviewed-by: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/1ccc668f-4cbc-0bef-af67-450b47cdfee7@2ndquadrant.com
Aggregates have acquired a dozen or so optional attributes in recent
years for things like parallel query and moving-aggregate mode; the
lack of an OR REPLACE option to add or change these for an existing
agg makes extension upgrades gratuitously hard. Rectify.
Like commit f41551f61f, this aims
to make it easier to add non-Boolean options to VACUUM (or, in
this case, to ANALYZE). Instead of building up a bitmap of
options directly in the parser, build up a list of DefElem
objects and let ExecVacuum() sort it out; right now, we make
no use of the fact that a DefElem can carry an associated value,
but it will be easy to make that change in the future.
Masahiko Sawada
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAD21AoATE4sn0jFFH3NcfUZXkU2BMbjBWB_kDj-XWYA-LXDcQA@mail.gmail.com
Too allow table accesses to be not directly dependent on heap, several
new abstractions are needed. Specifically:
1) Heap scans need to be generalized into table scans. Do this by
introducing TableScanDesc, which will be the "base class" for
individual AMs. This contains the AM independent fields from
HeapScanDesc.
The previous heap_{beginscan,rescan,endscan} et al. have been
replaced with a table_ version.
There's no direct replacement for heap_getnext(), as that returned
a HeapTuple, which is undesirable for a other AMs. Instead there's
table_scan_getnextslot(). But note that heap_getnext() lives on,
it's still used widely to access catalog tables.
This is achieved by new scan_begin, scan_end, scan_rescan,
scan_getnextslot callbacks.
2) The portion of parallel scans that's shared between backends need
to be able to do so without the user doing per-AM work. To achieve
that new parallelscan_{estimate, initialize, reinitialize}
callbacks are introduced, which operate on a new
ParallelTableScanDesc, which again can be subclassed by AMs.
As it is likely that several AMs are going to be block oriented,
block oriented callbacks that can be shared between such AMs are
provided and used by heap. table_block_parallelscan_{estimate,
intiialize, reinitialize} as callbacks, and
table_block_parallelscan_{nextpage, init} for use in AMs. These
operate on a ParallelBlockTableScanDesc.
3) Index scans need to be able to access tables to return a tuple, and
there needs to be state across individual accesses to the heap to
store state like buffers. That's now handled by introducing a
sort-of-scan IndexFetchTable, which again is intended to be
subclassed by individual AMs (for heap IndexFetchHeap).
The relevant callbacks for an AM are index_fetch_{end, begin,
reset} to create the necessary state, and index_fetch_tuple to
retrieve an indexed tuple. Note that index_fetch_tuple
implementations need to be smarter than just blindly fetching the
tuples for AMs that have optimizations similar to heap's HOT - the
currently alive tuple in the update chain needs to be fetched if
appropriate.
Similar to table_scan_getnextslot(), it's undesirable to continue
to return HeapTuples. Thus index_fetch_heap (might want to rename
that later) now accepts a slot as an argument. Core code doesn't
have a lot of call sites performing index scans without going
through the systable_* API (in contrast to loads of heap_getnext
calls and working directly with HeapTuples).
Index scans now store the result of a search in
IndexScanDesc->xs_heaptid, rather than xs_ctup->t_self. As the
target is not generally a HeapTuple anymore that seems cleaner.
To be able to sensible adapt code to use the above, two further
callbacks have been introduced:
a) slot_callbacks returns a TupleTableSlotOps* suitable for creating
slots capable of holding a tuple of the AMs
type. table_slot_callbacks() and table_slot_create() are based
upon that, but have additional logic to deal with views, foreign
tables, etc.
While this change could have been done separately, nearly all the
call sites that needed to be adapted for the rest of this commit
also would have been needed to be adapted for
table_slot_callbacks(), making separation not worthwhile.
b) tuple_satisfies_snapshot checks whether the tuple in a slot is
currently visible according to a snapshot. That's required as a few
places now don't have a buffer + HeapTuple around, but a
slot (which in heap's case internally has that information).
Additionally a few infrastructure changes were needed:
I) SysScanDesc, as used by systable_{beginscan, getnext} et al. now
internally uses a slot to keep track of tuples. While
systable_getnext() still returns HeapTuples, and will so for the
foreseeable future, the index API (see 1) above) now only deals with
slots.
The remainder, and largest part, of this commit is then adjusting all
scans in postgres to use the new APIs.
Author: Andres Freund, Haribabu Kommi, Alvaro Herrera
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.dehttps://postgr.es/m/20160812231527.GA690404@alvherre.pgsql
When we introduced separate ProjectSetPath nodes for application of
set-returning functions in v10, we inadvertently broke some cases where
we're supposed to recognize that the result of a subquery is known to be
empty (contain zero rows). That's because IS_DUMMY_REL was just looking
for a childless AppendPath without allowing for a ProjectSetPath being
possibly stuck on top. In itself, this didn't do anything much worse
than produce slightly worse plans for some corner cases.
Then in v11, commit 11cf92f6e rearranged things to allow the scan/join
targetlist to be applied directly to partial paths before they get
gathered. But it inserted a short-circuit path for dummy relations
that was a little too short: it failed to insert a ProjectSetPath node
at all for a targetlist containing set-returning functions, resulting in
bogus "set-valued function called in context that cannot accept a set"
errors, as reported in bug #15669 from Madelaine Thibaut.
The best way to fix this mess seems to be to reimplement IS_DUMMY_REL
so that it drills down through any ProjectSetPath nodes that might be
there (and it seems like we'd better allow for ProjectionPath as well).
While we're at it, make it look at rel->pathlist not cheapest_total_path,
so that it gives the right answer independently of whether set_cheapest
has been done lately. That dependency looks pretty shaky in the context
of code like apply_scanjoin_target_to_paths, and even if it's not broken
today it'd certainly bite us at some point. (Nastily, unsafe use of the
old coding would almost always work; the hazard comes down to possibly
looking through a dangling pointer, and only once in a blue moon would
you find something there that resulted in the wrong answer.)
It now looks like it was a mistake for IS_DUMMY_REL to be a macro: if
there are any extensions using it, they'll continue to use the old
inadequate logic until they're recompiled, after which they'll fail
to load into server versions predating this fix. Hopefully there are
few such extensions.
Having fixed IS_DUMMY_REL, the special path for dummy rels in
apply_scanjoin_target_to_paths is unnecessary as well as being wrong,
so we can just drop it.
Also change a few places that were testing for partitioned-ness of a
planner relation but not using IS_PARTITIONED_REL for the purpose; that
seems unsafe as well as inconsistent, plus it required an ugly hack in
apply_scanjoin_target_to_paths.
In passing, save a few cycles in apply_scanjoin_target_to_paths by
skipping processing of pre-existing paths for partitioned rels,
and do some cosmetic cleanup and comment adjustment in that function.
I renamed IS_DUMMY_PATH to IS_DUMMY_APPEND with the intention of breaking
any code that might be using it, since in almost every case that would
be wrong; IS_DUMMY_REL is what to be using instead.
In HEAD, also make set_dummy_rel_pathlist static (since it's no longer
used from outside allpaths.c), and delete is_dummy_plan, since it's no
longer used anywhere.
Back-patch as appropriate into v11 and v10.
Tom Lane and Julien Rouhaud
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15669-02fb3296cca26203@postgresql.org
We still require AccessExclusiveLock on the partition itself, because
otherwise an insert that violates the newly-imposed partition
constraint could be in progress at the same time that we're changing
that constraint; only the lock level on the parent relation is
weakened.
To make this safe, we have to cope with (at least) three separate
problems. First, relevant DDL might commit while we're in the process
of building a PartitionDesc. If so, find_inheritance_children() might
see a new partition while the RELOID system cache still has the old
partition bound cached, and even before invalidation messages have
been queued. To fix that, if we see that the pg_class tuple seems to
be missing or to have a null relpartbound, refetch the value directly
from the table. We can't get the wrong value, because DETACH PARTITION
still requires AccessExclusiveLock throughout; if we ever want to
change that, this will need more thought. In testing, I found it quite
difficult to hit even the null-relpartbound case; the race condition
is extremely tight, but the theoretical risk is there.
Second, successive calls to RelationGetPartitionDesc might not return
the same answer. The query planner will get confused if lookup up the
PartitionDesc for a particular relation does not return a consistent
answer for the entire duration of query planning. Likewise, query
execution will get confused if the same relation seems to have a
different PartitionDesc at different times. Invent a new
PartitionDirectory concept and use it to ensure consistency. This
ensures that a single invocation of either the planner or the executor
sees the same view of the PartitionDesc from beginning to end, but it
does not guarantee that the planner and the executor see the same
view. Since this allows pointers to old PartitionDesc entries to
survive even after a relcache rebuild, also postpone removing the old
PartitionDesc entry until we're certain no one is using it.
For the most part, it seems to be OK for the planner and executor to
have different views of the PartitionDesc, because the executor will
just ignore any concurrently added partitions which were unknown at
plan time; those partitions won't be part of the inheritance
expansion, but invalidation messages will trigger replanning at some
point. Normally, this happens by the time the very next command is
executed, but if the next command acquires no locks and executes a
prepared query, it can manage not to notice until a new transaction is
started. We might want to tighten that up, but it's material for a
separate patch. There would still be a small window where a query
that started just after an ATTACH PARTITION command committed might
fail to notice its results -- but only if the command starts before
the commit has been acknowledged to the user. All in all, the warts
here around serializability seem small enough to be worth accepting
for the considerable advantage of being able to add partitions without
a full table lock.
Although in general the consequences of new partitions showing up
between planning and execution are limited to the query not noticing
the new partitions, run-time partition pruning will get confused in
that case, so that's the third problem that this patch fixes.
Run-time partition pruning assumes that indexes into the PartitionDesc
are stable between planning and execution. So, add code so that if
new partitions are added between plan time and execution time, the
indexes stored in the subplan_map[] and subpart_map[] arrays within
the plan's PartitionedRelPruneInfo get adjusted accordingly. There
does not seem to be a simple way to generalize this scheme to cope
with partitions that are removed, mostly because they could then get
added back again with different bounds, but it works OK for added
partitions.
This code does not try to ensure that every backend participating in
a parallel query sees the same view of the PartitionDesc. That
currently doesn't matter, because we never pass PartitionDesc
indexes between backends. Each backend will ignore the concurrently
added partitions which it notices, and it doesn't matter if different
backends are ignoring different sets of concurrently added partitions.
If in the future that matters, for example because we allow writes in
parallel query and want all participants to do tuple routing to the same
set of partitions, the PartitionDirectory concept could be improved to
share PartitionDescs across backends. There is a draft patch to
serialize and restore PartitionDescs on the thread where this patch
was discussed, which may be a useful place to start.
Patch by me. Thanks to Alvaro Herrera, David Rowley, Simon Riggs,
Amit Langote, and Michael Paquier for discussion, and to Alvaro
Herrera for some review.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+Tgmobt2upbSocvvDej3yzokd7AkiT+PvgFH+a9-5VV1oJNSQ@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoZE0r9-cyA-aY6f8WFEROaDLLL7Vf81kZ8MtFCkxpeQSw@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoY13KQZF-=HNTrt9UYWYx3_oYOQpu9ioNT49jGgiDpUEA@mail.gmail.com
Until now the the slot to store the conflicting tuple, and the result
of the ON CONFLICT SET, where reused between partitions. That
necessitated changing slots descriptor when switching partitions.
Besides the overhead of switching descriptors on a slot (which
requires memory allocations and prevents JITing), that's importantly
also problematic for tableam. There individual partitions might belong
to different tableams, needing different kinds of slots.
In passing also fix ExecOnConflictUpdate to clear the existing slot at
exit. Otherwise that slot could continue to hold a pin till the query
ends, which could be far too long if the input data set is large, and
there's no further conflicts. While previously also problematic, it's
now more important as there will be more such slots when partitioned.
Author: Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: Robert Haas, David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
This introduces the concept of table access methods, i.e. CREATE
ACCESS METHOD ... TYPE TABLE and
CREATE TABLE ... USING (storage-engine).
No table access functionality is delegated to table AMs as of this
commit, that'll be done in following commits.
Subsequent commits will incrementally abstract table access
functionality to be routed through table access methods. That change
is too large to be reviewed & committed at once, so it'll be done
incrementally.
Docs will be updated at the end, as adding them incrementally would
likely make them less coherent, and definitely is a lot more work,
without a lot of benefit.
Table access methods are specified similar to index access methods,
i.e. pg_am.amhandler returns, as INTERNAL, a pointer to a struct with
callbacks. In contrast to index AMs that struct needs to live as long
as a backend, typically that's achieved by just returning a pointer to
a constant struct.
Psql's \d+ now displays a table's access method. That can be disabled
with HIDE_TABLEAM=true, which is mainly useful so regression tests can
be run against different AMs. It's quite possible that this behaviour
still needs to be fine tuned.
For now it's not allowed to set a table AM for a partitioned table, as
we've not resolved how partitions would inherit that. Disallowing
allows us to introduce, if we decide that's the way forward, such a
behaviour without a compatibility break.
Catversion bumped, to add the heap table AM and references to it.
Author: Haribabu Kommi, Andres Freund, Alvaro Herrera, Dimitri Golgov and others
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.dehttps://postgr.es/m/20160812231527.GA690404@alvherre.pgsqlhttps://postgr.es/m/20190107235616.6lur25ph22u5u5av@alap3.anarazel.dehttps://postgr.es/m/20190304234700.w5tmhducs5wxgzls@alap3.anarazel.de
For the upcoming pluggable table access methods it's quite
inconvenient to store tuples as HeapTuples, as that'd require
converting tuples from a their native format into HeapTuples. Instead
use slots to manage epq tuples.
To fit into that scheme, change the foreign data wrapper callback
RefetchForeignRow, to store the tuple in a slot. Insist on using the
caller provided slot, so it conveniently can be stored in the
corresponding EPQ slot. As there is no in core user of
RefetchForeignRow, that change was done blindly, but we plan to test
that soon.
To avoid duplicating that work for row locks, move row locks to just
directly use the EPQ slots - it previously temporarily stored tuples
in LockRowsState.lr_curtuples, but that doesn't seem beneficial, given
we'd possibly end up with a significant number of additional slots.
The behaviour of es_epqTupleSet[rti -1] is now checked by
es_epqTupleSlot[rti -1] != NULL, as that is distinguishable from a
slot containing an empty tuple.
Author: Andres Freund, Haribabu Kommi, Ashutosh Bapat
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
We have forboth() and forthree() macros that simplify iterating
through several parallel lists, but not everyplace that could
reasonably use those was doing so. Also invent forfour() and
forfive() macros to do the same for four or five parallel lists,
and use those where applicable.
The immediate motivation for doing this is to reduce the number
of ad-hoc lnext() calls, to reduce the footprint of a WIP patch.
However, it seems like good cleanup and error-proofing anyway;
the places that were combining forthree() with a manually iterated
loop seem particularly illegible and bug-prone.
There was some speculation about restructuring related parsetree
representations to reduce the need for parallel list chasing of
this sort. Perhaps that's a win, or perhaps not, but in any case
it would be considerably more invasive than this patch; and it's
not particularly related to my immediate goal of improving the
List infrastructure. So I'll leave that question for another day.
Patch by me; thanks to David Rowley for review.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/11587.1550975080@sss.pgh.pa.us
In preparation for abstracting table storage, convert trigger.c to
track tuples in slots. Which also happens to make code calling
triggers simpler.
As the calling interface for triggers themselves is not changed in
this patch, HeapTuples still are extracted from the slot at that
time. But that's handled solely inside trigger.c, not visible to
callers. It's quite likely that we'll want to revise the external
trigger interface, but that's a separate large project.
As part of this work the slots used for old/new/return tuples are
moved from EState into ResultRelInfo, as different updated tables
might need different slots. The slots are now also now created
on-demand, which is good both from an efficiency POV, but also makes
the modifying code simpler.
Author: Andres Freund, Amit Khandekar and Ashutosh Bapat
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
Remove some unnecessary, legacy-looking use of the PROCEDURAL keyword
before LANGUAGE. We mostly don't use this anymore, so some of these
look a bit old.
There is still some use in pg_dump, which is harder to remove because
it's baked into the archive format, so I'm not touching that.
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/2330919b-62d9-29ac-8de3-58c024fdcb96@2ndquadrant.com
Historically we've always materialized the full output of a CTE query,
treating WITH as an optimization fence (so that, for example, restrictions
from the outer query cannot be pushed into it). This is appropriate when
the CTE query is INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE, or is recursive; but when the CTE
query is non-recursive and side-effect-free, there's no hazard of changing
the query results by pushing restrictions down.
Another argument for materialization is that it can avoid duplicate
computation of an expensive WITH query --- but that only applies if
the WITH query is called more than once in the outer query. Even then
it could still be a net loss, if each call has restrictions that
would allow just a small part of the WITH query to be computed.
Hence, let's change the behavior for WITH queries that are non-recursive
and side-effect-free. By default, we will inline them into the outer
query (removing the optimization fence) if they are called just once.
If they are called more than once, we will keep the old behavior by
default, but the user can override this and force inlining by specifying
NOT MATERIALIZED. Lastly, the user can force the old behavior by
specifying MATERIALIZED; this would mainly be useful when the query had
deliberately been employing WITH as an optimization fence to prevent a
poor choice of plan.
Andreas Karlsson, Andrew Gierth, David Fetter
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/87sh48ffhb.fsf@news-spur.riddles.org.uk
In commit 1a8d5afb0, I thought it'd be a good idea to define
IndexClause.indexquals as NIL in the most common case where the given
clause (IndexClause.rinfo) is usable exactly as-is. It'd be more
consistent to define the indexquals in that case as being a one-element
list containing IndexClause.rinfo, but I thought saving the palloc
overhead for making such a list would be worthwhile.
In hindsight, that was a great example of "premature optimization is the
root of all evil": it's complicated everyplace that needs to deal with
the indexquals, requiring duplicative code to handle both the simple
case and the not-simple case. I'd initially found that tolerable but
it's getting less so as I mop up some areas that I'd not touched in
1a8d5afb0. In any case, two more pallocs during a planner run are
surely at the noise level (a conclusion confirmed by a bit of
microbenchmarking). So let's change this decision before it becomes
set in stone, and insist that IndexClause.indexquals always be a valid
list of the actual index quals for the clause.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/24586.1550106354@sss.pgh.pa.us
For a long time, indxpath.c has had the ability to extract derived (lossy)
index conditions from certain operators such as LIKE. For just as long,
it's been obvious that we really ought to make that capability available
to extensions. This commit finally accomplishes that, by adding another
API for planner support functions that lets them create derived index
conditions for their functions. As proof of concept, the hardwired
"special index operator" code formerly present in indxpath.c is pushed
out to planner support functions attached to LIKE and other relevant
operators.
A weak spot in this design is that an extension needs to know OIDs for
the operators, datatypes, and opfamilies involved in the transformation
it wants to make. The core-code prototypes use hard-wired OID references
but extensions don't have that option for their own operators etc. It's
usually possible to look up the required info, but that may be slow and
inconvenient. However, improving that situation is a separate task.
I want to do some additional refactorization around selfuncs.c, but
that also seems like a separate task.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15193.1548028093@sss.pgh.pa.us
Add support function requests for estimating the selectivity, cost,
and number of result rows (if a SRF) of the target function.
The lack of a way to estimate selectivity of a boolean-returning
function in WHERE has been a recognized deficiency of the planner
since Berkeley days. This commit finally fixes it.
In addition, non-constant estimates of cost and number of output
rows are now possible. We still fall back to looking at procost
and prorows if the support function doesn't service the request,
of course.
To make concrete use of the possibility of estimating output rowcount
for SRFs, this commit adds support functions for array_unnest(anyarray)
and the integer variants of generate_series; the lack of plausible
rowcount estimates for those, even when it's obvious to a human,
has been a repeated subject of complaints. Obviously, much more
could now be done in this line, but I'm mostly just trying to get
the infrastructure in place.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15193.1548028093@sss.pgh.pa.us
Rename/repurpose pg_proc.protransform as "prosupport". The idea is
still that it names an internal function that provides knowledge to
the planner about the behavior of the function it's attached to;
but redesign the API specification so that it's not limited to doing
just one thing, but can support an extensible set of requests.
The original purpose of simplifying a function call is handled by
the first request type to be invented, SupportRequestSimplify.
Adjust all the existing transform functions to handle this API,
and rename them fron "xxx_transform" to "xxx_support" to reflect
the potential generalization of what they do. (Since we never
previously provided any way for extensions to add transform functions,
this change doesn't create an API break for them.)
Also add DDL and pg_dump support for attaching a support function to a
user-defined function. Unfortunately, DDL access has to be restricted
to superusers, at least for now; but seeing that support functions
will pretty much have to be written in C, that limitation is just
theoretical. (This support is untested in this patch, but a follow-on
patch will add cases that exercise it.)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15193.1548028093@sss.pgh.pa.us
In place of three separate but interrelated lists (indexclauses,
indexquals, and indexqualcols), an IndexPath now has one list
"indexclauses" of IndexClause nodes. This holds basically the same
information as before, but in a more useful format: in particular, there
is now a clear connection between an indexclause (an original restriction
clause from WHERE or JOIN/ON) and the indexquals (directly usable index
conditions) derived from it.
We also change the ground rules a bit by mandating that clause commutation,
if needed, be done up-front so that what is stored in the indexquals list
is always directly usable as an index condition. This gets rid of repeated
re-determination of which side of the clause is the indexkey during costing
and plan generation, as well as repeated lookups of the commutator
operator. To minimize the added up-front cost, the typical case of
commuting a plain OpExpr is handled by a new special-purpose function
commute_restrictinfo(). For RowCompareExprs, generating the new clause
properly commuted to begin with is not really any more complex than before,
it's just different --- and we can save doing that work twice, as the
pretty-klugy original implementation did.
Tracking the connection between original and derived clauses lets us
also track explicitly whether the derived clauses are an exact or lossy
translation of the original. This provides a cheap solution to getting
rid of unnecessary rechecks of boolean index clauses, which previously
seemed like it'd be more expensive than it was worth.
Another pleasant (IMO) side-effect is that EXPLAIN now always shows
index clauses with the indexkey on the left; this seems less confusing.
This commit leaves expand_indexqual_conditions() and some related
functions in a slightly messy state. I didn't bother to change them
any more than minimally necessary to work with the new data structure,
because all that code is going to be refactored out of existence in
a follow-on patch.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/22182.1549124950@sss.pgh.pa.us
The old name of this file was never a very good indication of what it
was for. Now that there's also access/relation.h, we have a potential
confusion hazard as well, so let's rename it to something more apropos.
Per discussion, "pathnodes.h" is reasonable, since a good fraction of
the file is Path node definitions.
While at it, tweak a couple of other headers that were gratuitously
importing relation.h into modules that don't need it.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7719.1548688728@sss.pgh.pa.us
Create a new header optimizer/optimizer.h, which exposes just the
planner functions that can be used "at arm's length", without need
to access Paths or the other planner-internal data structures defined
in nodes/relation.h. This is intended to provide the whole planner
API seen by most of the rest of the system; although FDWs still need
to use additional stuff, and more thought is also needed about just
what selfuncs.c should rely on.
The main point of doing this now is to limit the amount of new
#include baggage that will be needed by "planner support functions",
which I expect to introduce later, and which will be in relevant
datatype modules rather than anywhere near the planner.
This commit just moves relevant declarations into optimizer.h from
other header files (a couple of which go away because everything
got moved), and adjusts #include lists to match. There's further
cleanup that could be done if we want to decide that some stuff
being exposed by optimizer.h doesn't belong in the planner at all,
but I'll leave that for another day.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/11460.1548706639@sss.pgh.pa.us
Move a few very simple node-creation and node-type-testing functions
from the planner's clauses.c to nodes/makefuncs and nodes/nodeFuncs.
There's nothing planner-specific about them, as evidenced by the
number of other places that were using them.
While at it, rename and_clause() etc to is_andclause() etc, to clarify
that they are node-type-testing functions not node-creation functions.
And use "static inline" implementations for the shortest ones.
Also, modify flatten_join_alias_vars() and some subsidiary functions
to take a Query not a PlannerInfo to define the join structure that
Vars should be translated according to. They were only using the
"parse" field of the PlannerInfo anyway, so this just requires removing
one level of indirection. The advantage is that now parse_agg.c can
use flatten_join_alias_vars() without the horrid kluge of creating an
incomplete PlannerInfo, which will allow that file to be decoupled from
relation.h in a subsequent patch.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/11460.1548706639@sss.pgh.pa.us
The fact that "SELECT expression" has no base relations has long been a
thorn in the side of the planner. It makes it hard to flatten a sub-query
that looks like that, or is a trivial VALUES() item, because the planner
generally uses relid sets to identify sub-relations, and such a sub-query
would have an empty relid set if we flattened it. prepjointree.c contains
some baroque logic that works around this in certain special cases --- but
there is a much better answer. We can replace an empty FROM clause with a
dummy RTE that acts like a table of one row and no columns, and then there
are no such corner cases to worry about. Instead we need some logic to
get rid of useless dummy RTEs, but that's simpler and covers more cases
than what was there before.
For really trivial cases, where the query is just "SELECT expression" and
nothing else, there's a hazard that adding the extra RTE makes for a
noticeable slowdown; even though it's not much processing, there's not
that much for the planner to do overall. However testing says that the
penalty is very small, close to the noise level. In more complex queries,
this is able to find optimizations that we could not find before.
The new RTE type is called RTE_RESULT, since the "scan" plan type it
gives rise to is a Result node (the same plan we produced for a "SELECT
expression" query before). To avoid confusion, rename the old ResultPath
path type to GroupResultPath, reflecting that it's only used in degenerate
grouping cases where we know the query produces just one grouped row.
(It wouldn't work to unify the two cases, because there are different
rules about where the associated quals live during query_planner.)
Note: although this touches readfuncs.c, I don't think a catversion
bump is required, because the added case can't occur in stored rules,
only plans.
Patch by me, reviewed by David Rowley and Mark Dilger
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15944.1521127664@sss.pgh.pa.us
Before this change FunctionCallInfoData, the struct arguments etc for
V1 function calls are stored in, always had space for
FUNC_MAX_ARGS/100 arguments, storing datums and their nullness in two
arrays. For nearly every function call 100 arguments is far more than
needed, therefore wasting memory. Arg and argnull being two separate
arrays also guarantees that to access a single argument, two
cachelines have to be touched.
Change the layout so there's a single variable-length array with pairs
of value / isnull. That drastically reduces memory consumption for
most function calls (on x86-64 a two argument function now uses
64bytes, previously 936 bytes), and makes it very likely that argument
value and its nullness are on the same cacheline.
Arguments are stored in a new NullableDatum struct, which, due to
padding, needs more memory per argument than before. But as usually
far fewer arguments are stored, and individual arguments are cheaper
to access, that's still a clear win. It's likely that there's other
places where conversion to NullableDatum arrays would make sense,
e.g. TupleTableSlots, but that's for another commit.
Because the function call information is now variable-length
allocations have to take the number of arguments into account. For
heap allocations that can be done with SizeForFunctionCallInfoData(),
for on-stack allocations there's a new LOCAL_FCINFO(name, nargs) macro
that helps to allocate an appropriately sized and aligned variable.
Some places with stack allocation function call information don't know
the number of arguments at compile time, and currently variably sized
stack allocations aren't allowed in postgres. Therefore allow for
FUNC_MAX_ARGS space in these cases. They're not that common, so for
now that seems acceptable.
Because of the need to allocate FunctionCallInfo of the appropriate
size, older extensions may need to update their code. To avoid subtle
breakages, the FunctionCallInfoData struct has been renamed to
FunctionCallInfoBaseData. Most code only references FunctionCallInfo,
so that shouldn't cause much collateral damage.
This change is also a prerequisite for more efficient expression JIT
compilation (by allocating the function call information on the stack,
allowing LLVM to optimize it away); previously the size of the call
information caused problems inside LLVM's optimizer.
Author: Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180605172952.x34m5uz6ju6enaem@alap3.anarazel.de
This change allows callers of query_tree_walker() to choose whether
to visit an RTE before or after visiting the contents of the RTE
(i.e., prefix or postfix tree order). All existing users of
QTW_EXAMINE_RTES want the QTW_EXAMINE_RTES_BEFORE behavior, but
an upcoming patch will want QTW_EXAMINE_RTES_AFTER, and it seems
like a potentially useful change on its own.
Andreas Karlsson (extracted from CTE inlining patch)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/8810.1542402910@sss.pgh.pa.us
Extends the COPY FROM command with a WHERE condition, which allows doing
various types of filtering while importing the data (random sampling,
condition on a data column, etc.). Until now such filtering required
either preprocessing of the input data, or importing all data and then
filtering in the database. COPY FROM ... WHERE is an easy-to-use and
low-overhead alternative for most simple cases.
Author: Surafel Temesgen
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra, Masahiko Sawada, Lim Myungkyu
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/CALAY4q_DdpWDuB5-Zyi-oTtO2uSk8pmy+dupiRe3AvAc++1imA@mail.gmail.com
This is the genam.h equivalent of 4c850ecec6 (which removed
heapam.h from a lot of other headers). There's still a few header
includes of genam.h, but not from central headers anymore.
As a few headers are not indirectly included anymore, execnodes.h and
relscan.h need a few additional includes. Some of the depended on
types were replacable by using the underlying structs, but e.g. for
Snapshot in execnodes.h that'd have gotten more invasive than
reasonable in this commit.
Like the aforementioned commit 4c850ecec6, this requires adding new
genam.h includes to a number of backend files, which likely is also
required in a few external projects.
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190114000701.y4ttcb74jpskkcfb@alap3.anarazel.de
heapam.h previously was included in a number of widely used
headers (e.g. execnodes.h, indirectly in executor.h, ...). That's
problematic on its own, as heapam.h contains a lot of low-level
details that don't need to be exposed that widely, but becomes more
problematic with the upcoming introduction of pluggable table storage
- it seems inappropriate for heapam.h to be included that widely
afterwards.
heapam.h was largely only included in other headers to get the
HeapScanDesc typedef (which was defined in heapam.h, even though
HeapScanDescData is defined in relscan.h). The better solution here
seems to be to just use the underlying struct (forward declared where
necessary). Similar for BulkInsertState.
Another problem was that LockTupleMode was used in executor.h - parts
of the file tried to cope without heapam.h, but due to the fact that
it indirectly included it, several subsequent violations of that goal
were not not noticed. We could just reuse the approach of declaring
parameters as int, but it seems nicer to move LockTupleMode to
lockoptions.h - that's not a perfect location, but also doesn't seem
bad.
As a number of files relied on implicitly included heapam.h, a
significant number of files grew an explicit include. It's quite
probably that a few external projects will need to do the same.
Author: Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: Alvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190114000701.y4ttcb74jpskkcfb@alap3.anarazel.de
In commit 8b08f7d482 I added member relationId to IndexStmt struct.
I'm now not sure why; DefineIndex doesn't need it, since the relation
OID is passed as a separate argument anyway. Remove it.
Also remove a redundant assignment to the relationId argument (it wasn't
redundant when added by commit e093dcdd28, but should have been removed
in commit 5f173040e3), and use relationId instead of stmt->relation when
locking the relation in the second phase of CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY,
which is not only confusing but it means we resolve the name twice for
no reason.
Up to now we've not worried much about joins where the join key is a
relation's CTID column, reasoning that storing a table's CTIDs in some
other table would be pretty useless. However, there are use-cases for
this sort of query involving self-joins, so that argument doesn't really
hold water.
This patch allows generating plans for joins on CTID that use a nestloop
with inner TidScan, similar to what we might do with an index on the join
column. This is the most efficient way to join when the outer side of
the nestloop is expected to yield relatively few rows.
This change requires upgrading tidpath.c and the generated TidPaths
to work with RestrictInfos instead of bare qual clauses, but that's
long-postponed technical debt anyway.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17443.1545435266@sss.pgh.pa.us
Using the full width of the CPU's native word size shouldn't cost
anything in typical cases. When working with large bitmapsets,
this halves the number of operations needed for many common BMS
operations. On the right sort of test case, a measurable improvement
is obtained.
David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKJS1f9EGBd2h-VkXvb=51tf+X46zMX5T8h-KYgXEV_u2zmLUw@mail.gmail.com
Previously tables declared WITH OIDS, including a significant fraction
of the catalog tables, stored the oid column not as a normal column,
but as part of the tuple header.
This special column was not shown by default, which was somewhat odd,
as it's often (consider e.g. pg_class.oid) one of the more important
parts of a row. Neither pg_dump nor COPY included the contents of the
oid column by default.
The fact that the oid column was not an ordinary column necessitated a
significant amount of special case code to support oid columns. That
already was painful for the existing, but upcoming work aiming to make
table storage pluggable, would have required expanding and duplicating
that "specialness" significantly.
WITH OIDS has been deprecated since 2005 (commit ff02d0a05280e0).
Remove it.
Removing includes:
- CREATE TABLE and ALTER TABLE syntax for declaring the table to be
WITH OIDS has been removed (WITH (oids[ = true]) will error out)
- pg_dump does not support dumping tables declared WITH OIDS and will
issue a warning when dumping one (and ignore the oid column).
- restoring an pg_dump archive with pg_restore will warn when
restoring a table with oid contents (and ignore the oid column)
- COPY will refuse to load binary dump that includes oids.
- pg_upgrade will error out when encountering tables declared WITH
OIDS, they have to be altered to remove the oid column first.
- Functionality to access the oid of the last inserted row (like
plpgsql's RESULT_OID, spi's SPI_lastoid, ...) has been removed.
The syntax for declaring a table WITHOUT OIDS (or WITH (oids = false)
for CREATE TABLE) is still supported. While that requires a bit of
support code, it seems unnecessary to break applications / dumps that
do not use oids, and are explicit about not using them.
The biggest user of WITH OID columns was postgres' catalog. This
commit changes all 'magic' oid columns to be columns that are normally
declared and stored. To reduce unnecessary query breakage all the
newly added columns are still named 'oid', even if a table's column
naming scheme would indicate 'reloid' or such. This obviously
requires adapting a lot code, mostly replacing oid access via
HeapTupleGetOid() with access to the underlying Form_pg_*->oid column.
The bootstrap process now assigns oids for all oid columns in
genbki.pl that do not have an explicit value (starting at the largest
oid previously used), only oids assigned later by oids will be above
FirstBootstrapObjectId. As the oid column now is a normal column the
special bootstrap syntax for oids has been removed.
Oids are not automatically assigned during insertion anymore, all
backend code explicitly assigns oids with GetNewOidWithIndex(). For
the rare case that insertions into the catalog via SQL are called for
the new pg_nextoid() function can be used (which only works on catalog
tables).
The fact that oid columns on system tables are now normal columns
means that they will be included in the set of columns expanded
by * (i.e. SELECT * FROM pg_class will now include the table's oid,
previously it did not). It'd not technically be hard to hide oid
column by default, but that'd mean confusing behavior would either
have to be carried forward forever, or it'd cause breakage down the
line.
While it's not unlikely that further adjustments are needed, the
scope/invasiveness of the patch makes it worthwhile to get merge this
now. It's painful to maintain externally, too complicated to commit
after the code code freeze, and a dependency of a number of other
patches.
Catversion bump, for obvious reasons.
Author: Andres Freund, with contributions by John Naylor
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180930034810.ywp2c7awz7opzcfr@alap3.anarazel.de
This speeds up write operations (INSERT, UPDATE, DELETE, COPY, as well
as the future MERGE) on partitioned tables.
This changes the setup for tuple routing so that it does far less work
during the initial setup and pushes more work out to when partitions
receive tuples. PartitionDispatchData structs for sub-partitioned
tables are only created when a tuple gets routed through it. The
possibly large arrays in the PartitionTupleRouting struct have largely
been removed. The partitions[] array remains but now never contains any
NULL gaps. Previously the NULLs had to be skipped during
ExecCleanupTupleRouting(), which could add a large overhead to the
cleanup when the number of partitions was large. The partitions[] array
is allocated small to start with and only enlarged when we route tuples
to enough partitions that it runs out of space. This allows us to keep
simple single-row partition INSERTs running quickly. Redesign
The arrays in PartitionTupleRouting which stored the tuple translation maps
have now been removed. These have been moved out into a
PartitionRoutingInfo struct which is an additional field in ResultRelInfo.
The find_all_inheritors() call still remains by far the slowest part of
ExecSetupPartitionTupleRouting(). This commit just removes the other slow
parts.
In passing also rename the tuple translation maps from being ParentToChild
and ChildToParent to being RootToPartition and PartitionToRoot. The old
names mislead you into thinking that a partition of some sub-partitioned
table would translate to the rowtype of the sub-partitioned table rather
than the root partitioned table.
Authors: David Rowley and Amit Langote, heavily revised by Álvaro Herrera
Testing help from Jesper Pedersen and Kato Sho.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKJS1f_1RJyFquuCKRFHTdcXqoPX-PYqAd7nz=GVBwvGh4a6xA@mail.gmail.com
Upcoming work intends to allow pluggable ways to introduce new ways of
storing table data. Accessing those table access methods from the
executor requires TupleTableSlots to be carry tuples in the native
format of such storage methods; otherwise there'll be a significant
conversion overhead.
Different access methods will require different data to store tuples
efficiently (just like virtual, minimal, heap already require fields
in TupleTableSlot). To allow that without requiring additional pointer
indirections, we want to have different structs (embedding
TupleTableSlot) for different types of slots. Thus different types of
slots are needed, which requires adapting creators of slots.
The slot that most efficiently can represent a type of tuple in an
executor node will often depend on the type of slot a child node
uses. Therefore we need to track the type of slot is returned by
nodes, so parent slots can create slots based on that.
Relatedly, JIT compilation of tuple deforming needs to know which type
of slot a certain expression refers to, so it can create an
appropriate deforming function for the type of tuple in the slot.
But not all nodes will only return one type of slot, e.g. an append
node will potentially return different types of slots for each of its
subplans.
Therefore add function that allows to query the type of a node's
result slot, and whether it'll always be the same type (whether it's
fixed). This can be queried using ExecGetResultSlotOps().
The scan, result, inner, outer type of slots are automatically
inferred from ExecInitScanTupleSlot(), ExecInitResultSlot(),
left/right subtrees respectively. If that's not correct for a node,
that can be overwritten using new fields in PlanState.
This commit does not introduce the actually abstracted implementation
of different kind of TupleTableSlots, that will be left for a followup
commit. The different types of slots introduced will, for now, still
use the same backing implementation.
While this already partially invalidates the big comment in
tuptable.h, it seems to make more sense to update it later, when the
different TupleTableSlot implementations actually exist.
Author: Ashutosh Bapat and Andres Freund, with changes by Amit Khandekar
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20181105210039.hh4vvi4vwoq5ba2q@alap3.anarazel.de
The comments above the PartitionedRelPruneInfo struct incorrectly
document how subplan_map and subpart_map are indexed. This seems to
have snuck in on 4e23236403.
Author: David Rowley <david.rowley@2ndquadrant.com>
In a lot of nodes the return slot is not required. That can either be
because the node doesn't do any projection (say an Append node), or
because the node does perform projections but the projection is
optimized away because the projection would yield an identical row.
Slots aren't that small, especially for wide rows, so it's worthwhile
to avoid creating them. It's not possible to just skip creating the
slot - it's currently used to determine the tuple descriptor returned
by ExecGetResultType(). So separate the determination of the result
type from the slot creation. The work previously done internally
ExecInitResultTupleSlotTL() can now also be done separately with
ExecInitResultTypeTL() and ExecInitResultSlot(). That way nodes that
aren't guaranteed to need a result slot, can use
ExecInitResultTypeTL() to determine the result type of the node, and
ExecAssignScanProjectionInfo() (via
ExecConditionalAssignProjectionInfo()) determines that a result slot
is needed, it is created with ExecInitResultSlot().
Besides the advantage of avoiding to create slots that then are
unused, this is necessary preparation for later patches around tuple
table slot abstraction. In particular separating the return descriptor
and slot is a prerequisite to allow JITing of tuple deforming with
knowledge of the underlying tuple format, and to avoid unnecessarily
creating JITed tuple deforming for virtual slots.
This commit removes a redundant argument from
ExecInitResultTupleSlotTL(). While this commit touches a lot of the
relevant lines anyway, it'd normally still not worthwhile to cause
breakage, except that aforementioned later commits will touch *all*
ExecInitResultTupleSlotTL() callers anyway (but fits worse
thematically).
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20181105210039.hh4vvi4vwoq5ba2q@alap3.anarazel.de
The original code to propagate NOT NULL and default expressions
specified when creating a partition was mostly copy-pasted from
typed-tables creation, but not being a great match it contained some
duplicity, inefficiency and bugs.
This commit fixes the bug that NOT NULL constraints declared in the
parent table would not be honored in the partition. One reported issue
that is not fixed is that a DEFAULT declared in the child is not used
when inserting through the parent. That would amount to a behavioral
change that's better not back-patched.
This rewrite makes the code simpler:
1. instead of checking for duplicate column names in its own block,
reuse the original one that already did that;
2. instead of concatenating the list of columns from parent and the one
declared in the partition and scanning the result to (incorrectly)
propagate defaults and not-null constraints, just scan the latter
searching the former for a match, and merging sensibly. This works
because we know the list in the parent is already correct and there can
only be one parent.
This rewrite makes ColumnDef->is_from_parent unused, so it's removed
on branch master; on released branches, it's kept as an unused field in
order not to cause ABI incompatibilities.
This commit also adds a test case for creating partitions with
collations mismatching that on the parent table, something that is
closely related to the code being patched. No code change is introduced
though, since that'd be a behavior change that could break some (broken)
working applications.
Amit Langote wrote a less invasive fix for the original
NOT NULL/defaults bug, but while I kept the tests he added, I ended up
not using his original code. Ashutosh Bapat reviewed Amit's fix. Amit
reviewed mine.
Author: Álvaro Herrera, Amit Langote
Reviewed-by: Ashutosh Bapat, Amit Langote
Reported-by: Jürgen Strobel (bug #15212)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/152746742177.1291.9847032632907407358@wrigleys.postgresql.org
The planner doesn't make any use of root->total_table_pages until it
estimates costs of indexscans, so we don't need to compute it as
early as that's currently done. By doing the calculation between
set_base_rel_sizes and set_base_rel_pathlists, we can omit relations
that get removed from the query by partition pruning or constraint
exclusion, which seems like a more accurate basis for costing.
(Historical note: I think at the time this code was written, there
was not a separation between the "set sizes" and "set pathlists"
steps, so that this approach would have been impossible at the time.
But now that we have that separation, this is clearly the better way
to do things.)
David Rowley, reviewed by Edmund Horner
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKJS1f-NG1mRM0VOtkAG7=ZLQWihoqees9R4ki3CKBB0-fRfCA@mail.gmail.com
An array-type coercion appearing within a CASE that has a constant
(after const-folding) test expression was mangled by the planner, causing
all the elements of the resulting array to be equal to the coerced value
of the CASE's test expression. This is my oversight in commit c12d570fa:
that changed ArrayCoerceExpr to use a subexpression involving a
CaseTestExpr, and I didn't notice that eval_const_expressions needed an
adjustment to keep from folding such a CaseTestExpr to a constant when
it's inside a suitable CASE.
This is another in what's getting to be a depressingly long line of bugs
associated with misidentification of the referent of a CaseTestExpr.
We're overdue to redesign that mechanism; but any such fix is unlikely
to be back-patchable into v11. As a stopgap, fix eval_const_expressions
to do what it must here. Also add a bunch of comments pointing out the
restrictions and assumptions that are needed to make this work at all.
Also fix a related oversight: contain_context_dependent_node() was not
aware of the relationship of ArrayCoerceExpr to CaseTestExpr. That was
somewhat fail-soft, in that the outcome of a wrong answer would be to
prevent optimizations that could have been made, but let's fix it while
we're at it.
Per bug #15471 from Matt Williams. Back-patch to v11 where the faulty
logic came in.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15471-1117f49271989bad@postgresql.org
es_leaf_result_relations doesn't exist; perhaps this was an old name
for es_tuple_routing_result_relations, or maybe this comment has gone
unmaintained through multiple rounds of whacking the code around.
Related comment in execnodes.h was both obsolete and ungrammatical.
If there are many ExecRowMark structs, we spent O(N^2) time in
ExecFindRowMark during executor startup. Once upon a time this was
not of great concern, but the addition of native partitioning has
squeezed out enough other costs that this can become the dominant
overhead in some use-cases for tables with many partitions.
To fix, simply replace that List data structure with an array.
This adds a little bit of cost to execCurrentOf(), but not much,
and anyway that code path is neither of large importance nor very
efficient now. If we ever decide it is a bottleneck, constructing a
hash table for lookup-by-tableoid would likely be the thing to do.
Per complaint from Amit Langote, though this is different from
his fix proposal.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/468c85d9-540e-66a2-1dde-fec2b741e688@lab.ntt.co.jp
In the wake of commit f2343653f, we no longer need some fields that
were used before to control executor lock acquisitions:
* PlannedStmt.nonleafResultRelations can go away entirely.
* partitioned_rels can go away from Append, MergeAppend, and ModifyTable.
However, ModifyTable still needs to know the RT index of the partition
root table if any, which was formerly kept in the first entry of that
list. Add a new field "rootRelation" to remember that. rootRelation is
partly redundant with nominalRelation, in that if it's set it will have
the same value as nominalRelation. However, the latter field has a
different purpose so it seems best to keep them distinct.
Amit Langote, reviewed by David Rowley and Jesper Pedersen,
and whacked around a bit more by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/468c85d9-540e-66a2-1dde-fec2b741e688@lab.ntt.co.jp
Instead of doing a lot of list_nth() accesses to es_range_table,
create a flattened pointer array during executor startup and index
into that to get at individual RangeTblEntrys.
This eliminates one source of O(N^2) behavior with lots of partitions.
(I'm not exactly convinced that it's the most important source, but
it's an easy one to fix.)
Amit Langote and David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/468c85d9-540e-66a2-1dde-fec2b741e688@lab.ntt.co.jp
Create an array estate->es_relations[] paralleling the es_range_table,
and store references to Relations (relcache entries) there, so that any
given RT entry is opened and closed just once per executor run. Scan
nodes typically still call ExecOpenScanRelation, but ExecCloseScanRelation
is no more; relation closing is now done centrally in ExecEndPlan.
This is slightly more complex than one would expect because of the
interactions with relcache references held in ResultRelInfo nodes.
The general convention is now that ResultRelInfo->ri_RelationDesc does
not represent a separate relcache reference and so does not need to be
explicitly closed; but there is an exception for ResultRelInfos in the
es_trig_target_relations list, which are manufactured by
ExecGetTriggerResultRel and have to be cleaned up by
ExecCleanUpTriggerState. (That much was true all along, but these
ResultRelInfos are now more different from others than they used to be.)
To allow the partition pruning logic to make use of es_relations[] rather
than having its own relcache references, adjust PartitionedRelPruneInfo
to store an RT index rather than a relation OID.
Amit Langote, reviewed by David Rowley and Jesper Pedersen,
some mods by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/468c85d9-540e-66a2-1dde-fec2b741e688@lab.ntt.co.jp
When specified, this option allows VACUUM to skip the work on a relation
if there is a conflicting lock on it when trying to open it at the
beginning of its processing.
Similarly to autovacuum, this comes with a couple of limitations while
the relation is processed which can cause the process to still block:
- when opening the relation indexes.
- when acquiring row samples for table inheritance trees, partition trees
or certain types of foreign tables, and that a lock is taken on some
leaves of such trees.
Author: Nathan Bossart
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier, Andres Freund, Masahiko Sawada
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/9EF7EBE4-720D-4CF1-9D0E-4403D7E92990@amazon.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171201160907.27110.74730@wrigleys.postgresql.org
I (Andres) was more than a bit hasty in committing 33001fd7a7
after last minute changes, leading to a number of problems (jit output
was only shown for JIT in parallel workers, and just EXPLAIN without
ANALYZE didn't work). Lukas luckily found these issues quickly.
Instead of combining instrumentation in in standard_ExecutorEnd(), do
so on demand in the new ExplainPrintJITSummary().
Also update a documentation example of the JIT output, changed in
52050ad8eb.
Author: Lukas Fittl, with minor changes by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAP53PkxmgJht69pabxBXJBM+0oc6kf3KHMborLP7H2ouJ0CCtQ@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch: 11, where JIT compilation was introduced
Add RangeTblEntry.rellockmode, which records the appropriate lock mode for
each RTE_RELATION rangetable entry (either AccessShareLock, RowShareLock,
or RowExclusiveLock depending on the RTE's role in the query).
This patch creates the field and makes all creators of RTE nodes fill it
in reasonably, but for the moment nothing much is done with it. The plan
is to replace assorted post-parser logic that re-determines the right
lockmode to use with simple uses of rte->rellockmode. For now, just add
Asserts in each of those places that the rellockmode matches what they are
computing today. (In some cases the match isn't perfect, so the Asserts
are weaker than you might expect; but this seems OK, as per discussion.)
This passes check-world for me, but it seems worth pushing in this state
to see if the buildfarm finds any problems in cases I failed to test.
catversion bump due to change of stored rules.
Amit Langote, reviewed by David Rowley and Jesper Pedersen,
and whacked around a bit more by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/468c85d9-540e-66a2-1dde-fec2b741e688@lab.ntt.co.jp
Previously, when using parallel query, EXPLAIN (ANALYZE)'s JIT
compilation timings did not include the overhead from doing so on the
workers. Fix that.
We do so by simply aggregating the cost of doing JIT compilation on
workers and the leader together. Arguably that's not quite accurate,
because the total time spend doing so is spent in parallel - but it's
hard to do much better. For additional detail, when VERBOSE is
specified, the stats for workers are displayed separately.
Author: Amit Khandekar and Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJ3gD9eLrz51RK_gTkod+71iDcjpB_N8eC6vU2AW-VicsAERpQ@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch: 11-
In the normal course of operation, query trees will be serialized only if
they are stored as views or rules; and plan trees will be serialized only
if they get passed to parallel-query workers. This leaves an awful lot of
opportunity for bugs/oversights to not get detected, as indeed we've just
been reminded of the hard way.
To improve matters, this patch adds a new compile option
WRITE_READ_PARSE_PLAN_TREES, which is modeled on the longstanding option
COPY_PARSE_PLAN_TREES; but instead of passing all parse and plan trees
through copyObject, it passes them through nodeToString + stringToNode.
Enabling this option in a buildfarm animal or two will catch problems
at least for cases that are exercised by the regression tests.
A small problem with this idea is that readfuncs.c historically has
discarded location fields, on the reasonable grounds that parse
locations in a retrieved view are not relevant to the current query.
But doing that in WRITE_READ_PARSE_PLAN_TREES breaks pg_stat_statements,
and it could cause problems for future improvements that might try to
report error locations at runtime. To fix that, provide a variant
behavior in readfuncs.c that makes it restore location fields when
told to.
In passing, const-ify the string arguments of stringToNode and its
subsidiary functions, just because it annoyed me that they weren't
const already.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17114.1537138992@sss.pgh.pa.us
A test patch to pass parse and plan trees through outfuncs + readfuncs
exposed several issues that need to be fixed to get clean matches:
Query.withCheckOptions failed to get copied; it's intentionally ignored
by outfuncs/readfuncs on the grounds that it'd always be NIL anyway in
stored rules. This seems less than future-proof, and it's not even
saving very much, so just undo the decision and treat the field like
all others.
Several places that convert a view RTE into a subquery RTE, or similar
manipulations, failed to clear out fields that were specific to the
original RTE type and should be zero in a subquery RTE. Since readfuncs.c
will leave such fields as zero, equalfuncs.c thinks the nodes are different
leading to a reported mismatch. It seems like a good idea to clear out the
no-longer-needed fields, even though in principle nothing should look at
them; the node ought to be indistinguishable from how it would look if
we'd built a new node instead of scribbling on the old one.
BuildOnConflictExcludedTargetlist randomly set the resname of some
TargetEntries to "" not NULL. outfuncs/readfuncs don't distinguish those
cases, and so the string will read back in as NULL ... but equalfuncs.c
does distinguish. Perhaps we ought to try to make things more consistent
in this area --- but it's just useless extra code space for
BuildOnConflictExcludedTargetlist to not use NULL here, so I fixed it for
now by making it do that.
catversion bumped because the change in handling of Query.withCheckOptions
affects stored rules.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17114.1537138992@sss.pgh.pa.us
The system expects TABLEFUNC RTEs to have coltypes, coltypmods, and
colcollations lists, but outfuncs doesn't dump them and readfuncs doesn't
restore them. This doesn't cause obvious failures, because the only things
that look at those fields are expandRTE() and get_rte_attribute_type(),
which are mostly used during parse analysis, before anything would've
passed the parsetree through outfuncs/readfuncs. But expandRTE() is used
in build_physical_tlist(), which means that that function will return a
wrong answer for a TABLEFUNC RTE that came from a view. Very accidentally,
this doesn't cause serious problems, because what it will return is NIL
which callers will interpret as "couldn't build a physical tlist because
of dropped columns". So you still get a plan that works, though it's
marginally less efficient than it could be. There are also some other
expandRTE() calls associated with transformation of whole-row Vars in
the planner. I have been unable to exhibit misbehavior from that, and
it may be unreachable in any case that anyone would care about ... but
I'm not entirely convinced, so this seems like something we should back-
patch a fix for. Fortunately, we can fix it without forcing a change
of stored rules and a catversion bump, because we can just copy these
lists from the subsidiary TableFunc object.
readfuncs.c was also missing support for NamedTuplestoreScan plan nodes.
This accidentally fails to break parallel query because a query using
a named tuplestore would never be considered parallel-safe anyway.
However, project policy since parallel query came in is that all plan
node types should have outfuncs/readfuncs support, so this is clearly
an oversight that should be repaired.
Noted while fooling around with a patch to test outfuncs/readfuncs more
thoroughly. That exposed some other issues too, but these are the only
ones that seem worth back-patching.
Back-patch to v10 where both of these features came in.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17114.1537138992@sss.pgh.pa.us
The original coding for XMLTABLE thought it could represent a default
namespace by a T_String Value node with a null string pointer. That's
not okay, though; in particular outfuncs.c/readfuncs.c are not on board
with such a representation, meaning you'll get a null pointer crash
if you try to store a view or rule containing this construct.
To fix, change the parsetree representation so that we have a NULL
list element, instead of a bogus Value node.
This isn't really a functional limitation since default XML namespaces
aren't yet implemented in the executor; you'd just get "DEFAULT
namespace is not supported" anyway. But crashes are not nice, so
back-patch to v10 where this syntax was added. Ordinarily we'd consider
a parsetree representation change to be un-backpatchable; but since
existing releases would crash on the way to storing such constructs,
there can't be any existing views/rules to be incompatible with.
Per report from Andrey Lepikhov.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3690074f-abd2-56a9-144a-aa5545d7a291@postgrespro.ru
Commit f49842d, which added support for partitionwise joins, built the
child's tlist by applying adjust_appendrel_attrs() to the parent's. So in
the case where the parent's included a whole-row Var for the parent, the
child's contained a ConvertRowtypeExpr. To cope with that, that commit
added code to the planner, such as setrefs.c, but some code paths still
assumed that the tlist for a scan (or join) rel would only include Vars
and PlaceHolderVars, which was true before that commit, causing errors:
* When creating an explicit sort node for an input path for a mergejoin
path for a child join, prepare_sort_from_pathkeys() threw the 'could not
find pathkey item to sort' error.
* When deparsing a relation participating in a pushed down child join as a
subquery in contrib/postgres_fdw, get_relation_column_alias_ids() threw
the 'unexpected expression in subquery output' error.
* When performing set_plan_references() on a local join plan generated by
contrib/postgres_fdw for EvalPlanQual support for a pushed down child
join, fix_join_expr() threw the 'variable not found in subplan target
lists' error.
To fix these, two approaches have been proposed: one by Ashutosh Bapat and
one by me. While the former keeps building the child's tlist with a
ConvertRowtypeExpr, the latter builds it with a whole-row Var for the
child not to violate the planner assumption, and tries to fix it up later,
But both approaches need more work, so refuse to generate partitionwise
join paths when whole-row Vars are involved, instead. We don't need to
handle ConvertRowtypeExprs in the child's tlists for now, so this commit
also removes the changes to the planner.
Previously, partitionwise join computed attr_needed data for each child
separately, and built the child join's tlist using that data, which also
required an extra step for adding PlaceHolderVars to that tlist, but it
would be more efficient to build it from the parent join's tlist through
the adjust_appendrel_attrs() transformation. So this commit builds that
list that way, and simplifies build_joinrel_tlist() and placeholder.c as
well as part of set_append_rel_size() to basically what they were before
partitionwise join went in.
Back-patch to PG11 where partitionwise join was introduced.
Report by Rajkumar Raghuwanshi. Analysis by Ashutosh Bapat, who also
provided some of regression tests. Patch by me, reviewed by Robert Haas.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKcux6ktu-8tefLWtQuuZBYFaZA83vUzuRd7c1YHC-yEWyYFpg@mail.gmail.com
Multiple calls to XMLTABLE in a query (e.g. laterally applying it to a
table with an xml column, an important use-case) were leaking large
amounts of memory into the per-query context, blowing up memory usage.
Repair by reorganizing memory context usage in nodeTableFuncscan; use
the usual per-tuple context for row-by-row evaluations instead of
perValueCxt, and use the explicitly created context -- renamed from
perValueCxt to perTableCxt -- for arguments and state for each
individual table-generation operation.
Backpatch to PG10 where this code was introduced.
Original report by IRC user begriffs; analysis and patch by me.
Reviewed by Tom Lane and Pavel Stehule.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/153394403528.10284.7530399040974170549@wrigleys.postgresql.org
The previous coding here supposed that if run-time partitioning applied to
a particular Append/MergeAppend plan, then all child plans of that node
must be members of a single partitioning hierarchy. This is totally wrong,
since an Append could be formed from a UNION ALL: we could have multiple
hierarchies sharing the same Append, or child plans that aren't part of any
hierarchy.
To fix, restructure the related plan-time and execution-time data
structures so that we can have a separate list or array for each
partitioning hierarchy. Also track subplans that are not part of any
hierarchy, and make sure they don't get pruned.
Per reports from Phil Florent and others. Back-patch to v11, since
the bug originated there.
David Rowley, with a lot of cosmetic adjustments by me; thanks also
to Amit Langote for review.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/HE1PR03MB17068BB27404C90B5B788BCABA7B0@HE1PR03MB1706.eurprd03.prod.outlook.com
The recheck option became a no-op as ClusterOption failed to set proper
values for each element. There was a second code path where local
options got overwritten.
Both issues have been spotted by Coverity.
This extends cluster_rel() in such a way that more options can be added
in the future, which will reduce the amount of chunk code for an
upcoming SKIP_LOCKED aimed for VACUUM. As VACUUM FULL is a different
flavor of CLUSTER, we want to make that extensible to ease integration.
This only reworks the API and its callers, without providing anything
user-facing. Two options are present now: verbose mode and relation
recheck when doing the cluster command work across multiple
transactions. This could be used as well as a base to extend the
grammar of CLUSTER later on.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Nathan Bossart
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180723031058.GE2854@paquier.xyz
A collection of typos I happened to spot while reading code, as well as
grepping for common mistakes.
Backpatch to all supported versions, as applicable, to avoid conflicts
when backporting other commits in the future.
When it comes to SELECT ... FOR or LOCK, NOWAIT means to not wait for
something to happen, and issue an error. SKIP LOCKED means to not wait
for something to happen but to move on without issuing an error. The
internal option of autovacuum and autoanalyze mentioned above, used only
when wraparound is not involved was named NOWAIT, but behaves like SKIP
LOCKED which is confusing.
Author: Nathan Bossart
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180307050345.GA3095@paquier.xyz
nodeWindowAgg.c failed to cope with the possibility that no ordering
columns are defined in the window frame for GROUPS mode or RANGE OFFSET
mode, leading to assertion failures or odd errors, as reported by Masahiko
Sawada and Lukas Eder. In RANGE OFFSET mode, an ordering column is really
required, so add an Assert about that. In GROUPS mode, the code would
work, except that the node initialization code wasn't in sync with the
execution code about when to set up tuplestore read pointers and spare
slots. Fix the latter for consistency's sake (even though I think the
changes described below make the out-of-sync cases unreachable for now).
Per SQL spec, a single ordering column is required for RANGE OFFSET mode,
and at least one ordering column is required for GROUPS mode. The parser
enforced the former but not the latter; add a check for that.
We were able to reach the no-ordering-column cases even with fully spec
compliant queries, though, because the planner would drop partitioning
and ordering columns from the generated plan if they were redundant with
earlier columns according to the redundant-pathkey logic, for instance
"PARTITION BY x ORDER BY y" in the presence of a "WHERE x=y" qual.
While in principle that's an optimization that could save some pointless
comparisons at runtime, it seems unlikely to be meaningful in the real
world. I think this behavior was not so much an intentional optimization
as a side-effect of an ancient decision to construct the plan node's
ordering-column info by reverse-engineering the PathKeys of the input
path. If we give up redundant-column removal then it takes very little
code to generate the plan node info directly from the WindowClause,
ensuring that we have the expected number of ordering columns in all
cases. (If anyone does complain about this, the planner could perhaps
be taught to remove redundant columns only when it's safe to do so,
ie *not* in RANGE OFFSET mode. But I doubt anyone ever will.)
With these changes, the WindowAggPath.winpathkeys field is not used for
anything anymore, so remove it.
The test cases added here are not actually very interesting given the
removal of the redundant-column-removal logic, but they would represent
important corner cases if anyone ever tries to put that back.
Tom Lane and Masahiko Sawada. Back-patch to v11 where RANGE OFFSET
and GROUPS modes were added.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAD21AoDrWqycq-w_+Bx1cjc+YUhZ11XTj9rfxNiNDojjBx8Fjw@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/153086788677.17476.8002640580496698831@wrigleys.postgresql.org
find_appinfos_by_relids had quite a large overhead when the number of
items in the append_rel_list was high, as it had to trawl through the
append_rel_list looking for AppendRelInfos belonging to the given
childrelids. Since there can only be a single AppendRelInfo for each
child rel, it seems much better to store an array in PlannerInfo which
indexes these by child relid, making the function O(1) rather than O(N).
This function was only called once inside the planner, so just replace
that call with a lookup to the new array. find_childrel_appendrelinfo
is now unused and thus removed.
This fixes a planner performance regression new to v11 reported by
Thomas Reiss.
Author: David Rowley
Reported-by: Thomas Reiss
Reviewed-by: Ashutosh Bapat
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/94dd7a4b-5e50-0712-911d-2278e055c622@dalibo.com
These struct definitions were originally dropped into primnodes.h,
which is a poor choice since that's mainly intended for primitive
expression node types; these are not in that category. What they
are is auxiliary info in Plan trees, so move them to plannodes.h.
For consistency, also relocate some related code that was apparently
placed with the aid of a dartboard.
There's no interesting code changes in this commit, just reshuffling.
David Rowley and Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFj8pRBjrufA3ocDm8o4LPGNye9Y+pm1b9kCwode4X04CULG3g@mail.gmail.com
The initial coding of the run-time-pruning feature only coped with cases
where the partition key(s) are compared to Params. That is a bit silly;
we can allow it to work with any non-Var-containing stable expression, as
long as we take special care with expressions containing PARAM_EXEC Params.
The code is hardly any longer this way, and it's considerably clearer
(IMO at least). Per gripe from Pavel Stehule.
David Rowley, whacked around a bit by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFj8pRBjrufA3ocDm8o4LPGNye9Y+pm1b9kCwode4X04CULG3g@mail.gmail.com
This controls both plan-time and execution-time new-style partition
pruning. While finer-grain control is possible (maybe using an enum GUC
instead of boolean), there doesn't seem to be much need for that.
This new parameter controls partition pruning for all queries:
trivially, SELECT queries that affect partitioned tables are naturally
under its control since they are using the new technology. However,
while UPDATE/DELETE queries do not use the new code, we make the new GUC
control their behavior also (stealing control from
constraint_exclusion), because it is more natural, and it leads to a
more natural transition to the future in which those queries will also
use the new pruning code.
Constraint exclusion still controls pruning for regular inheritance
situations (those not involving partitioned tables).
Author: David Rowley
Review: Amit Langote, Ashutosh Bapat, Justin Pryzby, David G. Johnston
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKJS1f_0HwsxJG9m+nzU+CizxSdGtfe6iF_ykPYBiYft302DCw@mail.gmail.com
On further reflection, commit e5d83995e didn't go far enough: pretty much
everywhere in the planner that examines a clause's is_pushed_down flag
ought to be changed to use the more complicated behavior where we also
check the clause's required_relids. Otherwise we could make incorrect
decisions about whether, say, a clause is safe to use as a hash clause.
Some (many?) of these places are safe as-is, either because they are
never reached while considering a parameterized path, or because there
are additional checks that would reject a pushed-down clause anyway.
However, it seems smarter to just code them all the same way rather
than rely on easily-broken reasoning of that sort.
In support of that, invent a new macro RINFO_IS_PUSHED_DOWN that should
be used in place of direct tests on the is_pushed_down flag.
Like the previous patch, back-patch to all supported branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/f8128b11-c5bf-3539-48cd-234178b2314d@proxel.se
It turns out that after runtime partition pruning, Append's
first_partial_plan does not accurately represent partial plans to run,
if any of those got pruned. This could limit participation of workers
in some partial subplans, if other subplans got pruned. Fix it by
keeping an index of the first valid partial subplan in the state node,
determined at execnode Init time.
Author: David Rowley, with cosmetic changes by me.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKJS1f8o2Yd=rOP=Et3A0FWgF+gSAOkFSU6eNhnGzTPV7nN8sQ@mail.gmail.com
This reverts commits d204ef6377,
83454e3c2b and a few more commits thereafter
(complete list at the end) related to MERGE feature.
While the feature was fully functional, with sufficient test coverage and
necessary documentation, it was felt that some parts of the executor and
parse-analyzer can use a different design and it wasn't possible to do that in
the available time. So it was decided to revert the patch for PG11 and retry
again in the future.
Thanks again to all reviewers and bug reporters.
List of commits reverted, in reverse chronological order:
f1464c5380 Improve parse representation for MERGE
ddb4158579 MERGE syntax diagram correction
530e69e59b Allow cpluspluscheck to pass by renaming variable
01b88b4df5 MERGE minor errata
3af7b2b0d4 MERGE fix variable warning in non-assert builds
a5d86181ec MERGE INSERT allows only one VALUES clause
4b2d44031f MERGE post-commit review
4923550c20 Tab completion for MERGE
aa3faa3c7a WITH support in MERGE
83454e3c2b New files for MERGE
d204ef6377 MERGE SQL Command following SQL:2016
Author: Pavan Deolasee
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier
The HeapFetches counter was using a simple value in IndexOnlyScanState,
which fails to propagate values from parallel workers; so the counts are
wrong when IndexOnlyScan runs in parallel. Move it to Instrumentation,
like all the other counters.
While at it, change INSERT ON CONFLICT conflicting tuple counter to use
the new ntuples2 instead of nfiltered2, which is a blatant misuse.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180409215851.idwc75ct2bzi6tea@alvherre.pgsql
In 499be013de support for pruning unneeded Append subnodes was added.
The logic in that commit was not correctly checking if the next subplan
was in fact a valid subplan. This could cause parallel workers processes
to be given a subplan to work on which didn't require any work.
Per code review following an otherwise unexplained regression failure in
buildfarm member Pademelon. (We haven't been able to reproduce the
failure, so this is a bit of a blind fix in terms of whether it'll
actually fix it; but it is a clear bug nonetheless).
In passing, also add a comment to explain what first_partial_plan means.
Author: David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKJS1f_E5r05hHUVG3UmCQJ49DGKKHtN=SHybD44LdzBn+CJng@mail.gmail.com
Existing partition pruning is only able to work at plan time, for query
quals that appear in the parsed query. This is good but limiting, as
there can be parameters that appear later that can be usefully used to
further prune partitions.
This commit adds support for pruning subnodes of Append which cannot
possibly contain any matching tuples, during execution, by evaluating
Params to determine the minimum set of subnodes that can possibly match.
We support more than just simple Params in WHERE clauses. Support
additionally includes:
1. Parameterized Nested Loop Joins: The parameter from the outer side of the
join can be used to determine the minimum set of inner side partitions to
scan.
2. Initplans: Once an initplan has been executed we can then determine which
partitions match the value from the initplan.
Partition pruning is performed in two ways. When Params external to the plan
are found to match the partition key we attempt to prune away unneeded Append
subplans during the initialization of the executor. This allows us to bypass
the initialization of non-matching subplans meaning they won't appear in the
EXPLAIN or EXPLAIN ANALYZE output.
For parameters whose value is only known during the actual execution
then the pruning of these subplans must wait. Subplans which are
eliminated during this stage of pruning are still visible in the EXPLAIN
output. In order to determine if pruning has actually taken place, the
EXPLAIN ANALYZE must be viewed. If a certain Append subplan was never
executed due to the elimination of the partition then the execution
timing area will state "(never executed)". Whereas, if, for example in
the case of parameterized nested loops, the number of loops stated in
the EXPLAIN ANALYZE output for certain subplans may appear lower than
others due to the subplan having been scanned fewer times. This is due
to the list of matching subnodes having to be evaluated whenever a
parameter which was found to match the partition key changes.
This commit required some additional infrastructure that permits the
building of a data structure which is able to perform the translation of
the matching partition IDs, as returned by get_matching_partitions, into
the list index of a subpaths list, as exist in node types such as
Append, MergeAppend and ModifyTable. This allows us to translate a list
of clauses into a Bitmapset of all the subpath indexes which must be
included to satisfy the clause list.
Author: David Rowley, based on an earlier effort by Beena Emerson
Reviewers: Amit Langote, Robert Haas, Amul Sul, Rajkumar Raghuwanshi,
Jesper Pedersen
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAOG9ApE16ac-_VVZVvv0gePSgkg_BwYEV1NBqZFqDR2bBE0X0A@mail.gmail.com
This works very much like the existing bms_last_member function, only it
traverses through the Bitmapset in the opposite direction from the most
significant bit down to the least significant bit. A special prevbit value of
-1 may be used to have the function determine the most significant bit. This
is useful for starting a loop. When there are no members less than prevbit,
the function returns -2 to indicate there are no more members.
Author: David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKJS1f-K=3d5MDASNYFJpUpc20xcBnAwNC1-AOeunhn0OtkWbQ@mail.gmail.com
This patch introduces INCLUDE clause to index definition. This clause
specifies a list of columns which will be included as a non-key part in
the index. The INCLUDE columns exist solely to allow more queries to
benefit from index-only scans. Also, such columns don't need to have
appropriate operator classes. Expressions are not supported as INCLUDE
columns since they cannot be used in index-only scans.
Index access methods supporting INCLUDE are indicated by amcaninclude flag
in IndexAmRoutine. For now, only B-tree indexes support INCLUDE clause.
In B-tree indexes INCLUDE columns are truncated from pivot index tuples
(tuples located in non-leaf pages and high keys). Therefore, B-tree indexes
now might have variable number of attributes. This patch also provides
generic facility to support that: pivot tuples contain number of their
attributes in t_tid.ip_posid. Free 13th bit of t_info is used for indicating
that. This facility will simplify further support of index suffix truncation.
The changes of above are backward-compatible, pg_upgrade doesn't need special
handling of B-tree indexes for that.
Bump catalog version
Author: Anastasia Lubennikova with contribition by Alexander Korotkov and me
Reviewed by: Peter Geoghegan, Tomas Vondra, Antonin Houska, Jeff Janes,
David Rowley, Alexander Korotkov
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/56168952.4010101@postgrespro.ru
Also enable this for postgres_fdw.
Etsuro Fujita, based on an earlier patch by Amit Langote. The larger
patch series of which this is a part has been reviewed by Amit
Langote, David Fetter, Maksim Milyutin, Álvaro Herrera, Stephen Frost,
and me. Minor documentation changes to the final version by me.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/29906a26-da12-8c86-4fb9-d8f88442f2b9@lab.ntt.co.jp
Add a new module backend/partitioning/partprune.c, implementing a more
sophisticated algorithm for partition pruning. The new module uses each
partition's "boundinfo" for pruning instead of constraint exclusion,
based on an idea proposed by Robert Haas of a "pruning program": a list
of steps generated from the query quals which are run iteratively to
obtain a list of partitions that must be scanned in order to satisfy
those quals.
At present, this targets planner-time partition pruning, but there exist
further patches to apply partition pruning at execution time as well.
This commit also moves some definitions from include/catalog/partition.h
to a new file include/partitioning/partbounds.h, in an attempt to
rationalize partitioning related code.
Authors: Amit Langote, David Rowley, Dilip Kumar
Reviewers: Robert Haas, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Ashutosh Bapat, Jesper Pedersen.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/098b9c71-1915-1a2a-8d52-1a7a50ce79e8@lab.ntt.co.jp
MERGE performs actions that modify rows in the target table
using a source table or query. MERGE provides a single SQL
statement that can conditionally INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE rows
a task that would other require multiple PL statements.
e.g.
MERGE INTO target AS t
USING source AS s
ON t.tid = s.sid
WHEN MATCHED AND t.balance > s.delta THEN
UPDATE SET balance = t.balance - s.delta
WHEN MATCHED THEN
DELETE
WHEN NOT MATCHED AND s.delta > 0 THEN
INSERT VALUES (s.sid, s.delta)
WHEN NOT MATCHED THEN
DO NOTHING;
MERGE works with regular and partitioned tables, including
column and row security enforcement, as well as support for
row, statement and transition triggers.
MERGE is optimized for OLTP and is parameterizable, though
also useful for large scale ETL/ELT. MERGE is not intended
to be used in preference to existing single SQL commands
for INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE since there is some overhead.
MERGE can be used statically from PL/pgSQL.
MERGE does not yet support inheritance, write rules,
RETURNING clauses, updatable views or foreign tables.
MERGE follows SQL Standard per the most recent SQL:2016.
Includes full tests and documentation, including full
isolation tests to demonstrate the concurrent behavior.
This version written from scratch in 2017 by Simon Riggs,
using docs and tests originally written in 2009. Later work
from Pavan Deolasee has been both complex and deep, leaving
the lead author credit now in his hands.
Extensive discussion of concurrency from Peter Geoghegan,
with thanks for the time and effort contributed.
Various issues reported via sqlsmith by Andreas Seltenreich
Authors: Pavan Deolasee, Simon Riggs
Reviewer: Peter Geoghegan, Amit Langote, Tomas Vondra, Simon Riggs
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/CANP8+jKitBSrB7oTgT9CY2i1ObfOt36z0XMraQc+Xrz8QB0nXA@mail.gmail.comhttps://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WzkJdBuxj9PO=2QaO9-3h3xGbQPZ34kJH=HukRekwM-GZg@mail.gmail.com
Originally, we treated memory context names as potentially variable in
all cases, and therefore always copied them into the context header.
Commit 9fa6f00b1 rethought this a little bit and invented a distinction
between fixed and variable names, skipping the copy step for the former.
But we can make things both simpler and more useful by instead allowing
there to be two parts to a context's identification, a fixed "name" and
an optional, variable "ident". The name supplied in the context create
call is now required to be a compile-time-constant string in all cases,
as it is never copied but just pointed to. The "ident" string, if
wanted, is supplied later. This is needed because typically we want
the ident to be stored inside the context so that it's cleaned up
automatically on context deletion; that means it has to be copied into
the context before we can set the pointer.
The cost of this approach is basically just an additional pointer field
in struct MemoryContextData, which isn't much overhead, and is bought
back entirely in the AllocSet case by not needing a headerSize field
anymore, since we no longer have to cope with variable header length.
In addition, we can simplify the internal interfaces for memory context
creation still further, saving a few cycles there. And it's no longer
true that a custom identifier disqualifies a context from participating
in aset.c's freelist scheme, so possibly there's some win on that end.
All the places that were using non-compile-time-constant context names
are adjusted to put the variable info into the "ident" instead. This
allows more effective identification of those contexts in many cases;
for example, subsidary contexts of relcache entries are now identified
by both type (e.g. "index info") and relname, where before you got only
one or the other. Contexts associated with PL function cache entries
are now identified more fully and uniformly, too.
I also arranged for plancache contexts to use the query source string
as their identifier. This is basically free for CachedPlanSources, as
they contained a copy of that string already. We pay an extra pstrdup
to do it for CachedPlans. That could perhaps be avoided, but it would
make things more fragile (since the CachedPlanSource is sometimes
destroyed first). I suspect future improvements in error reporting will
require CachedPlans to have a copy of that string anyway, so it's not
clear that it's worth moving mountains to avoid it now.
This also changes the APIs for context statistics routines so that the
context-specific routines no longer assume that output goes straight
to stderr, nor do they know all details of the output format. This
is useful immediately to reduce code duplication, and it also allows
for external code to do something with stats output that's different
from printing to stderr.
The reason for pushing this now rather than waiting for v12 is that
it rethinks some of the API changes made by commit 9fa6f00b1. Seems
better for extension authors to endure just one round of API changes
not two.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB=Je-FdtmFZ9y9REHD7VsSrnCkiBhsA4mdsLKSPauwXtQBeNA@mail.gmail.com
Performing JIT compilation for deforming gains performance benefits
over unJITed deforming from compile-time knowledge of the tuple
descriptor. Fixed column widths, NOT NULLness, etc can be taken
advantage of.
Right now the JITed deforming is only used when deforming tuples as
part of expression evaluation (and obviously only if the descriptor is
known). It's likely to be beneficial in other cases, too.
By default tuple deforming is JITed whenever an expression is JIT
compiled. There's a separate boolean GUC controlling it, but that's
expected to be primarily useful for development and benchmarking.
Docs will follow in a later commit containing docs for the whole JIT
feature.
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170901064131.tazjxwus3k2w3ybh@alap3.anarazel.de
Commit eb7ed3f306 enabled unique constraints on partitioned tables,
but one thing that was not working properly is INSERT/ON CONFLICT.
This commit introduces a new node keeps state related to the ON CONFLICT
clause per partition, and fills it when that partition is about to be
used for tuple routing.
Author: Amit Langote, Álvaro Herrera
Reviewed-by: Etsuro Fujita, Pavan Deolasee
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180228004602.cwdyralmg5ejdqkq@alvherre.pgsql
For any interesting JIT target, fields inside structs need to be
accessed. b96d550e contains infrastructure for syncing the definition
of types between postgres C code and runtime code generation with
LLVM. But that doesn't sync the number or names of fields inside
structs, just the types (including padding etc).
One option would be to hardcode the offset numbers in the JIT code,
but that'd be hard to keep in sync. Instead add macros indicating the
field offset to the fields that need to be accessed. Not pretty, but
manageable.
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170901064131.tazjxwus3k2w3ybh@alap3.anarazel.de
This adds simple cost based plan time decision about whether JIT
should be performed. jit_above_cost, jit_optimize_above_cost are
compared with the total cost of a plan, and if the cost is above them
JIT is performed / optimization is performed respectively.
For that PlannedStmt and EState have a jitFlags (es_jit_flags) field
that stores information about what JIT operations should be performed.
EState now also has a new es_jit field, which can store a
JitContext. When there are no errors the context is released in
standard_ExecutorEnd().
It is likely that the default values for jit_[optimize_]above_cost
will need to be adapted further, but in my test these values seem to
work reasonably.
Author: Andres Freund, with feedback by Peter Eisentraut
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170901064131.tazjxwus3k2w3ybh@alap3.anarazel.de
If the partition keys of input relation are part of the GROUP BY
clause, all the rows belonging to a given group come from a single
partition. This allows aggregation/grouping over a partitioned
relation to be broken down * into aggregation/grouping on each
partition. This should be no worse, and often better, than the normal
approach.
If the GROUP BY clause does not contain all the partition keys, we can
still perform partial aggregation for each partition and then finalize
aggregation after appending the partial results. This is less certain
to be a win, but it's still useful.
Jeevan Chalke, Ashutosh Bapat, Robert Haas. The larger patch series
of which this patch is a part was also reviewed and tested by Antonin
Houska, Rajkumar Raghuwanshi, David Rowley, Dilip Kumar, Konstantin
Knizhnik, Pascal Legrand, and Rafia Sabih.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAM2+6=V64_xhstVHie0Rz=KPEQnLJMZt_e314P0jaT_oJ9MR8A@mail.gmail.com
These values can be obtained from the ModifyTable node which is already
a part of both the ModifyTableState and ExecInsert.
Author: Álvaro Herrera, Amit Langote
Reviewed-by: Peter Geoghegan
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180316151303.rml2p5wffn3o6qy6@alvherre.pgsql
We make some changes to ModifyTableState and the EState it uses whenever
we route tuples to partitions; but we weren't restoring properly in all
cases, possibly causing crashes when partitions with different tuple
descriptors are targeted by tuples inserted in the same command.
Refactor some code, creating ExecPrepareTupleRouting, to encapsulate the
needed state changing logic, and have it invoked one level above its
current place (ie. put it in ExecModifyTable instead of ExecInsert);
this makes it all more readable.
Add a test case to exercise this.
We don't support having views as partitions; and since only views can
have INSTEAD OF triggers, there is no point in testing for INSTEAD OF
when processing insertions into a partitioned table. Remove code that
appears to support this (but which is actually never relevant.)
In passing, fix location of some very confusing comments in
ModifyTableState.
Reported-by: Amit Langote
Author: Etsuro Fujita, Amit Langote
Discussion: https://postgr/es/m/0473bf5c-57b1-f1f7-3d58-455c2230bc5f@lab.ntt.co.jp
Instead of embedding the savepoint name in a list and then requiring
complex code to unpack it, just add another struct field to store it
directly.
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
A Value node would store an integer as a long. This causes needless
portability risks, as long can be of varying sizes. Change it to use
int instead. All code using this was already careful to only store
32-bit values anyway.
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
The LIKE INCLUDING ALL clause to CREATE TABLE intuitively indicates
cloning of extended statistics on the source table, but it failed to do
so. Patch it up so that it does. Also include an INCLUDING STATISTICS
option to the LIKE clause, so that the behavior can be requested
individually, or excluded individually.
While at it, reorder the INCLUDING options, both in code and in docs, in
alphabetical order which makes more sense than feature-implementation
order that was previously used.
Backpatch this to Postgres 10, where extended statistics were
introduced, because this is seen as an oversight in a fresh feature
which is better to get consistent from the get-go instead of changing
only in pg11.
In pg11, comments on statistics objects are cloned too. In pg10 they
are not, because I (Álvaro) was too coward to change the parse node as
required to support it. Also, in pg10 I chose not to renumber the
parser symbols for the various INCLUDING options in LIKE, for the same
reason. Any corresponding user-visible changes (docs) are backpatched,
though.
Reported-by: Stephen Froehlich
Author: David Rowley
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera, Tomas Vondra
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CY1PR0601MB1927315B45667A1B679D0FD5E5EF0@CY1PR0601MB1927.namprd06.prod.outlook.com
The previous code considered two tables to have the partition scheme
if the underlying columns had the same collation, but what we
actually need to compare is not the collations associated with the
column but the collation used for partitioning. Fix that.
Robert Haas and Amit Langote
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/0f95f924-0efa-4cf5-eb5f-9a3d1bc3c33d@lab.ntt.co.jp
Up until now, we've abused grouped_rel->partial_pathlist as a place to
store partial paths that have been partially aggregate, but that's
really not correct, because a partial path for a relation is supposed
to be one which produces the correct results with the addition of only
a Gather or Gather Merge node, and these paths also require a Finalize
Aggregate step. Instead, add a new partially_group_rel which can hold
either partial paths (which need to be gathered and then have
aggregation finalized) or non-partial paths (which only need to have
aggregation finalized). This allows us to reuse generate_gather_paths
for partially_grouped_rel instead of writing new code, so that this
patch actually basically no net new code while making things cleaner,
simplifying things for pending patches for partition-wise aggregate.
Robert Haas and Jeevan Chalke. The larger patch series of which this
patch is a part was also reviewed and tested by Antonin Houska,
Rajkumar Raghuwanshi, David Rowley, Dilip Kumar, Konstantin Knizhnik,
Pascal Legrand, Rafia Sabih, and me.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmobrzFYS3+U8a_BCy3-hOvh5UyJbC18rEcYehxhpw5=ETA@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoZyQEjdBNuoG9-wC5GQ5GrO4544Myo13dVptvx+uLg9uQ@mail.gmail.com
To support parameters in CALL, move the parse analysis of the procedure
and arguments into the global transformation phase, so that the parser
hooks can be applied. And then at execution time pass the parameters
from ProcessUtility on to ExecuteCallStmt.
This has a performance benefit on own, although not hugely so. The
primary benefit is that it will allow for to JIT tuple deforming and
comparator invocations.
Large parts of this were previously committed (773aec7aa), but the
commit contained an omission around cross-type comparisons and was
thus reverted.
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171129080934.amqqkke2zjtekd4t@alap3.anarazel.de
This reverts commit 773aec7aa9.
There's an unresolved issue in the reverted commit: It only creates
one comparator function, but in for the nodeSubplan.c case we need
more (c.f. FindTupleHashEntry vs LookupTupleHashEntry calls in
nodeSubplan.c).
This isn't too difficult to fix, but it's not entirely trivial
either. The fact that the issue only causes breakage on 32bit systems
shows that the current test coverage isn't that great. To avoid
turning half the buildfarm red till those two issues are addressed,
revert.
Doing so causes EXPLAIN ANALYZE to show trigger statistics multiple
times. Commit 2f17844104 seems to
be to blame for this.
Amit Langote, revieed by Amit Khandekar, Etsuro Fujita, and me.
This patch adds the ability to use "RANGE offset PRECEDING/FOLLOWING"
frame boundaries in window functions. We'd punted on that back in the
original patch to add window functions, because it was not clear how to
do it in a reasonably data-type-extensible fashion. That problem is
resolved here by adding the ability for btree operator classes to provide
an "in_range" support function that defines how to add or subtract the
RANGE offset value. Factoring it this way also allows the operator class
to avoid overflow problems near the ends of the datatype's range, if it
wishes to expend effort on that. (In the committed patch, the integer
opclasses handle that issue, but it did not seem worth the trouble to
avoid overflow failures for datetime types.)
The patch includes in_range support for the integer_ops opfamily
(int2/int4/int8) as well as the standard datetime types. Support for
other numeric types has been requested, but that seems like suitable
material for a follow-on patch.
In addition, the patch adds GROUPS mode which counts the offset in
ORDER-BY peer groups rather than rows, and it adds the frame_exclusion
options specified by SQL:2011. As far as I can see, we are now fully
up to spec on window framing options.
Existing behaviors remain unchanged, except that I changed the errcode
for a couple of existing error reports to meet the SQL spec's expectation
that negative "offset" values should be reported as SQLSTATE 22013.
Internally and in relevant parts of the documentation, we now consistently
use the terminology "offset PRECEDING/FOLLOWING" rather than "value
PRECEDING/FOLLOWING", since the term "value" is confusingly vague.
Oliver Ford, reviewed and whacked around some by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAGMVOdu9sivPAxbNN0X+q19Sfv9edEPv=HibOJhB14TJv_RCQg@mail.gmail.com
The previous code assumed that we'd always succeed in creating
child-joins for a joinrel for which partition-wise join was considered,
but that's not guaranteed, at least in the case where dummy rels
are involved.
Ashutosh Bapat, with some wordsmithing by me.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAFjFpRf8=uyMYYfeTBjWDMs1tR5t--FgOe2vKZPULxxdYQ4RNw@mail.gmail.com
Investigation of 2d2d06b7e2 revealed that
identity values were not applied in some further cases, including
logical replication subscribers, VALUES RTEs, and ALTER TABLE ... ADD
COLUMN. To fix all that, apply the identity column expression in
build_column_default() instead of repeating the same logic at each call
site.
For ALTER TABLE ... ADD COLUMN ... IDENTITY, the previous coding
completely ignored that existing rows for the new column should have
values filled in from the identity sequence. The coding using
build_column_default() fails for this because the sequence ownership
isn't registered until after ALTER TABLE, and we can't do it before
because we don't have the column in the catalog yet. So we specially
remember in ColumnDef the sequence name that we decided on and build a
custom NextValueExpr using that.
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
To make this work, tuplesort.c and logtape.c must also support
parallelism, so this patch adds that infrastructure and then applies
it to the particular case of parallel btree index builds. Testing
to date shows that this can often be 2-3x faster than a serial
index build.
The model for deciding how many workers to use is fairly primitive
at present, but it's better than not having the feature. We can
refine it as we get more experience.
Peter Geoghegan with some help from Rushabh Lathia. While Heikki
Linnakangas is not an author of this patch, he wrote other patches
without which this feature would not have been possible, and
therefore the release notes should possibly credit him as an author
of this feature. Reviewed by Claudio Freire, Heikki Linnakangas,
Thomas Munro, Tels, Amit Kapila, me.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAM3SWZQKM=Pzc=CAHzRixKjp2eO5Q0Jg1SoFQqeXFQ647JiwqQ@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wz=AxWqDoVvGU7dq856S4r6sJAj6DBn7VMtigkB33N5eyg@mail.gmail.com
This clause was superseded by SQL-standard syntax back in 7.3.
We've kept it around for backwards-compatibility purposes ever since;
but 15 years seems like long enough for that, especially seeing that
there are undocumented weirdnesses in how it interacts with the
SQL-standard syntax for specifying the same options.
Michael Paquier, per an observation by Daniel Gustafsson;
some small cosmetic adjustments to nearby code by me.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180115022748.GB1724@paquier.xyz
In each of the supplied procedural languages (PL/pgSQL, PL/Perl,
PL/Python, PL/Tcl), add language-specific commit and rollback
functions/commands to control transactions in procedures in that
language. Add similar underlying functions to SPI. Some additional
cleanup so that transaction commit or abort doesn't blow away data
structures still used by the procedure call. Add execution context
tracking to CALL and DO statements so that transaction control commands
can only be issued in top-level procedure and block calls, not function
calls or other procedure or block calls.
- SPI
Add a new function SPI_connect_ext() that is like SPI_connect() but
allows passing option flags. The only option flag right now is
SPI_OPT_NONATOMIC. A nonatomic SPI connection can execute transaction
control commands, otherwise it's not allowed. This is meant to be
passed down from CALL and DO statements which themselves know in which
context they are called. A nonatomic SPI connection uses different
memory management. A normal SPI connection allocates its memory in
TopTransactionContext. For nonatomic connections we use PortalContext
instead. As the comment in SPI_connect_ext() (previously SPI_connect())
indicates, one could potentially use PortalContext in all cases, but it
seems safest to leave the existing uses alone, because this stuff is
complicated enough already.
SPI also gets new functions SPI_start_transaction(), SPI_commit(), and
SPI_rollback(), which can be used by PLs to implement their transaction
control logic.
- portalmem.c
Some adjustments were made in the code that cleans up portals at
transaction abort. The portal code could already handle a command
*committing* a transaction and continuing (e.g., VACUUM), but it was not
quite prepared for a command *aborting* a transaction and continuing.
In AtAbort_Portals(), remove the code that marks an active portal as
failed. As the comment there already predicted, this doesn't work if
the running command wants to keep running after transaction abort. And
it's actually not necessary, because pquery.c is careful to run all
portal code in a PG_TRY block and explicitly runs MarkPortalFailed() if
there is an exception. So the code in AtAbort_Portals() is never used
anyway.
In AtAbort_Portals() and AtCleanup_Portals(), we need to be careful not
to clean up active portals too much. This mirrors similar code in
PreCommit_Portals().
- PL/Perl
Gets new functions spi_commit() and spi_rollback()
- PL/pgSQL
Gets new commands COMMIT and ROLLBACK.
Update the PL/SQL porting example in the documentation to reflect that
transactions are now possible in procedures.
- PL/Python
Gets new functions plpy.commit and plpy.rollback.
- PL/Tcl
Gets new commands commit and rollback.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Dunstan <andrew.dunstan@2ndquadrant.com>
When an UPDATE causes a row to no longer match the partition
constraint, try to move it to a different partition where it does
match the partition constraint. In essence, the UPDATE is split into
a DELETE from the old partition and an INSERT into the new one. This
can lead to surprising behavior in concurrency scenarios because
EvalPlanQual rechecks won't work as they normally did; the known
problems are documented. (There is a pending patch to improve the
situation further, but it needs more review.)
Amit Khandekar, reviewed and tested by Amit Langote, David Rowley,
Rajkumar Raghuwanshi, Dilip Kumar, Amul Sul, Thomas Munro, Álvaro
Herrera, Amit Kapila, and me. A few final revisions by me.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAJ3gD9do9o2ccQ7j7+tSgiE1REY65XRiMb=yJO3u3QhyP8EEPQ@mail.gmail.com
There used to be a lot of different *Type and *Kind symbol groups to
address objects within different commands, most of which have been
replaced by ObjectType, starting with
b256f24264. But this conversion was never
done for the ACL commands until now.
This change ends up being just a plain replacement of the types and
symbols, without any code restructuring needed, except deleting some now
redundant code.
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stephen Frost <sfrost@snowman.net>
When CREATE INDEX is run on a partitioned table, create catalog entries
for an index on the partitioned table (which is just a placeholder since
the table proper has no data of its own), and recurse to create actual
indexes on the existing partitions; create them in future partitions
also.
As a convenience gadget, if the new index definition matches some
existing index in partitions, these are picked up and used instead of
creating new ones. Whichever way these indexes come about, they become
attached to the index on the parent table and are dropped alongside it,
and cannot be dropped on isolation unless they are detached first.
To support pg_dump'ing these indexes, add commands
CREATE INDEX ON ONLY <table>
(which creates the index on the parent partitioned table, without
recursing) and
ALTER INDEX ATTACH PARTITION
(which is used after the indexes have been created individually on each
partition, to attach them to the parent index). These reconstruct prior
database state exactly.
Reviewed-by: (in alphabetical order) Peter Eisentraut, Robert Haas, Amit
Langote, Jesper Pedersen, Simon Riggs, David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171113170646.gzweigyrgg6pwsg4@alvherre.pgsql
Previously aggregate transition and combination functions were invoked
by special case code in nodeAgg.c, evaluating input and filters
separately using the expression evaluation machinery. That turns out
to not be great for performance for several reasons:
- repeated expression evaluations have some cost
- the transition functions invocations are poorly predicted, as
commonly there are multiple aggregates in a query, resulting in the
same call-stack invoking different functions.
- filter and input computation had to be done separately
- the special case code made it hard to implement JITing of the whole
transition function invocation
Address this by building one large expression that computes input,
evaluates filters, and invokes transition functions.
This leads to moderate speedups in queries bottlenecked by aggregate
computations, and enables large speedups for similar cases once JITing
is done.
There's potential for further improvement:
- It'd be nice if we could simplify the somewhat expensive
aggstate->all_pergroups lookups.
- right now there's still an advance_transition_function invocation in
nodeAgg.c, leading to some code duplication.
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170901064131.tazjxwus3k2w3ybh@alap3.anarazel.de
Commit ab7271677 introduced code that attempts to order the child
scans of a Parallel Append node in a way that will minimize execution
time, based on total cost and startup cost. However, it failed to
think hard about what to do when estimated costs are exactly equal;
a case that's particularly likely to occur when comparing on startup
cost. In such a case the ordering of the child paths would be left
to the whims of qsort, an algorithm that isn't even stable.
We can improve matters by applying the rule used elsewhere in the
planner: if total costs are equal, sort on startup cost, and
vice versa. When both cost estimates are exactly equal, rather
than letting qsort do something unpredictable, sort based on the
child paths' relids, which should typically result in sorting in
inheritance order. (The latter provision requires inventing a
qsort-style comparator for bitmapsets, but maybe we'll have use
for that for other reasons in future.)
This results in a few plan changes in the select_parallel test,
but those all look more reasonable than before, when the actual
underlying cost numbers are taken into account.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/4944.1515446989@sss.pgh.pa.us
Instead of having ExecSetupPartitionTupleRouting return multiple out
parameters, have it return a pointer to a structure containing all of
those different things. Also, provide and use a cleanup function,
ExecCleanupTupleRouting, instead of cleaning up all of the resources
allocated by ExecSetupPartitionTupleRouting individually.
Amit Khandekar, reviewed by Amit Langote, David Rowley, and me
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAJ3gD9fWfxgKC+PfJZF3hkgAcNOy-LpfPxVYitDEXKHjeieWQQ@mail.gmail.com
- Remove unnecessary #include mistakenly added in execnodes.h.
- Fix mistake in comment in choose_next_subplan_for_leader.
- Adjust row estimates in cost_append for a possibly-different
parallel divisor.
- Clamp row estimates in cost_append after operations that may
not produce integers.
Amit Kapila, with cosmetic adjustments by me.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1+qcbeai3coPpRW=GFCzFeLUsuY4T-AKHqMjxpEGZBPQg@mail.gmail.com
Previously aggregate transition values for hash and other forms of
aggregation (i.e. sort and no group by) were represented
differently. Hash based aggregation used a grouping set indexed array
pointing to an array of transition values, whereas other forms of
aggregation used one flattened array with the index being computed out
of grouping set and transition offsets.
That made upcoming changes hard, so represent both as grouping set
indexed array of per-group data.
As a nice side-effect this also makes aggregation slightly faster,
because computing offsets with `transno + (setno * numTrans)` turns
out not to be that cheap (too big for x86 lea for example).
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171128003121.nmxbm2ounxzb6n2t@alap3.anarazel.de
This reduces code duplication a bit, but the primary benefit that it
makes JITing expression evaluation easier. When doing so we can't, as
previously done in the interpreted case, really change opcode without
recompiling. Nor dow we just carry around unnecessary branches to
avoid re-checking over and over.
As a minor side-effect this makes ExecEvalStepOp() O(log(N)) rather
than O(N).
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170901064131.tazjxwus3k2w3ybh@alap3.anarazel.de
This patch does three interrelated things:
* Create a new expression execution step type EEOP_PARAM_CALLBACK
and add the infrastructure needed for add-on modules to generate that.
As discussed, the best control mechanism for that seems to be to add
another hook function to ParamListInfo, which will be called by
ExecInitExpr if it's supplied and a PARAM_EXTERN Param is found.
For stand-alone expressions, we add a new entry point to allow the
ParamListInfo to be specified directly, since it can't be retrieved
from the parent plan node's EState.
* Redesign the API for the ParamListInfo paramFetch hook so that the
ParamExternData array can be entirely virtual. This also lets us get rid
of ParamListInfo.paramMask, instead leaving it to the paramFetch hook to
decide which param IDs should be accessible or not. plpgsql_param_fetch
was already doing the identical masking check, so having callers do it too
seemed redundant. While I was at it, I added a "speculative" flag to
paramFetch that the planner can specify as TRUE to avoid unwanted failures.
This solves an ancient problem for plpgsql that it couldn't provide values
of non-DTYPE_VAR variables to the planner for fear of triggering premature
"record not assigned yet" or "field not found" errors during planning.
* Rework plpgsql to get rid of the need for "unshared" parameter lists,
by dint of turning the single ParamListInfo per estate into a nearly
read-only data structure that doesn't instantiate any per-variable data.
Instead, the paramFetch hook controls access to per-variable data and can
make the right decisions on the fly, replacing the cases that we used to
need multiple ParamListInfos for. This might perhaps have been a
performance loss on its own, but by using a paramCompile hook we can
bypass plpgsql_param_fetch entirely during normal query execution.
(It's now only called when, eg, we copy the ParamListInfo into a cursor
portal. copyParamList() or SerializeParamList() effectively instantiate
the virtual parameter array as a simple physical array without a
paramFetch hook, which is what we want in those cases.) This allows
reverting most of commit 6c82d8d1f, though I kept the cosmetic
code-consolidation aspects of that (eg the assign_simple_var function).
Performance testing shows this to be at worst a break-even change,
and it can provide wins ranging up to 20% in test cases involving
accesses to fields of "record" variables. The fact that values of
such variables can now be exposed to the planner might produce wins
in some situations, too, but I've not pursued that angle.
In passing, remove the "parent" pointer from the arguments to
ExecInitExprRec and related functions, instead storing that pointer in a
transient field in ExprState. The ParamListInfo pointer for a stand-alone
expression is handled the same way; we'd otherwise have had to add
yet another recursively-passed-down argument in expression compilation.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/32589.1513706441@sss.pgh.pa.us
Introduce parallel-aware hash joins that appear in EXPLAIN plans as Parallel
Hash Join with Parallel Hash. While hash joins could already appear in
parallel queries, they were previously always parallel-oblivious and had a
partial subplan only on the outer side, meaning that the work of the inner
subplan was duplicated in every worker.
After this commit, the planner will consider using a partial subplan on the
inner side too, using the Parallel Hash node to divide the work over the
available CPU cores and combine its results in shared memory. If the join
needs to be split into multiple batches in order to respect work_mem, then
workers process different batches as much as possible and then work together
on the remaining batches.
The advantages of a parallel-aware hash join over a parallel-oblivious hash
join used in a parallel query are that it:
* avoids wasting memory on duplicated hash tables
* avoids wasting disk space on duplicated batch files
* divides the work of building the hash table over the CPUs
One disadvantage is that there is some communication between the participating
CPUs which might outweigh the benefits of parallelism in the case of small
hash tables. This is avoided by the planner's existing reluctance to supply
partial plans for small scans, but it may be necessary to estimate
synchronization costs in future if that situation changes. Another is that
outer batch 0 must be written to disk if multiple batches are required.
A potential future advantage of parallel-aware hash joins is that right and
full outer joins could be supported, since there is a single set of matched
bits for each hashtable, but that is not yet implemented.
A new GUC enable_parallel_hash is defined to control the feature, defaulting
to on.
Author: Thomas Munro
Reviewed-By: Andres Freund, Robert Haas
Tested-By: Rafia Sabih, Prabhat Sahu
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/CAEepm=2W=cOkiZxcg6qiFQP-dHUe09aqTrEMM7yJDrHMhDv_RA@mail.gmail.comhttps://postgr.es/m/CAEepm=37HKyJ4U6XOLi=JgfSHM3o6B-GaeO-6hkOmneTDkH+Uw@mail.gmail.com
This patch makes a number of interrelated changes to reduce the overhead
involved in creating/deleting memory contexts. The key ideas are:
* Include the AllocSetContext header of an aset.c context in its first
malloc request, rather than allocating it separately in TopMemoryContext.
This means that we now always create an initial or "keeper" block in an
aset, even if it never receives any allocation requests.
* Create freelists in which we can save and recycle recently-destroyed
asets (this idea is due to Robert Haas).
* In the common case where the name of a context is a constant string,
just store a pointer to it in the context header, rather than copying
the string.
The first change eliminates a palloc/pfree cycle per context, and
also avoids bloat in TopMemoryContext, at the price that creating
a context now involves a malloc/free cycle even if the context never
receives any allocations. That would be a loser for some common
usage patterns, but recycling short-lived contexts via the freelist
eliminates that pain.
Avoiding copying constant strings not only saves strlen() and strcpy()
overhead, but is an essential part of the freelist optimization because
it makes the context header size constant. Currently we make no
attempt to use the freelist for contexts with non-constant names.
(Perhaps someday we'll need to think harder about that, but in current
usage, most contexts with custom names are long-lived anyway.)
The freelist management in this initial commit is pretty simplistic,
and we might want to refine it later --- but in common workloads that
will never matter because the freelists will never get full anyway.
To create a context with a non-constant name, one is now required to
call AllocSetContextCreateExtended and specify the MEMCONTEXT_COPY_NAME
option. AllocSetContextCreate becomes a wrapper macro, and it includes
a test that will complain about non-string-literal context name
parameters on gcc and similar compilers.
An unfortunate side effect of making AllocSetContextCreate a macro is
that one is now *required* to use the size parameter abstraction macros
(ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_SIZES and friends) with it; the pre-9.6 habit of
writing out individual size parameters no longer works unless you
switch to AllocSetContextCreateExtended.
Internally to the memory-context-related modules, the context creation
APIs are simplified, removing the rather baroque original design whereby
a context-type module called mcxt.c which then called back into the
context-type module. That saved a bit of code duplication, but not much,
and it prevented context-type modules from exercising control over the
allocation of context headers.
In passing, I converted the test-and-elog validation of aset size
parameters into Asserts to save a few more cycles. The original thought
was that callers might compute size parameters on the fly, but in practice
nobody does that, so it's useless to expend cycles on checking those
numbers in production builds.
Also, mark the memory context method-pointer structs "const",
just for cleanliness.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2264.1512870796@sss.pgh.pa.us
When we create an Append node, we can spread out the workers over the
subplans instead of piling on to each subplan one at a time, which
should typically be a bit more efficient, both because the startup
cost of any plan executed entirely by one worker is paid only once and
also because of reduced contention. We can also construct Append
plans using a mix of partial and non-partial subplans, which may allow
for parallelism in places that otherwise couldn't support it.
Unfortunately, this patch doesn't handle the important case of
parallelizing UNION ALL by running each branch in a separate worker;
the executor infrastructure is added here, but more planner work is
needed.
Amit Khandekar, Robert Haas, Amul Sul, reviewed and tested by
Ashutosh Bapat, Amit Langote, Rafia Sabih, Amit Kapila, and
Rajkumar Raghuwanshi.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAJ3gD9dy0K_E8r727heqXoBmWZ83HwLFwdcaSSmBQ1+S+vRuUQ@mail.gmail.com
If a hash join appears in a parallel query, there may be no hash table
available for explain.c to inspect even though a hash table may have
been built in other processes. This could happen either because
parallel_leader_participation was set to off or because the leader
happened to hit the end of the outer relation immediately (even though
the complete relation is not empty) and decided not to build the hash
table.
Commit bf11e7ee introduced a way for workers to exchange
instrumentation via the DSM segment for Sort nodes even though they
are not parallel-aware. This commit does the same for Hash nodes, so
that explain.c has a way to find instrumentation data from an
arbitrary participant that actually built the hash table.
Author: Thomas Munro
Reviewed-By: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEepm%3D3DUQC2-z252N55eOcZBer6DPdM%3DFzrxH9dZc5vYLsjaA%40mail.gmail.com
This adds a new object type "procedure" that is similar to a function
but does not have a return type and is invoked by the new CALL statement
instead of SELECT or similar. This implementation is aligned with the
SQL standard and compatible with or similar to other SQL implementations.
This commit adds new commands CALL, CREATE/ALTER/DROP PROCEDURE, as well
as ALTER/DROP ROUTINE that can refer to either a function or a
procedure (or an aggregate function, as an extension to SQL). There is
also support for procedures in various utility commands such as COMMENT
and GRANT, as well as support in pg_dump and psql. Support for defining
procedures is available in all the languages supplied by the core
distribution.
While this commit is mainly syntax sugar around existing functionality,
future features will rely on having procedures as a separate object
type.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Dunstan <andrew.dunstan@2ndquadrant.com>
This will be used by pending patches to improve partition pruning.
Amit Langote and Kyotaro Horiguchi, per a suggestion from David
Rowley. Review and testing of the larger patch set of which this is a
part by Ashutosh Bapat, David Rowley, Dilip Kumar, Jesper Pedersen,
Rajkumar Raghuwanshi, Beena Emerson, Amul Sul, and Kyotaro Horiguchi.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/098b9c71-1915-1a2a-8d52-1a7a50ce79e8@lab.ntt.co.jp
Add new style of memory allocator, known as Generational
appropriate for use in cases where memory is allocated
and then freed in roughly oldest first order (FIFO).
Use new allocator for logical decoding’s reorderbuffer
to significantly reduce memory usage and improve performance.
Author: Tomas Vondra
Reviewed-by: Simon Riggs
If a PARAM_EXEC parameter is used below a Gather (Merge) but the InitPlan
that computes it is attached to or above the Gather (Merge), force the
value to be computed before starting parallelism and pass it down to all
workers. This allows us to use parallelism in cases where it previously
would have had to be rejected as unsafe. We do - in this case - lose the
optimization that the value is only computed if it's actually used. An
alternative strategy would be to have the first worker that needs the value
compute it, but one downside of that approach is that we'd then need to
select a parallel-safe path to compute the parameter value; it couldn't for
example contain a Gather (Merge) node. At some point in the future, we
might want to consider both approaches.
Independent of that consideration, there is a great deal more work that
could be done to make more kinds of PARAM_EXEC parameters parallel-safe.
This infrastructure could be used to allow a Gather (Merge) on the inner
side of a nested loop (although that's not a very appealing plan) and
cases where the InitPlan is attached below the Gather (Merge) could be
addressed as well using various techniques. But this is a good start.
Amit Kapila, reviewed and revised by me. Reviewing and testing from
Kuntal Ghosh, Haribabu Kommi, and Tushar Ahuja.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1LV0Y1AUV4cUCdC+sYOx0Z0-8NAJ2Pd9=UKsbQ5Sr7+JQ@mail.gmail.com
Up until now, we only tracked the number of parameters, which was
sufficient to allocate an array of Datums of the appropriate size,
but not sufficient to, for example, know how to serialize a Datum
stored in one of those slots. An upcoming patch wants to do that,
so add this tracking to make it possible.
Patch by me, reviewed by Tom Lane and Amit Kapila.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoYqpxDKn8koHdW8BEKk8FMUL0=e8m2Qe=M+r0UBjr3tuQ@mail.gmail.com
Hash partitioning is useful when you want to partition a growing data
set evenly. This can be useful to keep table sizes reasonable, which
makes maintenance operations such as VACUUM faster, or to enable
partition-wise join.
At present, we still depend on constraint exclusion for partitioning
pruning, and the shape of the partition constraints for hash
partitioning is such that that doesn't work. Work is underway to fix
that, which should both improve performance and make partitioning
pruning work with hash partitioning.
Amul Sul, reviewed and tested by Dilip Kumar, Ashutosh Bapat, Yugo
Nagata, Rajkumar Raghuwanshi, Jesper Pedersen, and by me. A few
final tweaks also by me.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAAJ_b96fhpJAP=ALbETmeLk1Uni_GFZD938zgenhF49qgDTjaQ@mail.gmail.com
The lower case spellings are C and C++ standard and are used in most
parts of the PostgreSQL sources. The upper case spellings are only used
in some files/modules. So standardize on the standard spellings.
The APIs for ICU, Perl, and Windows define their own TRUE and FALSE, so
those are left as is when using those APIs.
In code comments, we use the lower-case spelling for the C concepts and
keep the upper-case spelling for the SQL concepts.
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
If we don't have to return any columns from heap tuples, and there's
no need to recheck qual conditions, and the heap page is all-visible,
then we can skip fetching the heap page altogether.
Skip prefetching pages too, when possible, on the assumption that the
recheck flag will remain the same from one page to the next. While that
assumption is hardly bulletproof, it seems like a good bet most of the
time, and better than prefetching pages we don't need.
This commit installs the executor infrastructure, but doesn't change
any planner cost estimates, thus possibly causing bitmap scans to
not be chosen in cases where this change renders them the best choice.
I (tgl) am not entirely convinced that we need to account for this
behavior in the planner, because I think typically the bitmap scan would
get chosen anyway if it's the best bet. In any case the submitted patch
took way too many shortcuts, resulting in too many clearly-bad choices,
to be committable.
Alexander Kuzmenkov, reviewed by Alexey Chernyshov, and whacked around
rather heavily by me.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/239a8955-c0fc-f506-026d-c837e86c827b@postgrespro.ru
It's possible for dropping a column, or altering its type, to require
changes in domain CHECK constraint expressions; but the code was
previously only expecting to find dependent table CHECK constraints.
Make the necessary adjustments.
This is a fairly old oversight, but it's a lot easier to encounter
the problem in the context of domains over composite types than it
was before. Given the lack of field complaints, I'm not going to
bother with a back-patch, though I'd be willing to reconsider that
decision if someone does complain.
Patch by me, reviewed by Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/30656.1509128130@sss.pgh.pa.us
If we try to run a parallel plan in serial mode because, for example,
it's going to be scanned via a cursor, but for some reason we're
already in parallel mode (for example because an outer query is
running in parallel), we'd incorrectly try to launch workers.
Fix by adding a flag to the EState, so that we can be certain that
ExecutePlan() and ExecGather()/ExecGatherMerge() will have the same
idea about whether we are executing serially or in parallel.
Report and fix by Amit Kapila with help from Kuntal Ghosh. A few
tweaks by me.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1+_BuZrmVCeua5Eqnm4Co9DAXdM5HPAOE2J19ePbR912Q@mail.gmail.com
This is the last major omission in our domains feature: you can now
make a domain over anything that's not a pseudotype.
The major complication from an implementation standpoint is that places
that might be creating tuples of a domain type now need to be prepared
to apply domain_check(). It seems better that unprepared code fail
with an error like "<type> is not composite" than that it silently fail
to apply domain constraints. Therefore, relevant infrastructure like
get_func_result_type() and lookup_rowtype_tupdesc() has been adjusted
to treat domain-over-composite as a distinct case that unprepared code
won't recognize, rather than just transparently treating it the same
as plain composite. This isn't a 100% solution to the possibility of
overlooked domain checks, but it catches most places.
In passing, improve typcache.c's support for domains (it can now cache
the identity of a domain's base type), and rewrite the argument handling
logic in jsonfuncs.c's populate_record[set]_worker to reduce duplicative
per-call lookups.
I believe this is code-complete so far as the core and contrib code go.
The PLs need varying amounts of work, which will be tackled in followup
patches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/4206.1499798337@sss.pgh.pa.us
An aggregate's input expression(s) are not supposed to be evaluated
at all for a row where its FILTER test fails ... but commit 8ed3f11bb
overlooked that requirement. Reshuffle so that aggregates having a
filter clause evaluate their arguments separately from those without.
This still gets the benefit of doing only one ExecProject in the
common case of multiple Aggrefs, none of which have filters.
While at it, arrange for filter clauses to be included in the common
ExecProject evaluation, thus perhaps buying a little bit even when
there are filters.
Back-patch to v10 where the bug was introduced.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/30065.1508161354@sss.pgh.pa.us
The previous convention doesn't lend itself to creating ResultRelInfos
lazily, as we already do in ExecGetTriggerResultRel. This patch
doesn't make anything lazier than before, but the pending patch for
UPDATE tuple routing proposes to do so (and there might be other
opportunities as well).
Amit Khandekar with some adjustments by me.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoYPVP9Lyf6vUFA5DwxS4c--x6LOj2y36BsJaYtp62eXPQ@mail.gmail.com
If we merge the transition calculations for two different aggregates,
it's reasonable to assume that the transition function should not care
which of those Aggref structs it gets from AggGetAggref(). It is not
reasonable to make the same assumption about an aggregate final function,
however. Commit 804163bc2 broke this, as it will pass whichever Aggref
was first associated with the transition state in both cases.
This doesn't create an observable bug so far as the core system is
concerned, because the only existing uses of AggGetAggref() are in
ordered-set aggregates that happen to not pay attention to anything
but the input properties of the Aggref; and besides that, we disabled
sharing of transition calculations for OSAs yesterday. Nonetheless,
if some third-party code were using AggGetAggref() in a normal aggregate,
they would be entitled to call this a bug. Hence, back-patch the fix
to 9.6 where the problem was introduced.
In passing, improve some of the comments about transition state sharing.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB4ELO5RZhOamuT9Xsf72ozbenDLLXZKSk07FiSVsuJNZB861A@mail.gmail.com
This takes advantage of the infrastructure introduced by commit
81c5e46c49 to greatly reduce the
likelihood that two different queries will end up with the same query
ID. It's still possible, of course, but whereas before it the chances
of a collision reached 25% around 50,000 queries, it will now take
more than 3 billion queries.
Backward incompatibility: Because the type exposed at the SQL level is
int8, users may now see negative query IDs in the pg_stat_statements
view (and also, query IDs more than 4 billion, which was the old
limit).
Patch by me, reviewed by Michael Paquier and Peter Geoghegan.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmobG_Kp4cBKFmsznUAaM1GWW6hhRNiZC0KjRMOOeYnz5Yw@mail.gmail.com
Previously nodeProjectSet only released memory once per input tuple,
rather than once per returned tuple. If the computation of an
individual returned tuple requires a lot of memory, that can lead to
problems.
Instead change things so that the expression context can be reset once
per output tuple, which requires a new memory context to store SRF
arguments in.
This is a longstanding issue, but was hard to fix before 9.6, due to
the way tSRFs where evaluated. But it's fairly easy to fix now. We
could backpatch this into 10, but given there've been fewc omplaints
that doesn't seem worth the risk so far.
Reported-By: Lucas Fairchild
Author: Andres Freund, per discussion with Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/4514.1507318623@sss.pgh.pa.us
Instead of joining two partitioned tables in their entirety we can, if
it is an equi-join on the partition keys, join the matching partitions
individually. This involves teaching the planner about "other join"
rels, which are related to regular join rels in the same way that
other member rels are related to baserels. This can use significantly
more CPU time and memory than regular join planning, because there may
now be a set of "other" rels not only for every base relation but also
for every join relation. In most practical cases, this probably
shouldn't be a problem, because (1) it's probably unusual to join many
tables each with many partitions using the partition keys for all
joins and (2) if you do that scenario then you probably have a big
enough machine to handle the increased memory cost of planning and (3)
the resulting plan is highly likely to be better, so what you spend in
planning you'll make up on the execution side. All the same, for now,
turn this feature off by default.
Currently, we can only perform joins between two tables whose
partitioning schemes are absolutely identical. It would be nice to
cope with other scenarios, such as extra partitions on one side or the
other with no match on the other side, but that will have to wait for
a future patch.
Ashutosh Bapat, reviewed and tested by Rajkumar Raghuwanshi, Amit
Langote, Rafia Sabih, Thomas Munro, Dilip Kumar, Antonin Houska, Amit
Khandekar, and by me. A few final adjustments by me.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAFjFpRfQ8GrQvzp3jA2wnLqrHmaXna-urjm_UY9BqXj=EaDTSA@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAFjFpRcitjfrULr5jfuKWRPsGUX0LQ0k8-yG0Qw2+1LBGNpMdw@mail.gmail.com
Not much to say about this; does what it says on the tin.
However, formerly, if there was a column list then the ANALYZE action was
implied; now it must be specified, or you get an error. This is because
it would otherwise be a bit unclear what the user meant if some tables
have column lists and some don't.
Nathan Bossart, reviewed by Michael Paquier and Masahiko Sawada, with some
editorialization by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E061A8E3-5E3D-494D-94F0-E8A9B312BBFC@amazon.com
Allowing arrays with a domain type as their element type was left un-done
in the original domain patch, but not for any very good reason. This
omission leads to such surprising results as array_agg() not working on
a domain column, because the parser can't identify a suitable output type
for the polymorphic aggregate.
In order to fix this, first clean up the APIs of coerce_to_domain() and
some internal functions in parse_coerce.c so that we consistently pass
around a CoercionContext along with CoercionForm. Previously, we sometimes
passed an "isExplicit" boolean flag instead, which is strictly less
information; and coerce_to_domain() didn't even get that, but instead had
to reverse-engineer isExplicit from CoercionForm. That's contrary to the
documentation in primnodes.h that says that CoercionForm only affects
display and not semantics. I don't think this change fixes any live bugs,
but it makes things more consistent. The main reason for doing it though
is that now build_coercion_expression() receives ccontext, which it needs
in order to be able to recursively invoke coerce_to_target_type().
Next, reimplement ArrayCoerceExpr so that the node does not directly know
any details of what has to be done to the individual array elements while
performing the array coercion. Instead, the per-element processing is
represented by a sub-expression whose input is a source array element and
whose output is a target array element. This simplifies life in
parse_coerce.c, because it can build that sub-expression by a recursive
invocation of coerce_to_target_type(). The executor now handles the
per-element processing as a compiled expression instead of hard-wired code.
The main advantage of this is that we can use a single ArrayCoerceExpr to
handle as many as three successive steps per element: base type conversion,
typmod coercion, and domain constraint checking. The old code used two
stacked ArrayCoerceExprs to handle type + typmod coercion, which was pretty
inefficient, and adding yet another array deconstruction to do domain
constraint checking seemed very unappetizing.
In the case where we just need a single, very simple coercion function,
doing this straightforwardly leads to a noticeable increase in the
per-array-element runtime cost. Hence, add an additional shortcut evalfunc
in execExprInterp.c that skips unnecessary overhead for that specific form
of expression. The runtime speed of simple cases is within 1% or so of
where it was before, while cases that previously required two levels of
array processing are significantly faster.
Finally, create an implicit array type for every domain type, as we do for
base types, enums, etc. Everything except the array-coercion case seems
to just work without further effort.
Tom Lane, reviewed by Andrew Dunstan
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/9852.1499791473@sss.pgh.pa.us
This is not used for anything yet, but it is necessary infrastructure
for partition-wise join and for partition pruning without constraint
exclusion.
Ashutosh Bapat, reviewed by Amit Langote and with quite a few changes,
mostly cosmetic, by me. Additional review and testing of this patch
series by Antonin Houska, Amit Khandekar, Rafia Sabih, Rajkumar
Raghuwanshi, Thomas Munro, and Dilip Kumar.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAFjFpRfneFG3H+F6BaiXemMrKF+FY-POpx3Ocy+RiH3yBmXSNw@mail.gmail.com
The standard says that all changes of the same kind (insert, update, or
delete) caused in one table by a single SQL statement should be reported
in a single transition table; and by that, they mean to include foreign key
enforcement actions cascading from the statement's direct effects. It's
also reasonable to conclude that if the standard had wCTEs, they would say
that effects of wCTEs applying to the same table as each other or the outer
statement should be merged into one transition table. We weren't doing it
like that.
Hence, arrange to merge tuples from multiple update actions into a single
transition table as much as we can. There is a problem, which is that if
the firing of FK enforcement triggers and after-row triggers with
transition tables is interspersed, we might need to report more tuples
after some triggers have already seen the transition table. It seems like
a bad idea for the transition table to be mutable between trigger calls.
There's no good way around this without a major redesign of the FK logic,
so for now, resolve it by opening a new transition table each time this
happens.
Also, ensure that AFTER STATEMENT triggers fire just once per statement,
or once per transition table when we're forced to make more than one.
Previous versions of Postgres have allowed each FK enforcement query
to cause an additional firing of the AFTER STATEMENT triggers for the
referencing table, but that's certainly not per spec. (We're still
doing multiple firings of BEFORE STATEMENT triggers, though; is that
something worth changing?)
Also, forbid using transition tables with column-specific UPDATE triggers.
The spec requires such transition tables to show only the tuples for which
the UPDATE trigger would have fired, which means maintaining multiple
transition tables or else somehow filtering the contents at readout.
Maybe someday we'll bother to support that option, but it looks like a
lot of trouble for a marginal feature.
The transition tables are now managed by the AfterTriggers data structures,
rather than being directly the responsibility of ModifyTable nodes. This
removes a subtransaction-lifespan memory leak introduced by my previous
band-aid patch 3c4359521.
In passing, refactor the AfterTriggers data structures to reduce the
management overhead for them, by using arrays of structs rather than
several parallel arrays for per-query-level and per-subtransaction state.
I failed to resist the temptation to do some copy-editing on the SGML
docs about triggers, above and beyond merely documenting the effects
of this patch.
Back-patch to v10, because we don't want the semantics of transition
tables to change post-release.
Patch by me, with help and review from Thomas Munro.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170909064853.25630.12825@wrigleys.postgresql.org
Flattening the partitioning hierarchy at this stage makes various
desirable optimizations difficult. The original use case for this
patch was partition-wise join, which wants to match up the partitions
in one partitioning hierarchy with those in another such hierarchy.
However, it now seems that it will also be useful in making partition
pruning work using the PartitionDesc rather than constraint exclusion,
because with a flattened expansion, we have no easy way to figure out
which PartitionDescs apply to which leaf tables in a multi-level
partition hierarchy.
As it turns out, we end up creating both rte->inh and !rte->inh RTEs
for each intermediate partitioned table, just as we previously did for
the root table. This seems unnecessary since the partitioned tables
have no storage and are not scanned. We might want to go back and
rejigger things so that no partitioned tables (including the parent)
need !rte->inh RTEs, but that seems to require some adjustments not
related to the core purpose of this patch.
Ashutosh Bapat, reviewed by me and by Amit Langote. Some final
adjustments by me.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAFjFpRd=1venqLL7oGU=C1dEkuvk2DJgvF+7uKbnPHaum1mvHQ@mail.gmail.com
Index columns are referenced by ordinal number rather than name, e.g.
CREATE INDEX coord_idx ON measured (x, y, (z + t));
ALTER INDEX coord_idx ALTER COLUMN 3 SET STATISTICS 1000;
Incompatibility note for release notes:
\d+ for indexes now also displays Stats Target
Authors: Alexander Korotkov, with contribution by Adrien NAYRAT
Review: Adrien NAYRAT, Simon Riggs
Wordsmith: Simon Riggs
The NAMEDTUPLESTORE patch piggybacked on the infrastructure for
TABLEFUNC/VALUES/CTE RTEs, none of which can ever have dropped columns,
so the possibility was ignored most places. Fix that, including adding a
specification to parsenodes.h about what it's supposed to look like.
In passing, clean up assorted comments that hadn't been maintained
properly by said patch.
Per bug #14799 from Philippe Beaudoin. Back-patch to v10.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170906120005.25630.84360@wrigleys.postgresql.org
Commit 9915de6c1c changed the default behavior of
DROP_REPLICATION_SLOT so that it would wait until any session holding
the slot active would release it, instead of raising an error. But
users are already depending on the original behavior, so revert to it by
default and add a WAIT option to invoke the new behavior.
Per complaint from Simone Gotti, in
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEvsy6Wgdf90O6pUvg2wSVXL2omH5OPC-38OD4Zzgk-FXavj3Q@mail.gmail.com
Rescanning a GatherMerge led to leaking some memory in the executor's
query-lifespan context, because most of the node's working data structures
were simply abandoned and rebuilt from scratch. In practice, this might
never amount to much, given the cost of relaunching worker processes ---
but it's still pretty messy, so let's fix it.
We can rearrange things so that the tuple arrays are simply cleared and
reused, and we don't need to rebuild the TupleTableSlots either, just
clear them. One small complication is that because we might get a
different number of workers on each iteration, we can't keep the old
convention that the leader's gm_slots[] entry is the last one; the leader
might clobber a TupleTableSlot that we need for a worker in a future
iteration. Hence, adjust the logic so that the leader has slot 0 always,
while the active workers have slots 1..n.
Back-patch to v10 to keep all the existing versions of nodeGatherMerge.c
in sync --- because of the renumbering of the slots, there would otherwise
be a very large risk that any future backpatches in this module would
introduce bugs.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/8670.1504192177@sss.pgh.pa.us
Comment the fields of GatherMergeState, and organize them a bit more
sensibly. Comment GMReaderTupleBuffer more usefully too. Improve
assorted other comments that were obsolete or just not very good English.
Get rid of the use of a GMReaderTupleBuffer for the leader process;
that was confusing, since only the "done" field was used, and that
in a way redundant with need_to_scan_locally.
In gather_merge_init, avoid calling load_tuple_array for
already-known-exhausted workers. I'm not sure if there's a live bug there,
but the case is unlikely to be well tested due to timing considerations.
Remove some useless code, such as duplicating the tts_isempty test done by
TupIsNull.
Remove useless initialization of ps.qual, replacing that with an assertion
that we have no qual to check. (If we did, the code would fail to check
it.)
Avoid applying heap_copytuple to a null tuple. While that fails to crash,
it's confusing and it makes the code less legible not more so IMO.
Propagate a couple of these changes into nodeGather.c, as well.
Back-patch to v10, partly because of the possibility that the
gather_merge_init change is fixing a live bug, but mostly to keep
the branches in sync to ease future bug fixes.
Previously, the parallel executor logic did reinitialization of shared
state within the ExecReScan code for parallel-aware scan nodes. This is
problematic, because it means that the ExecReScan call has to occur
synchronously (ie, during the parent Gather node's ReScan call). That is
swimming very much against the tide so far as the ExecReScan machinery is
concerned; the fact that it works at all today depends on a lot of fragile
assumptions, such as that no plan node between Gather and a parallel-aware
scan node is parameterized. Another objection is that because ExecReScan
might be called in workers as well as the leader, hacky extra tests are
needed in some places to prevent unwanted shared-state resets.
Hence, let's separate this code into two functions, a ReInitializeDSM
call and the ReScan call proper. ReInitializeDSM is called only in
the leader and is guaranteed to run before we start new workers.
ReScan is returned to its traditional function of resetting only local
state, which means that ExecReScan's usual habits of delaying or
eliminating child rescan calls are safe again.
As with the preceding commit 7df2c1f8d, it doesn't seem to be necessary
to make these changes in 9.6, which is a good thing because the FDW and
CustomScan APIs are impacted.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1JkByysFJNh9M349u_nNjqETuEnY_y1VUc_kJiU0bxtaQ@mail.gmail.com
The ExecReScan machinery contains various optimizations for postponing
or skipping rescans of plan subtrees; for example a HashAgg node may
conclude that it can re-use the table it built before, instead of
re-reading its input subtree. But that is wrong if the input contains
a parallel-aware table scan node, since the portion of the table scanned
by the leader process is likely to vary from one rescan to the next.
This explains the timing-dependent buildfarm failures we saw after
commit a2b70c89c.
The established mechanism for showing that a plan node's output is
potentially variable is to mark it as depending on some runtime Param.
Hence, to fix this, invent a dummy Param (one that has a PARAM_EXEC
parameter number, but carries no actual value) associated with each Gather
or GatherMerge node, mark parallel-aware nodes below that node as dependent
on that Param, and arrange for ExecReScanGather[Merge] to flag that Param
as changed whenever the Gather[Merge] node is rescanned.
This solution breaks an undocumented assumption made by the parallel
executor logic, namely that all rescans of nodes below a Gather[Merge]
will happen synchronously during the ReScan of the top node itself.
But that's fundamentally contrary to the design of the ExecReScan code,
and so was doomed to fail someday anyway (even if you want to argue
that the bug being fixed here wasn't a failure of that assumption).
A follow-on patch will address that issue. In the meantime, the worst
that's expected to happen is that given very bad timing luck, the leader
might have to do all the work during a rescan, because workers think
they have nothing to do, if they are able to start up before the eventual
ReScan of the leader's parallel-aware table scan node has reset the
shared scan state.
Although this problem exists in 9.6, there does not seem to be any way
for it to manifest there. Without GatherMerge, it seems that a plan tree
that has a rescan-short-circuiting node below Gather will always also
have one above it that will short-circuit in the same cases, preventing
the Gather from being rescanned. Hence we won't take the risk of
back-patching this change into 9.6. But v10 needs it.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1JkByysFJNh9M349u_nNjqETuEnY_y1VUc_kJiU0bxtaQ@mail.gmail.com
Up until now, when parallel query was used, no details about the
sort method or space used by the workers were available; details
were shown only for any sorting done by the leader. Fix that.
Commit 1177ab1dab forced the test case
added by commit 1f6d515a67 to run
without parallelism; now that we have this infrastructure, allow
that again, with a little tweaking to make it pass with and without
force_parallel_mode.
Robert Haas and Tom Lane
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+Tgmoa2VBZW6S8AAXfhpHczb=Rf6RqQ2br+zJvEgwJ0uoD_tQ@mail.gmail.com
If we only need, say, 10 tuples in total, then we certainly don't need
more than 10 tuples from any single process. Pushing down the limit
lets workers exit early when possible. For Gather Merge, there is
an additional benefit: a Sort immediately below the Gather Merge can
be done as a bounded sort if there is an applicable limit.
Robert Haas and Tom Lane
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoYa3QKKrLj5rX7UvGqhH73G1Li4B-EKxrmASaca2tFu9Q@mail.gmail.com
Add a new EState member es_leaf_result_relations, so that the trigger
code knows about ResultRelInfos created by tuple routing. Also make
sure ExplainPrintTriggers knows about partition-related
ResultRelInfos.
Etsuro Fujita, reviewed by Amit Langote
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/57163e18-8e56-da83-337a-22f2c0008051@lab.ntt.co.jp
Previously, if we had to estimate the number of distinct values in a
VALUES column, we fell back on the default behavior used whenever we lack
statistics, which effectively is that there are Min(# of entries, 200)
distinct values. This can be very badly off with a large VALUES list,
as noted by Jeff Janes.
We could consider actually running an ANALYZE-like scan on the VALUES,
but that seems unduly expensive, and anyway it could not deliver reliable
info if the entries are not all constants. What seems like a better choice
is to assume that the values are all distinct. This will sometimes be just
as wrong as the old code, but it seems more likely to be more nearly right
in many common cases. Also, it is more consistent with what happens in
some related cases, for example WHERE x = ANY(ARRAY[1,2,3,...,n]) and
WHERE x = ANY(VALUES (1),(2),(3),...,(n)) now are estimated similarly.
This was discussed some time ago, but consensus was it'd be better
to slip it in at the start of a development cycle not near the end.
(It should've gone into v10, really, but I forgot about it.)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMkU=1xHkyPa8VQgGcCNg3RMFFvVxUdOpus1gKcFuvVi0w6Acg@mail.gmail.com
The executor is capable of splitting buckets during a hash join if
too much memory is being used by a small number of buckets. However,
this only helps if a bucket's population is actually divisible; if
all the hash keys are alike, the tuples still end up in the same
new bucket. This can result in an OOM failure if there are enough
inner keys with identical hash values. The planner's cost estimates
will bias it against choosing a hash join in such situations, but not
by so much that it will never do so. To mitigate the OOM hazard,
explicitly estimate the hash bucket space needed by just the inner
side's most common value, and if that would exceed work_mem then
add disable_cost to the hash cost estimate.
This approach doesn't account for the possibility that two or more
common values would share the same hash value. On the other hand,
work_mem is normally a fairly conservative bound, so that eating
two or more times that much space is probably not going to kill us.
If we have no stats about the inner side, ignore this consideration.
There was some discussion of making a conservative assumption, but that
would effectively result in disabling hash join whenever we lack stats,
which seems like an overreaction given how seldom the problem manifests
in the field.
Per a complaint from David Hinkle. Although this could be viewed
as a bug fix, the lack of similar complaints weighs against back-
patching; indeed we waited for v11 because it seemed already rather
late in the v10 cycle to be making plan choice changes like this one.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/32013.1487271761@sss.pgh.pa.us
This allows us to add stack-depth checks the first time an executor
node is called, and skip that overhead on following
calls. Additionally it yields a nice speedup.
While it'd probably have been a good idea to have that check all
along, it has become more important after the new expression
evaluation framework in b8d7f053c5 - there's no stack depth
check in common paths anymore now. We previously relied on
ExecEvalExpr() being executed somewhere.
We should move towards that model for further routines, but as this is
required for v10, it seems better to only do the necessary (which
already is quite large).
Author: Andres Freund, Tom Lane
Reported-By: Julien Rouhaud
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/22833.1490390175@sss.pgh.pa.ushttps://postgr.es/m/b0af9eaa-130c-60d0-9e4e-7a135b1e0c76@dalibo.com
Previously, UNBOUNDED meant no lower bound when used in the FROM list,
and no upper bound when used in the TO list, which was OK for
single-column range partitioning, but problematic with multiple
columns. For example, an upper bound of (10.0, UNBOUNDED) would not be
collocated with a lower bound of (10.0, UNBOUNDED), thus making it
difficult or impossible to define contiguous multi-column range
partitions in some cases.
Fix this by using MINVALUE and MAXVALUE instead of UNBOUNDED to
represent a partition column that is unbounded below or above
respectively. This syntax removes any ambiguity, and ensures that if
one partition's lower bound equals another partition's upper bound,
then the partitions are contiguous.
Also drop the constraint prohibiting finite values after an unbounded
column, and just document the fact that any values after MINVALUE or
MAXVALUE are ignored. Previously it was necessary to repeat UNBOUNDED
multiple times, which was needlessly verbose.
Note: Forces a post-PG 10 beta2 initdb.
Report by Amul Sul, original patch by Amit Langote with some
additional hacking by me.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAJ_b947mowpLdxL3jo3YLKngRjrq9+Ej4ymduQTfYR+8=YAYQ@mail.gmail.com
Add missing infrastructure for this node type, notably in ruleutils.c where
its lack could demonstrably cause EXPLAIN to fail. Add outfuncs/readfuncs
support. (outfuncs support is useful today for debugging purposes. The
readfuncs support may never be needed, since at present it would only
matter for parallel query and NextValueExpr should never appear in a
parallelizable query; but it seems like a bad idea to have a primnode type
that isn't fully supported here.) Teach planner infrastructure that
NextValueExpr is a volatile, parallel-unsafe, non-leaky expression node
with cost cpu_operator_cost. Given its limited scope of usage, there
*might* be no live bug today from the lack of that knowledge, but it's
certainly going to bite us on the rear someday. Teach pg_stat_statements
about the new node type, too.
While at it, also teach cost_qual_eval() that MinMaxExpr, SQLValueFunction,
XmlExpr, and CoerceToDomain should be charged as cpu_operator_cost.
Failing to do this for SQLValueFunction was an oversight in my commit
0bb51aa96. The others are longer-standing oversights, but no time like the
present to fix them. (In principle, CoerceToDomain could have cost much
higher than this, but it doesn't presently seem worth trying to examine the
domain's constraints here.)
Modify execExprInterp.c to execute NextValueExpr as an out-of-line
function; it seems quite unlikely to me that it's worth insisting that
it be inlined in all expression eval methods. Besides, providing the
out-of-line function doesn't stop anyone from inlining if they want to.
Adjust some places where NextValueExpr support had been inserted with the
aid of a dartboard rather than keeping it in the same order as elsewhere.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/23862.1499981661@sss.pgh.pa.us
Change pg_bsd_indent to follow upstream rules for placement of comments
to the right of code, and remove pgindent hack that caused comments
following #endif to not obey the general rule.
Commit e3860ffa4d wasn't actually using
the published version of pg_bsd_indent, but a hacked-up version that
tried to minimize the amount of movement of comments to the right of
code. The situation of interest is where such a comment has to be
moved to the right of its default placement at column 33 because there's
code there. BSD indent has always moved right in units of tab stops
in such cases --- but in the previous incarnation, indent was working
in 8-space tab stops, while now it knows we use 4-space tabs. So the
net result is that in about half the cases, such comments are placed
one tab stop left of before. This is better all around: it leaves
more room on the line for comment text, and it means that in such
cases the comment uniformly starts at the next 4-space tab stop after
the code, rather than sometimes one and sometimes two tabs after.
Also, ensure that comments following #endif are indented the same
as comments following other preprocessor commands such as #else.
That inconsistency turns out to have been self-inflicted damage
from a poorly-thought-through post-indent "fixup" in pgindent.
This patch is much less interesting than the first round of indent
changes, but also bulkier, so I thought it best to separate the effects.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E1dAmxK-0006EE-1r@gemulon.postgresql.org
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/30527.1495162840@sss.pgh.pa.us
The new indent version includes numerous fixes thanks to Piotr Stefaniak.
The main changes visible in this commit are:
* Nicer formatting of function-pointer declarations.
* No longer unexpectedly removes spaces in expressions using casts,
sizeof, or offsetof.
* No longer wants to add a space in "struct structname *varname", as
well as some similar cases for const- or volatile-qualified pointers.
* Declarations using PG_USED_FOR_ASSERTS_ONLY are formatted more nicely.
* Fixes bug where comments following declarations were sometimes placed
with no space separating them from the code.
* Fixes some odd decisions for comments following case labels.
* Fixes some cases where comments following code were indented to less
than the expected column 33.
On the less good side, it now tends to put more whitespace around typedef
names that are not listed in typedefs.list. This might encourage us to
put more effort into typedef name collection; it's not really a bug in
indent itself.
There are more changes coming after this round, having to do with comment
indentation and alignment of lines appearing within parentheses. I wanted
to limit the size of the diffs to something that could be reviewed without
one's eyes completely glazing over, so it seemed better to split up the
changes as much as practical.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E1dAmxK-0006EE-1r@gemulon.postgresql.org
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/30527.1495162840@sss.pgh.pa.us
There was a grammar ambiguity between SET PUBLICATION name REFRESH and
SET PUBLICATION SKIP REFRESH, because SKIP is not a reserved word. To
resolve that, fold the refresh choice into the WITH options. Refreshing
is the default now.
Reported-by: tushar <tushar.ahuja@enterprisedb.com>
Fix failure to check that we got a plain Const from const-simplification of
a coercion request. This is the cause of bug #14666 from Tian Bing: there
is an int4 to money cast, but it's only stable not immutable (because of
dependence on lc_monetary), resulting in a FuncExpr that the code was
miserably unequipped to deal with, or indeed even to notice that it was
failing to deal with. Add test cases around this coercion behavior.
In view of the above, sprinkle the code liberally with castNode() macros,
in hope of catching the next such bug a bit sooner. Also, change some
functions that were randomly declared to take Node* to take more specific
pointer types. And change some struct fields that were declared Node*
but could be given more specific types, allowing removal of assorted
explicit casts.
Place PARTITION_MAX_KEYS check a bit closer to the code it's protecting.
Likewise check only-one-key-for-list-partitioning restriction in a less
random place.
Avoid not-per-project-style usages like !strcmp(...).
Fix assorted failures to avoid scribbling on the input of parse
transformation. I'm not sure how necessary this is, but it's entirely
silly for these functions to be expending cycles to avoid that and not
getting it right.
Add guards against partitioning on system columns.
Put backend/nodes/ support code into an order that matches handling
of these node types elsewhere.
Annotate the fact that somebody added location fields to PartitionBoundSpec
and PartitionRangeDatum but forgot to handle them in
outfuncs.c/readfuncs.c. This is fairly harmless for production purposes
(since readfuncs.c would just substitute -1 anyway) but it's still bogus.
It's not worth forcing a post-beta1 initdb just to fix this, but if we
have another reason to force initdb before 10.0, we should go back and
clean this up.
Contrariwise, somebody added location fields to PartitionElem and
PartitionSpec but forgot to teach exprLocation() about them.
Consolidate duplicative code in transformPartitionBound().
Improve a couple of error messages.
Improve assorted commentary.
Re-pgindent the files touched by this patch; this affects a few comment
blocks that must have been added quite recently.
Report: https://postgr.es/m/20170524024550.29935.14396@wrigleys.postgresql.org
Previously, we had the WITH clause in the middle of the command, where
you'd specify both generic options as well as statistic types. Few
people liked this, so this commit changes it to remove the WITH keyword
from that clause and makes it accept statistic types only. (We
currently don't have any generic options, but if we invent in the
future, we will gain a new WITH clause, probably at the end of the
command).
Also, the column list is now specified without parens, which makes the
whole command look more similar to a SELECT command. This change will
let us expand the command to supporting expressions (not just columns
names) as well as multiple tables and their join conditions.
Tom added lots of code comments and fixed some parts of the CREATE
STATISTICS reference page, too; more changes in this area are
forthcoming. He also fixed a potential problem in the alter_generic
regression test, reducing verbosity on a cascaded drop to avoid
dependency on message ordering, as we do in other tests.
Tom also closed a security bug: we documented that table ownership was
required in order to create a statistics object on it, but didn't
actually implement it.
Implement tab-completion for statistics objects. This can stand some
more improvement.
Authors: Alvaro Herrera, with lots of cleanup by Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170420212426.ltvgyhnefvhixm6i@alvherre.pgsql
It turned out this approach had problems, because a DROP command should
not have any options other than CASCADE and RESTRICT. Instead, always
attempt to drop the slot if there is one configured, but also add an
ALTER SUBSCRIPTION action to set the slot to NONE.
Author: Petr Jelinek <petr.jelinek@2ndquadrant.com>
Reported-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/29431.1493730652@sss.pgh.pa.us
Even though no actual tuples are ever inserted into a partitioned
table (the actual tuples are in the partitions, not the partitioned
table itself), we still need to have a ResultRelInfo for the
partitioned table, or per-statement triggers won't get fired.
Amit Langote, per a report from Rajkumar Raghuwanshi. Reviewed by me.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAKcux6%3DwYospCRY2J4XEFuVy0L41S%3Dfic7rmkbsU-GXhhSbmBg%40mail.gmail.com
is_parallel_safe() supposed that the only relevant property of a SubPlan
was the parallel safety of the referenced subplan tree. This is wrong:
the testexpr or args subtrees might contain parallel-unsafe stuff, as
demonstrated by the test case added here. However, just recursing into the
subtrees fails in a different way: we'll typically find PARAM_EXEC Params
representing the subplan's output columns in the testexpr. The previous
coding supposed that any Param must be treated as parallel-restricted, so
that a naive attempt at fixing this disabled parallel pushdown of SubPlans
altogether. We must instead determine, for any visited Param, whether it
is one that would be computed by a surrounding SubPlan node; if so, it's
safe to push down along with the SubPlan node.
We might later be able to extend this logic to cope with Params used for
correlated subplans and other cases; but that's a task for v11 or beyond.
Tom Lane and Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7064.1492022469@sss.pgh.pa.us
Commit 5e6d8d2bb allowed parallel workers to execute parallel-safe
subplans, but it transmitted the query's entire list of subplans to
the worker(s). Since execMain.c blindly does ExecInitNode and later
ExecEndNode on every list element, this resulted in parallel-unsafe plan
nodes nonetheless getting started up and shut down in parallel workers.
That seems mostly harmless as far as core plan node types go (but
maybe not so much for Gather?). But it resulted in postgres_fdw
opening and then closing extra remote connections, and it's likely
that other non-parallel-safe FDWs or custom scan providers would have
worse reactions.
To fix, just make ExecSerializePlan replace parallel-unsafe subplans
with NULLs in the cut-down plan tree that it transmits to workers.
This relies on ExecInitNode and ExecEndNode to do nothing on NULL
input, but they do anyway. If anything else is touching the dropped
subplans in a parallel worker, that would be a bug to be fixed.
(This thus provides a strong guarantee that we won't try to do
something with a parallel-unsafe subplan in a worker.)
This is, I think, the last fix directly occasioned by Andreas Seltenreich's
bug report of a few days ago.
Tom Lane and Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/87tw5x4vcu.fsf@credativ.de
We'd managed to avoid doing this so far, but it seems pretty obvious
that it would be forced on us some day, and this is much the cleanest
way of approaching the open problem that parallel-unsafe subplans are
being transmitted to parallel workers. Anyway there's no space cost
due to alignment considerations, and the time cost is pretty minimal
since we're just copying the flag from the corresponding Path node.
(At least in most cases ... some of the klugier spots in createplan.c
have to work a bit harder.)
In principle we could perhaps get rid of SubPlan.parallel_safe,
but I thought it better to keep that in case there are reasons to
consider a SubPlan unsafe even when its child plan is parallel-safe.
This patch doesn't actually do anything with the new flags, but
I thought I'd commit it separately anyway.
Note: although this touches outfuncs/readfuncs, there's no need for
a catversion bump because Plan trees aren't stored on disk.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/87tw5x4vcu.fsf@credativ.de
This extends the castNode() notation introduced by commit 5bcab1114 to
provide, in one step, extraction of a list cell's pointer and coercion to
a concrete node type. For example, "lfirst_node(Foo, lc)" is the same
as "castNode(Foo, lfirst(lc))". Almost half of the uses of castNode
that have appeared so far include a list extraction call, so this is
pretty widely useful, and it saves a few more keystrokes compared to the
old way.
As with the previous patch, back-patch the addition of these macros to
pg_list.h, so that the notation will be available when back-patching.
Patch by me, after an idea of Andrew Gierth's.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/14197.1491841216@sss.pgh.pa.us
If there can certainly be no more than one matching inner row for a given
outer row, then the executor can move on to the next outer row as soon as
it's found one match; there's no need to continue scanning the inner
relation for this outer row. This saves useless scanning in nestloop
and hash joins. In merge joins, it offers the opportunity to skip
mark/restore processing, because we know we have not advanced past the
first possible match for the next outer row.
Of course, the devil is in the details: the proof of uniqueness must
depend only on joinquals (not otherquals), and if we want to skip
mergejoin mark/restore then it must depend only on merge clauses.
To avoid adding more planning overhead than absolutely necessary,
the present patch errs in the conservative direction: there are cases
where inner_unique or skip_mark_restore processing could be used, but
it will not do so because it's not sure that the uniqueness proof
depended only on "safe" clauses. This could be improved later.
David Rowley, reviewed and rather heavily editorialized on by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvqF6Sw-TK98bW48TdtFJ+3a7D2mFyZ7++=D-RyPsL76gw@mail.gmail.com
This is the SQL standard-conforming variant of PostgreSQL's serial
columns. It fixes a few usability issues that serial columns have:
- CREATE TABLE / LIKE copies default but refers to same sequence
- cannot add/drop serialness with ALTER TABLE
- dropping default does not drop sequence
- need to grant separate privileges to sequence
- other slight weirdnesses because serial is some kind of special macro
Reviewed-by: Vitaly Burovoy <vitaly.burovoy@gmail.com>
Currently, the only type of child relation is an "other member rel",
which is the child of a baserel, but in the future joins and even
upper relations may have child rels. To facilitate that, introduce
macros that test to test for particular RelOptKind values, and use
them in various places where they help to clarify the sense of a test.
(For example, a test may allow RELOPT_OTHER_MEMBER_REL either because
it intends to allow child rels, or because it intends to allow simple
rels.)
Also, remove find_childrel_top_parent, which will not work for a
child rel that is not a baserel. Instead, add a new RelOptInfo
member top_parent_relids to track the same kind of information in a
more generic manner.
Ashutosh Bapat, slightly tweaked by me. Review and testing of the
patch set from which this was taken by Rajkumar Raghuwanshi and Rafia
Sabih.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoagTnF2yqR3PT2rv=om=wJiZ4-A+ATwdnriTGku1CLYxA@mail.gmail.com
A QueryEnvironment concept is added, which allows new types of
objects to be passed into queries from parsing on through
execution. At this point, the only thing implemented is a
collection of EphemeralNamedRelation objects -- relations which
can be referenced by name in queries, but do not exist in the
catalogs. The only type of ENR implemented is NamedTuplestore, but
provision is made to add more types fairly easily.
An ENR can carry its own TupleDesc or reference a relation in the
catalogs by relid.
Although these features can be used without SPI, convenience
functions are added to SPI so that ENRs can easily be used by code
run through SPI.
The initial use of all this is going to be transition tables in
AFTER triggers, but that will be added to each PL as a separate
commit.
An incidental effect of this patch is to produce a more informative
error message if an attempt is made to modify the contents of a CTE
from a referencing DML statement. No tests previously covered that
possibility, so one is added.
Kevin Grittner and Thomas Munro
Reviewed by Heikki Linnakangas, David Fetter, and Thomas Munro
with valuable comments and suggestions from many others
Commit 45be99f8cd removed GatherPath's
num_workers field, but this is entirely bogus. Normally, a path's
parallel_workers flag is supposed to indicate the number of workers
that it wants, and should be 0 for a non-partial path. In that
commit, I mistakenly thought that GatherPath could also use that field
to indicate the number of workers that it would try to start, but
that's disastrous, because then it can propagate up to higher nodes in
the plan tree, which will then get incorrect rowcounts because the
parallel_workers flag is involved in computing those values. Repair
by putting the separate field back.
Report by Tomas Vondra. Patch by me, reviewed by Amit Kapila.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/f91b4a44-f739-04bd-c4b6-f135bd643669@2ndquadrant.com
copyObject() is declared to return void *, which allows easily assigning
the result independent of the input, but it loses all type checking.
If the compiler supports typeof or something similar, cast the result to
the input type. This creates a greater amount of type safety. In some
cases, where the result is assigned to a generic type such as Node * or
Expr *, new casts are now necessary, but in general casts are now
unnecessary in the normal case and indicate that something unusual is
happening.
Reviewed-by: Mark Dilger <hornschnorter@gmail.com>
This extends the Aggregate node with two new features: HashAggregate
can now run multiple hashtables concurrently, and a new strategy
MixedAggregate populates hashtables while doing sorted grouping.
The planner will now attempt to save as many sorts as possible when
planning grouping sets queries, while not exceeding work_mem for the
estimated combined sizes of all hashtables used. No SQL-level changes
are required. There should be no user-visible impact other than the
new EXPLAIN output and possible changes to result ordering when ORDER
BY was not used (which affected a few regression tests). The
enable_hashagg option is respected.
Author: Andrew Gierth
Reviewers: Mark Dilger, Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/87vatszyhj.fsf@news-spur.riddles.org.uk
This replaces the old, recursive tree-walk based evaluation, with
non-recursive, opcode dispatch based, expression evaluation.
Projection is now implemented as part of expression evaluation.
This both leads to significant performance improvements, and makes
future just-in-time compilation of expressions easier.
The speed gains primarily come from:
- non-recursive implementation reduces stack usage / overhead
- simple sub-expressions are implemented with a single jump, without
function calls
- sharing some state between different sub-expressions
- reduced amount of indirect/hard to predict memory accesses by laying
out operation metadata sequentially; including the avoidance of
nearly all of the previously used linked lists
- more code has been moved to expression initialization, avoiding
constant re-checks at evaluation time
Future just-in-time compilation (JIT) has become easier, as
demonstrated by released patches intended to be merged in a later
release, for primarily two reasons: Firstly, due to a stricter split
between expression initialization and evaluation, less code has to be
handled by the JIT. Secondly, due to the non-recursive nature of the
generated "instructions", less performance-critical code-paths can
easily be shared between interpreted and compiled evaluation.
The new framework allows for significant future optimizations. E.g.:
- basic infrastructure for to later reduce the per executor-startup
overhead of expression evaluation, by caching state in prepared
statements. That'd be helpful in OLTPish scenarios where
initialization overhead is measurable.
- optimizing the generated "code". A number of proposals for potential
work has already been made.
- optimizing the interpreter. Similarly a number of proposals have
been made here too.
The move of logic into the expression initialization step leads to some
backward-incompatible changes:
- Function permission checks are now done during expression
initialization, whereas previously they were done during
execution. In edge cases this can lead to errors being raised that
previously wouldn't have been, e.g. a NULL array being coerced to a
different array type previously didn't perform checks.
- The set of domain constraints to be checked, is now evaluated once
during expression initialization, previously it was re-built
every time a domain check was evaluated. For normal queries this
doesn't change much, but e.g. for plpgsql functions, which caches
ExprStates, the old set could stick around longer. The behavior
around might still change.
Author: Andres Freund, with significant changes by Tom Lane,
changes by Heikki Linnakangas
Reviewed-By: Tom Lane, Heikki Linnakangas
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20161206034955.bh33paeralxbtluv@alap3.anarazel.de
Add support for explicitly declared statistic objects (CREATE
STATISTICS), allowing collection of statistics on more complex
combinations that individual table columns. Companion commands DROP
STATISTICS and ALTER STATISTICS ... OWNER TO / SET SCHEMA / RENAME are
added too. All this DDL has been designed so that more statistic types
can be added later on, such as multivariate most-common-values and
multivariate histograms between columns of a single table, leaving room
for permitting columns on multiple tables, too, as well as expressions.
This commit only adds support for collection of n-distinct coefficient
on user-specified sets of columns in a single table. This is useful to
estimate number of distinct groups in GROUP BY and DISTINCT clauses;
estimation errors there can cause over-allocation of memory in hashed
aggregates, for instance, so it's a worthwhile problem to solve. A new
special pseudo-type pg_ndistinct is used.
(num-distinct estimation was deemed sufficiently useful by itself that
this is worthwhile even if no further statistic types are added
immediately; so much so that another version of essentially the same
functionality was submitted by Kyotaro Horiguchi:
https://postgr.es/m/20150828.173334.114731693.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp
though this commit does not use that code.)
Author: Tomas Vondra. Some code rework by Álvaro.
Reviewed-by: Dean Rasheed, David Rowley, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Jeff Janes,
Ideriha Takeshi
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/543AFA15.4080608@fuzzy.czhttps://postgr.es/m/20170320190220.ixlaueanxegqd5gr@alvherre.pgsql
Add a column collprovider to pg_collation that determines which library
provides the collation data. The existing choices are default and libc,
and this adds an icu choice, which uses the ICU4C library.
The pg_locale_t type is changed to a union that contains the
provider-specific locale handles. Users of locale information are
changed to look into that struct for the appropriate handle to use.
Also add a collversion column that records the version of the collation
when it is created, and check at run time whether it is still the same.
This detects potentially incompatible library upgrades that can corrupt
indexes and other structures. This is currently only supported by
ICU-provided collations.
initdb initializes the default collation set as before from the `locale
-a` output but also adds all available ICU locales with a "-x-icu"
appended.
Currently, ICU-provided collations can only be explicitly named
collations. The global database locales are still always libc-provided.
ICU support is enabled by configure --with-icu.
Reviewed-by: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@enterprisedb.com>
Reviewed-by: Andreas Karlsson <andreas@proxel.se>
Add functionality for a new subscription to copy the initial data in the
tables and then sync with the ongoing apply process.
For the copying, add a new internal COPY option to have the COPY source
data provided by a callback function. The initial data copy works on
the subscriber by receiving COPY data from the publisher and then
providing it locally into a COPY that writes to the destination table.
A WAL receiver can now execute full SQL commands. This is used here to
obtain information about tables and publications.
Several new options were added to CREATE and ALTER SUBSCRIPTION to
control whether and when initial table syncing happens.
Change pg_dump option --no-create-subscription-slots to
--no-subscription-connect and use the new CREATE SUBSCRIPTION
... NOCONNECT option for that.
Author: Petr Jelinek <petr.jelinek@2ndquadrant.com>
Tested-by: Erik Rijkers <er@xs4all.nl>
Partitioned tables do not contain any data; only their unpartitioned
descendents need to be scanned. However, the partitioned tables still
need to be locked, even though they're not scanned. To make that
work, Append and MergeAppend relations now need to carry a list of
(unscanned) partitioned relations that must be locked, and InitPlan
must lock all partitioned result relations.
Aside from the obvious advantage of avoiding some work at execution
time, this has two other advantages. First, it may improve the
planner's decision-making in some cases since the empty relation
might throw things off. Second, it paves the way to getting rid of
the storage for partitioned tables altogether.
Amit Langote, reviewed by me.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/6837c359-45c4-8044-34d1-736756335a15@lab.ntt.co.jp
There is still some inconsistency with the error messages surrounding
foreign servers. Some use the word "foreign" and some don't. My
inclination is to remove all such uses of "foreign" on the basis that
the CREATE/ALTER/DROP SERVER commands don't use the word. However, that
is left for another day. In this patch I have kept to the existing usage
in the affected commands, which omits "foreign".
Anastasia Lubennikova, reviewed by Arthur Zakirov and Ashtosh Bapat.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/7c2ab9b8-388a-1ce0-23a3-7acf2a0ed3c6@postgrespro.ru
In DDL commands referring to an existing function, allow omitting the
argument list if the function name is unique in its schema, per SQL
standard.
This uses the same logic that the regproc type uses for finding
functions by name only.
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
We used to export snapshots unconditionally in CREATE_REPLICATION_SLOT
in the replication protocol, but several upcoming patches want more
control over what happens.
Suppress snapshot export in pg_recvlogical, which neither needs nor can
use the exported snapshot. Since snapshot exporting can fail this
improves reliability.
This also paves the way for allowing the creation of replication slots
on standbys, which cannot export snapshots because they cannot allocate
new XIDs.
Author: Petr Jelinek <petr.jelinek@2ndquadrant.com>
Like Gather, we spawn multiple workers and run the same plan in each
one; however, Gather Merge is used when each worker produces the same
output ordering and we want to preserve that output ordering while
merging together the streams of tuples from various workers. (In a
way, Gather Merge is like a hybrid of Gather and MergeAppend.)
This works out to a win if it saves us from having to perform an
expensive Sort. In cases where only a small amount of data would need
to be sorted, it may actually be faster to use a regular Gather node
and then sort the results afterward, because Gather Merge sometimes
needs to wait synchronously for tuples whereas a pure Gather generally
doesn't. But if this avoids an expensive sort then it's a win.
Rushabh Lathia, reviewed and tested by Amit Kapila, Thomas Munro,
and Neha Sharma, and reviewed and revised by me.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAGPqQf09oPX-cQRpBKS0Gq49Z+m6KBxgxd_p9gX8CKk_d75HoQ@mail.gmail.com
The index is scanned by a single process, but then all cooperating
processes can iterate jointly over the resulting set of heap blocks.
In the future, we might also want to support using a parallel bitmap
index scan to set up for a parallel bitmap heap scan, but that's a
job for another day.
Dilip Kumar, with some corrections and cosmetic changes by me. The
larger patch set of which this is a part has been reviewed and tested
by (at least) Andres Freund, Amit Khandekar, Tushar Ahuja, Rafia
Sabih, Haribabu Kommi, Thomas Munro, and me.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAFiTN-uc4=0WxRGfCzs-xfkMYcSEWUC-Fon6thkJGjkh9i=13A@mail.gmail.com
XMLTABLE is defined by the SQL/XML standard as a feature that allows
turning XML-formatted data into relational form, so that it can be used
as a <table primary> in the FROM clause of a query.
This new construct provides significant simplicity and performance
benefit for XML data processing; what in a client-side custom
implementation was reported to take 20 minutes can be executed in 400ms
using XMLTABLE. (The same functionality was said to take 10 seconds
using nested PostgreSQL XPath function calls, and 5 seconds using
XMLReader under PL/Python).
The implemented syntax deviates slightly from what the standard
requires. First, the standard indicates that the PASSING clause is
optional and that multiple XML input documents may be given to it; we
make it mandatory and accept a single document only. Second, we don't
currently support a default namespace to be specified.
This implementation relies on a new executor node based on a hardcoded
method table. (Because the grammar is fixed, there is no extensibility
in the current approach; further constructs can be implemented on top of
this such as JSON_TABLE, but they require changes to core code.)
Author: Pavel Stehule, Álvaro Herrera
Extensively reviewed by: Craig Ringer
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFj8pRAgfzMD-LoSmnMGybD0WsEznLHWap8DO79+-GTRAPR4qA@mail.gmail.com
When a shared iterator is used, each call to tbm_shared_iterate()
returns a result that has not yet been returned to any process
attached to the shared iterator. In other words, each cooperating
processes gets a disjoint subset of the full result set, but all
results are returned exactly once.
This is infrastructure for parallel bitmap heap scan.
Dilip Kumar. The larger patch set of which this is a part has been
reviewed and tested by (at least) Andres Freund, Amit Khandekar,
Tushar Ahuja, Rafia Sabih, Haribabu Kommi, and Thomas Munro.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAFiTN-uc4=0WxRGfCzs-xfkMYcSEWUC-Fon6thkJGjkh9i=13A@mail.gmail.com
The old function took function name and function argument list as
separate arguments. Now that all function signatures are passed around
as ObjectWithArgs structs, this is no longer necessary and can be
replaced by a function that takes ObjectWithArgs directly. Similarly
for aggregates and operators.
Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
In simpler times, it might have worked to refer to all kinds of objects
by a list of name components and an optional argument list. But this
doesn't work for all objects, which has resulted in a collection of
hacks to place various other nodes types into these fields, which have
to be unpacked at the other end. This makes it also weird to represent
lists of such things in the grammar, because they would have to be lists
of singleton lists, to make the unpacking work consistently. The other
problem is that keeping separate name and args fields makes it awkward
to deal with lists of functions.
Change that by dropping the objargs field and have objname, renamed to
object, be a generic Node, which can then be flexibly assigned and
managed using the normal Node mechanisms. In many cases it will still
be a List of names, in some cases it will be a string Value, for types
it will be the existing Typename, for functions it will now use the
existing ObjectWithArgs node type. Some of the more obscure object
types still use somewhat arbitrary nested lists.
Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
This makes the handling of operators similar to that of functions and
aggregates.
Rename node FuncWithArgs to ObjectWithArgs, to reflect the expanded use.
Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
This makes it consistent with the usage in opclass_item.
Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
The default general purpose aset.c style memory context is not a great
choice for allocations that are all going to be evenly sized,
especially when those objects aren't small, and have varying
lifetimes. There tends to be a lot of fragmentation, larger
allocations always directly go to libc rather than have their cost
amortized over several pallocs.
These problems lead to the introduction of ad-hoc slab allocators in
reorderbuffer.c. But it turns out that the simplistic implementation
leads to problems when a lot of objects are allocated and freed, as
aset.c is still the underlying implementation. Especially freeing can
easily run into O(n^2) behavior in aset.c.
While the O(n^2) behavior in aset.c can, and probably will, be
addressed, custom allocators for this behavior are more efficient
both in space and time.
This allocator is for evenly sized allocations, and supports both
cheap allocations and freeing, without fragmenting significantly. It
does so by allocating evenly sized blocks via malloc(), and carves
them into chunks that can be used for allocations. In order to
release blocks to the OS as early as possible, chunks are allocated
from the fullest block that still has free objects, increasing the
likelihood of a block being entirely unused.
A subsequent commit uses this in reorderbuffer.c, but a further
allocator is needed to resolve the performance problems triggering
this work.
There likely are further potentialy uses of this allocator besides
reorderbuffer.c.
There's potential further optimizations of the new slab.c, in
particular the array of freelists could be replaced by a more
intelligent structure - but for now this looks more than good enough.
Author: Tomas Vondra, editorialized by Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: Andres Freund, Petr Jelinek, Robert Haas, Jim Nasby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/d15dff83-0b37-28ed-0809-95a5cc7292ad@2ndquadrant.com
This is expected to be useful mostly when performing such scans in
parallel, because in that case it allows (in combination with commit
acf555bc53) nodes below a Gather to get
control just before the DSM segment goes away.
KaiGai Kohei, except that I rewrote the documentation. Reviewed by
Claudio Freire.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CADyhKSXJK0jUJ8rWv4AmKDhsUh124_rEn39eqgfC5D8fu6xVuw@mail.gmail.com
With this change, you can see the query that a parallel worker is
executing in pg_stat_activity, and if the worker crashes you can
see what query it was executing when it crashed.
Rafia Sabih, reviewed by Kuntal Ghosh and Amit Kapila and slightly
revised by me.
Commit 5262f7a4fc added similar support
for parallel index scans; this extends that work to index-only scans.
As with parallel index scans, this requires support from the index AM,
so currently parallel index-only scans will only be possible for btree
indexes.
Rafia Sabih, reviewed and tested by Rahila Syed, Tushar Ahuja,
and Amit Kapila
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAOGQiiPEAs4C=TBp0XShxBvnWXuzGL2u++Hm1=qnCpd6_Mf8Fw@mail.gmail.com
In combination with 569174f1be, which
taught the btree AM how to perform parallel index scans, this allows
parallel index scan plans on btree indexes. This infrastructure
should be general enough to support parallel index scans for other
index AMs as well, if someone updates them to support parallel
scans.
Amit Kapila, reviewed and tested by Anastasia Lubennikova, Tushar
Ahuja, and Haribabu Kommi, and me.
The core of the functionality was already implemented when
pg_import_system_collations was added. This just exposes it as an
option in the SQL command.
This doesn't do anything to make Param nodes anything other than
parallel-restricted, so this only helps with uncorrelated subplans,
and it's not necessarily very cheap because each worker will run the
subplan separately (just as a Hash Join will build a separate copy of
the hash table in each participating process), but it's a first step
toward supporting cases that are more likely to help in practice, and
is occasionally useful on its own.
Amit Kapila, reviewed and tested by Rafia Sabih, Dilip Kumar, and
me.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1+e8Z45D2n+rnDMDYsVEb5iW7jqaCH_tvPMYau=1Rru9w@mail.gmail.com
It's always been possible for index AMs to cache data across successive
amgettuple calls within a single SQL command: the IndexScanDesc.opaque
field is meant for precisely that. However, no comparable facility
exists for amortizing setup work across successive aminsert calls.
This patch adds such a feature and teaches GIN, GIST, and BRIN to use it
to amortize catalog lookups they'd previously been doing on every call.
(The other standard index AMs keep everything they need in the relcache,
so there's little to improve there.)
For GIN, the overall improvement in a statement that inserts many rows
can be as much as 10%, though it seems a bit less for the other two.
In addition, this makes a really significant difference in runtime
for CLOBBER_CACHE_ALWAYS tests, since in those builds the repeated
catalog lookups are vastly more expensive.
The reason this has been hard up to now is that the aminsert function is
not passed any useful place to cache per-statement data. What I chose to
do is to add suitable fields to struct IndexInfo and pass that to aminsert.
That's not widening the index AM API very much because IndexInfo is already
within the ken of ambuild; in fact, by passing the same info to aminsert
as to ambuild, this is really removing an inconsistency in the AM API.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/27568.1486508680@sss.pgh.pa.us
The new function allows to cast from one NodeTag based type to
another, while asserting that the conversion is valid. This replaces
the common pattern of doing a cast and a Assert(IsA(ptr, type))
close-by.
As this seems likely to be used pervasively, we decided to backpatch
this change the addition of this macro. Otherwise backpatched fixes
are more likely not to work on back-branches.
On branches before 9.6, where we do not yet rely on inline functions
being available, the type assertion is only performed if PG_USE_INLINE
support is detected. The cast obviously is performed regardless.
For the benefit of verifying the macro compiles in the back-branches,
this commit contains a single use of the new macro. On master, a
somewhat larger conversion will be committed separately.
Author: Peter Eisentraut and Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/c5d387d9-3440-f5e0-f9d4-71d53b9fbe52@2ndquadrant.com
Backpatch: 9.2-
We've accumulated quite a bit of stuff with which pgindent is not
quite happy in this code; clean it up to provide a less-annoying base
for future pgindent runs.
Since 69f4b9c plain expression evaluation (and thus normal projection)
can't return sets of tuples anymore. Thus remove code dealing with
that possibility.
This will require adjustments in external code using
ExecEvalExpr()/ExecProject() - that should neither be hard nor very
common.
Author: Andres Freund and Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20160822214023.aaxz5l4igypowyri@alap3.anarazel.de
Evaluation of set returning functions (SRFs_ in the targetlist (like SELECT
generate_series(1,5)) so far was done in the expression evaluation (i.e.
ExecEvalExpr()) and projection (i.e. ExecProject/ExecTargetList) code.
This meant that most executor nodes performing projection, and most
expression evaluation functions, had to deal with the possibility that an
evaluated expression could return a set of return values.
That's bad because it leads to repeated code in a lot of places. It also,
and that's my (Andres's) motivation, made it a lot harder to implement a
more efficient way of doing expression evaluation.
To fix this, introduce a new executor node (ProjectSet) that can evaluate
targetlists containing one or more SRFs. To avoid the complexity of the old
way of handling nested expressions returning sets (e.g. having to pass up
ExprDoneCond, and dealing with arguments to functions returning sets etc.),
those SRFs can only be at the top level of the node's targetlist. The
planner makes sure (via split_pathtarget_at_srfs()) that SRF evaluation is
only necessary in ProjectSet nodes and that SRFs are only present at the
top level of the node's targetlist. If there are nested SRFs the planner
creates multiple stacked ProjectSet nodes. The ProjectSet nodes always get
input from an underlying node.
We also discussed and prototyped evaluating targetlist SRFs using ROWS
FROM(), but that turned out to be more complicated than we'd hoped.
While moving SRF evaluation to ProjectSet would allow to retain the old
"least common multiple" behavior when multiple SRFs are present in one
targetlist (i.e. continue returning rows until all SRFs are at the end of
their input at the same time), we decided to instead only return rows till
all SRFs are exhausted, returning NULL for already exhausted ones. We
deemed the previous behavior to be too confusing, unexpected and actually
not particularly useful.
As a side effect, the previously prohibited case of multiple set returning
arguments to a function, is now allowed. Not because it's particularly
desirable, but because it ends up working and there seems to be no argument
for adding code to prohibit it.
Currently the behavior for COALESCE and CASE containing SRFs has changed,
returning multiple rows from the expression, even when the SRF containing
"arm" of the expression is not evaluated. That's because the SRFs are
evaluated in a separate ProjectSet node. As that's quite confusing, we're
likely to instead prohibit SRFs in those places. But that's still being
discussed, and the code would reside in places not touched here, so that's
a task for later.
There's a lot of, now superfluous, code dealing with set return expressions
around. But as the changes to get rid of those are verbose largely boring,
it seems better for readability to keep the cleanup as a separate commit.
Author: Tom Lane and Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20160822214023.aaxz5l4igypowyri@alap3.anarazel.de
In an RLS query, we must ensure that security filter quals are evaluated
before ordinary query quals, in case the latter contain "leaky" functions
that could expose the contents of sensitive rows. The original
implementation of RLS planning ensured this by pushing the scan of a
secured table into a sub-query that it marked as a security-barrier view.
Unfortunately this results in very inefficient plans in many cases, because
the sub-query cannot be flattened and gets planned independently of the
rest of the query.
To fix, drop the use of sub-queries to enforce RLS qual order, and instead
mark each qual (RestrictInfo) with a security_level field establishing its
priority for evaluation. Quals must be evaluated in security_level order,
except that "leakproof" quals can be allowed to go ahead of quals of lower
security_level, if it's helpful to do so. This has to be enforced within
the ordering of any one list of quals to be evaluated at a table scan node,
and we also have to ensure that quals are not chosen for early evaluation
(i.e., use as an index qual or TID scan qual) if they're not allowed to go
ahead of other quals at the scan node.
This is sufficient to fix the problem for RLS quals, since we only support
RLS policies on simple tables and thus RLS quals will always exist at the
table scan level only. Eventually these qual ordering rules should be
enforced for join quals as well, which would permit improving planning for
explicit security-barrier views; but that's a task for another patch.
Note that FDWs would need to be aware of these rules --- and not, for
example, send an insecure qual for remote execution --- but since we do
not yet allow RLS policies on foreign tables, the case doesn't arise.
This will need to be addressed before we can allow such policies.
Patch by me, reviewed by Stephen Frost and Dean Rasheed.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/8185.1477432701@sss.pgh.pa.us
This patch makes several changes that improve the consistency of
representation of lists of statements. It's always been the case
that the output of parse analysis is a list of Query nodes, whatever
the types of the individual statements in the list. This patch brings
similar consistency to the outputs of raw parsing and planning steps:
* The output of raw parsing is now always a list of RawStmt nodes;
the statement-type-dependent nodes are one level down from that.
* The output of pg_plan_queries() is now always a list of PlannedStmt
nodes, even for utility statements. In the case of a utility statement,
"planning" just consists of wrapping a CMD_UTILITY PlannedStmt around
the utility node. This list representation is now used in Portal and
CachedPlan plan lists, replacing the former convention of intermixing
PlannedStmts with bare utility-statement nodes.
Now, every list of statements has a consistent head-node type depending
on how far along it is in processing. This allows changing many places
that formerly used generic "Node *" pointers to use a more specific
pointer type, thus reducing the number of IsA() tests and casts needed,
as well as improving code clarity.
Also, the post-parse-analysis representation of DECLARE CURSOR is changed
so that it looks more like EXPLAIN, PREPARE, etc. That is, the contained
SELECT remains a child of the DeclareCursorStmt rather than getting flipped
around to be the other way. It's now true for both Query and PlannedStmt
that utilityStmt is non-null if and only if commandType is CMD_UTILITY.
That allows simplifying a lot of places that were testing both fields.
(I think some of those were just defensive programming, but in many places,
it was actually necessary to avoid confusing DECLARE CURSOR with SELECT.)
Because PlannedStmt carries a canSetTag field, we're also able to get rid
of some ad-hoc rules about how to reconstruct canSetTag for a bare utility
statement; specifically, the assumption that a utility is canSetTag if and
only if it's the only one in its list. While I see no near-term need for
relaxing that restriction, it's nice to get rid of the ad-hocery.
The API of ProcessUtility() is changed so that what it's passed is the
wrapper PlannedStmt not just the bare utility statement. This will affect
all users of ProcessUtility_hook, but the changes are pretty trivial; see
the affected contrib modules for examples of the minimum change needed.
(Most compilers should give pointer-type-mismatch warnings for uncorrected
code.)
There's also a change in the API of ExplainOneQuery_hook, to pass through
cursorOptions instead of expecting hook functions to know what to pick.
This is needed because of the DECLARE CURSOR changes, but really should
have been done in 9.6; it's unlikely that any extant hook functions
know about using CURSOR_OPT_PARALLEL_OK.
Finally, teach gram.y to save statement boundary locations in RawStmt
nodes, and pass those through to Query and PlannedStmt nodes. This allows
more intelligent handling of cases where a source query string contains
multiple statements. This patch doesn't actually do anything with the
information, but a follow-on patch will. (Passing this information through
cleanly is the true motivation for these changes; while I think this is all
good cleanup, it's unlikely we'd have bothered without this end goal.)
catversion bump because addition of location fields to struct Query
affects stored rules.
This patch is by me, but it owes a good deal to Fabien Coelho who did
a lot of preliminary work on the problem, and also reviewed the patch.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/alpine.DEB.2.20.1612200926310.29821@lancre
After a tuple is routed to a partition, it has been converted from the
root table's row type to the partition's row type. ExecConstraints
needs to report the failure using the original tuple and the parent's
tuple descriptor rather than the ones for the selected partition.
Amit Langote
Commit 2ac3ef7a01 added a TupleTapleSlot
for partition tuple slot to EState (es_partition_tuple_slot) but it's
more logical to have it as part of ModifyTableState
(mt_partition_tuple_slot) and CopyState (partition_tuple_slot).
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/1bd459d9-4c0c-197a-346e-e5e59e217d97@lab.ntt.co.jp
Amit Langote, per a gripe from me
Commit f0e44751d added new node tags at a place in the tag numbering
where there was no daylight left before the next hard-coded number,
resulting in some duplicate tag assignments. This doesn't seem to have
caused any big problem so far, but it's surely trouble waiting to happen.
We could adjust the manually assigned breakpoints to make more room,
but that just leaves the same hazard waiting to strike again in future.
What seems like a better idea is to get rid of the manual assignments
and leave NodeTags to be automatically assigned, consecutively from one
on up. This means that any change in the tag list forces a backend-wide
recompile, but realistically that's usually needed anyway.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/29670.1482942811@sss.pgh.pa.us
Most code was casting this through a generic Node. By declaring
everything as RoleSpec appropriately, we can remove a bunch of casts and
ad-hoc node type checking.
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera <alvherre@2ndquadrant.com>
Now that it has only INH_NO and INH_YES values, it's just weird that
it's not a plain bool, so make it that way.
Also rename RangeVar.inhOpt to "inh", to be like RangeTblEntry.inh.
My recollection is that we gave it a different name specifically because
it had a different representation than the derived bool value, but it
no longer does. And this is a good forcing function to be sure we
catch any places that are affected by the change.
Bump catversion because of possible effect on stored RangeVar nodes.
I'm not exactly convinced that we ever store RangeVar on disk, but
we have a readfuncs function for it, so be cautious. (If we do do so,
then commit e13486eba was in error not to bump catversion.)
Follow-on to commit e13486eba.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoYe+EG7LdYX6pkcNxr4ygkP4+A=jm9o-CPXyOvRiCNwaQ@mail.gmail.com
The previous coding failed to work correctly when we have a
multi-level partitioned hierarchy where tables at successive levels
have different attribute numbers for the partition key attributes. To
fix, have each PartitionDispatch object store a standalone
TupleTableSlot initialized with the TupleDesc of the corresponding
partitioned table, along with a TupleConversionMap to map tuples from
the its parent's rowtype to own rowtype. After tuple routing chooses
a leaf partition, we must use the leaf partition's tuple descriptor,
not the root table's. To that end, a dedicated TupleTableSlot for
tuple routing is now allocated in EState.
Amit Langote
When the input value to a CoerceToDomain expression node is a read-write
expanded datum, we should pass a read-only pointer to any domain CHECK
expressions and then return the original read-write pointer as the
expression result. Previously we were blindly passing the same pointer to
all the consumers of the value, making it possible for a function in CHECK
to modify or even delete the expanded value. (Since a plpgsql function
will absorb a passed-in read-write expanded array as a local variable
value, it will in fact delete the value on exit.)
A similar hazard of passing the same read-write pointer to multiple
consumers exists in domain_check() and in ExecEvalCase, so fix those too.
The fix requires adding MakeExpandedObjectReadOnly calls at the appropriate
places, which is simple enough except that we need to get the data type's
typlen from somewhere. For the domain cases, solve this by redefining
DomainConstraintRef.tcache as okay for callers to access; there wasn't any
reason for the original convention against that, other than not wanting the
API of typcache.c to be any wider than it had to be. For CASE, there's
no good solution except to add a syscache lookup during executor start.
Per bug #14472 from Marcos Castedo. Back-patch to 9.5 where expanded
values were introduced.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15225.1482431619@sss.pgh.pa.us
Commit 5dfc198146 introduced the use
of a new type of hash table with linear reprobing for hash aggregates.
Such a hash table behaves very poorly if keys are inserted in hash
order, which does in fact happen in the case where a query use a
Finalize HashAggregate node fed (via Gather) by a Partial
HashAggregate node. In fact, queries with this type of plan tend
to run effectively forever.
Fix that by seeding the hash value differently in each worker
(and in the leader, if it participates).
Andres Freund and Robert Haas
This allows creating temporary replication slots that are removed
automatically at the end of the session or on error.
From: Petr Jelinek <petr.jelinek@2ndquadrant.com>
expandRTE() and get_rte_attribute_type() reported the exprType() and
exprTypmod() values of the expressions in the first row of the VALUES as
being the column type/typmod returned by the VALUES RTE. That's fine for
the data type, since we coerce all expressions in a column to have the same
common type. But we don't coerce them to have a common typmod, so it was
possible for rows after the first one to return values that violate the
claimed column typmod. This leads to the incorrect result seen in bug
#14448 from Hassan Mahmood, as well as some other corner-case misbehaviors.
The desired behavior is the same as we use in other type-unification
cases: report the common typmod if there is one, but otherwise return -1
indicating no particular constraint. It's cheap for transformValuesClause
to determine the common typmod while transforming a multi-row VALUES, but
it'd be less cheap for expandRTE() and get_rte_attribute_type() to
re-determine that info every time they're asked --- possibly a lot less
cheap, if the VALUES has many rows. Therefore, the best fix is to record
the common typmods explicitly in a list in the VALUES RTE, as we were
already doing for column collations. This looks quite a bit like what
we're doing for CTE RTEs, so we can save a little bit of space and code by
unifying the representation for those two RTE types. They both now share
coltypes/coltypmods/colcollations fields. (At some point it might seem
desirable to populate those fields for all RTE types; but right now it
looks like constructing them for other RTE types would add more code and
cycles than it would save.)
The RTE change requires a catversion bump, so this fix is only usable
in HEAD. If we fix this at all in the back branches, the patch will
need to look quite different.
Report: https://postgr.es/m/20161205143037.4377.60754@wrigleys.postgresql.org
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/27429.1480968538@sss.pgh.pa.us
Table partitioning is like table inheritance and reuses much of the
existing infrastructure, but there are some important differences.
The parent is called a partitioned table and is always empty; it may
not have indexes or non-inherited constraints, since those make no
sense for a relation with no data of its own. The children are called
partitions and contain all of the actual data. Each partition has an
implicit partitioning constraint. Multiple inheritance is not
allowed, and partitioning and inheritance can't be mixed. Partitions
can't have extra columns and may not allow nulls unless the parent
does. Tuples inserted into the parent are automatically routed to the
correct partition, so tuple-routing ON INSERT triggers are not needed.
Tuple routing isn't yet supported for partitions which are foreign
tables, and it doesn't handle updates that cross partition boundaries.
Currently, tables can be range-partitioned or list-partitioned. List
partitioning is limited to a single column, but range partitioning can
involve multiple columns. A partitioning "column" can be an
expression.
Because table partitioning is less general than table inheritance, it
is hoped that it will be easier to reason about properties of
partitions, and therefore that this will serve as a better foundation
for a variety of possible optimizations, including query planner
optimizations. The tuple routing based which this patch does based on
the implicit partitioning constraints is an example of this, but it
seems likely that many other useful optimizations are also possible.
Amit Langote, reviewed and tested by Robert Haas, Ashutosh Bapat,
Amit Kapila, Rajkumar Raghuwanshi, Corey Huinker, Jaime Casanova,
Rushabh Lathia, Erik Rijkers, among others. Minor revisions by me.
We have had support for restrictive RLS policies since 9.5, but they
were only available through extensions which use the appropriate hooks.
This adds support into the grammer, catalog, psql and pg_dump for
restrictive RLS policies, thus reducing the cases where an extension is
necessary.
In passing, also move away from using "AND"d and "OR"d in comments.
As pointed out by Alvaro, it's not really appropriate to attempt
to make verbs out of "AND" and "OR", so reword those comments which
attempted to.
Reviewed By: Jeevan Chalke, Dean Rasheed
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20160901063404.GY4028@tamriel.snowman.net
So far the hashtable stored representative tuples in the form of its
input slot, with all columns in the hashtable that are not
needed (i.e. not grouped upon or functionally dependent) set to NULL.
Thats good for saving memory, but it turns out that having tuples full
of NULL isn't free. slot_deform_tuple is faster if there's no NULL
bitmap even if no NULLs are encountered, and skipping over leading NULLs
isn't free.
So compute a separate tuple descriptor that only contains the needed
columns. As columns have already been moved in/out the slot for the
hashtable that does not imply additional per-row overhead.
Author: Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: Heikki Linnakangas
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20161103110721.h5i5t5saxfk5eeik@alap3.anarazel.de
Previously we did a ExecProject() for each individual aggregate
argument. That turned out to be a performance bottleneck in queries with
multiple aggregates.
Doing all the argument computations in one ExecProject() is quite a bit
cheaper because ExecProject's fastpath can do the work at once in a
relatively tight loop, and because it can get all the required columns
with a single slot_getsomeattr and save some other redundant setup
costs.
Author: Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: Heikki Linnakangas
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20161103110721.h5i5t5saxfk5eeik@alap3.anarazel.de
Be sure to pull up the subquery's hasRowSecurity flag when flattening a
subquery in pull_up_simple_subquery(). This isn't a bug today because
we don't look at the hasRowSecurity flag during planning, but it could
easily be a bug tomorrow.
Likewise, make rewriteRuleAction() pull up the hasRowSecurity flag when
absorbing RTEs from a rule action. This isn't a bug either, for the
opposite reason: the flag should never be set yet. But again, it seems
like good future proofing.
Add a comment explaining why rewriteTargetView() should *not* set
hasRowSecurity when adding stuff to securityQuals.
Improve some nearby comments about securityQuals processing, and document
that field more completely in parsenodes.h.
Patch by me, analysis by Dean Rasheed.
Discussion: <CAEZATCXZ8tb2DV6f=bkhsMV6u_gRcZ0CZBw2J-qU84RxSukZog@mail.gmail.com>
This is infrastructure for the complete SQL standard feature. No
support is included at this point for execution nodes or PLs. The
intent is to add that soon.
As this patch leaves things, standard syntax can create tuplestores
to contain old and/or new versions of rows affected by a statement.
References to these tuplestores are in the TriggerData structure.
C triggers can access the tuplestores directly, so they are usable,
but they cannot yet be referenced within a SQL statement.
The more efficient hashtable speeds up hash-aggregations with more than
a few hundred groups significantly. Improvements of over 120% have been
measured.
Due to the the different hash table queries that not fully
determined (e.g. GROUP BY without ORDER BY) may change their result
order.
The conversion is largely straight-forward, except that, due to the
static element types of simplehash.h type hashes, the additional data
some users store in elements (e.g. the per-group working data for hash
aggregaters) is now stored in TupleHashEntryData->additional. The
meaning of BuildTupleHashTable's entrysize (renamed to additionalsize)
has been changed to only be about the additionally stored size. That
size is only used for the initial sizing of the hash-table.
Reviewed-By: Tomas Vondra
Discussion: <20160727004333.r3e2k2y6fvk2ntup@alap3.anarazel.de>
This function has no direct callers at present, but it's convenient for
manual use in a debugger, rather than having to inspect memory and do
bit-counting in your head.
In passing, get rid of useless outBitmapset() wrapper around
_outBitmapset(); let's just export the function that does the work.
Likewise for outToken().
Ashutosh Bapat, tweaked a bit by me
Discussion: <CAFjFpRdiht8e1HTVirbubr4YzaON5iZTzFJjq909y4sU8M_6eA@mail.gmail.com>
Teach the parser to reject misplaced set-returning functions during parse
analysis using p_expr_kind, in much the same way as we do for aggregates
and window functions (cf commit eaccfded9). While this isn't complete
(it misses nesting-based restrictions), it's much better than the previous
error reporting for such cases, and it allows elimination of assorted
ad-hoc expression_returns_set() error checks. We could add nesting checks
later if it seems important to catch all cases at parse time.
There is one case the parser will now throw error for although previous
versions allowed it, which is SRFs in the tlist of an UPDATE. That never
behaved sensibly (since it's ill-defined which generated row should be
used to perform the update) and it's hard to see why it should not be
treated as an error. It's a release-note-worthy change though.
Also, add a new Query field hasTargetSRFs reporting whether there are
any SRFs in the targetlist (including GROUP BY/ORDER BY expressions).
The parser can now set that basically for free during parse analysis,
and we can use it in a number of places to avoid expression_returns_set
searches. (There will be more such checks soon.) In some places, this
allows decontorting the logic since it's no longer expensive to check for
SRFs in the tlist --- so I made the checks parallel to the handling of
hasAggs/hasWindowFuncs wherever it seemed appropriate.
catversion bump because adding a Query field changes stored rules.
Andres Freund and Tom Lane
Discussion: <24639.1473782855@sss.pgh.pa.us>
lockdefs.h was only split from lock.h relatively recently, and
represents a minimal subset of the old lock.h. heapam.h only needs
that smaller subset, so adjust it to include only that. This requires
some corresponding adjustments elsewhere.
Peter Geoghegan
Not much to be said about this patch: it does what it says on the tin.
In passing, rename AlterEnumStmt.skipIfExists to skipIfNewValExists
to clarify what it actually does. In the discussion of this patch
we considered supporting other similar options, such as IF EXISTS
on the type as a whole or IF NOT EXISTS on the target name. This
patch doesn't actually add any such feature, but it might happen later.
Dagfinn Ilmari Mannsåker, reviewed by Emre Hasegeli
Discussion: <CAO=2mx6uvgPaPDf-rHqG8=1MZnGyVDMQeh8zS4euRyyg4D35OQ@mail.gmail.com>
Add a location field to the DefElem struct, used to parse many utility
commands. Update various error messages to supply error position
information.
To propogate the error position information in a more systematic way,
create a ParseState in standard_ProcessUtility() and pass that to
interested functions implementing the utility commands. This seems
better than passing the query string and then reassembling a parse state
ad hoc, which violates the encapsulation of the ParseState type.
Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com>
ExecReScanAgg's check for whether it could re-use a previously calculated
hashtable neglected the possibility that the Agg node might reference
PARAM_EXEC Params that are not referenced by its input plan node. That's
okay if the Params are in upper tlist or qual expressions; but if one
appears in aggregate input expressions, then the hashtable contents need
to be recomputed when the Param's value changes.
To avoid unnecessary performance degradation in the case of a Param that
isn't within an aggregate input, add logic to the planner to determine
which Params are within aggregate inputs. This requires a new field in
struct Agg, but fortunately we never write plans to disk, so this isn't
an initdb-forcing change.
Per report from Jeevan Chalke. This has been broken since forever,
so back-patch to all supported branches.
Andrew Gierth, with minor adjustments by me
Report: <CAM2+6=VY8ykfLT5Q8vb9B6EbeBk-NGuLbT6seaQ+Fq4zXvrDcA@mail.gmail.com>
We need to scan the whole parse tree for parallel-unsafe functions.
If there are none, we'll later need to determine whether particular
subtrees contain any parallel-restricted functions. The previous coding
retained no knowledge from the first scan, even though this is very
wasteful in the common case where the query contains only parallel-safe
functions. We can bypass all of the later scans by remembering that fact.
This provides a small but measurable speed improvement when the case
applies, and shouldn't cost anything when it doesn't.
Patch by me, reviewed by Robert Haas
Discussion: <3740.1471538387@sss.pgh.pa.us>
We implement a dozen or so parameterless functions that the SQL standard
defines special syntax for. Up to now, that was done by converting them
into more or less ad-hoc constructs such as "'now'::text::date". That's
messy for multiple reasons: it exposes what should be implementation
details to users, and performance is worse than it needs to be in several
cases. To improve matters, invent a new expression node type
SQLValueFunction that can represent any of these parameterless functions.
Bump catversion because this changes stored parsetrees for rules.
Discussion: <30058.1463091294@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Now that we've nailed down the principle that NullTest with !argisrow
is fully equivalent to SQL's IS [NOT] DISTINCT FROM NULL, let's teach
the parser about it. This produces a slightly more compact parse tree
and is much more amenable to optimization than a DistinctExpr, since
the planner knows a good deal about NullTest and next to nothing about
DistinctExpr.
I'm not sure that there are all that many queries in the wild that could
be improved by this, but at least one source of such cases is the patch
just made to postgres_fdw to emit IS [NOT] DISTINCT FROM NULL when
IS [NOT] NULL isn't semantically correct.
No back-patch, since to the extent that this does affect planning results,
it might be considered undesirable plan destabilization.
Commits 4452000f3 et al established semantics for NullTest.argisrow that
are a bit different from its initial conception: rather than being merely
a cache of whether we've determined the input to have composite type,
the flag now has the further meaning that we should apply field-by-field
testing as per the standard's definition of IS [NOT] NULL. If argisrow
is false and yet the input has composite type, the construct instead has
the semantics of IS [NOT] DISTINCT FROM NULL. Update the comments in
primnodes.h to clarify this, and fix ruleutils.c and deparse.c to print
such cases correctly. In the case of ruleutils.c, this merely results in
cosmetic changes in EXPLAIN output, since the case can't currently arise
in stored rules. However, it represents a live bug for deparse.c, which
would formerly have sent a remote query that had semantics different
from the local behavior. (From the user's standpoint, this means that
testing a remote nested-composite column for null-ness could have had
unexpected recursive behavior much like that fixed in 4452000f3.)
In a related but somewhat independent fix, make plancat.c set argisrow
to false in all NullTest expressions constructed to represent "attnotnull"
constructs. Since attnotnull is actually enforced as a simple null-value
check, this is a more accurate representation of the semantics; we were
previously overpromising what it meant for composite columns, which might
possibly lead to incorrect planner optimizations. (It seems that what the
SQL spec expects a NOT NULL constraint to mean is an IS NOT NULL test, so
arguably we are violating the spec and should fix attnotnull to do the
other thing. If we ever do, this part should get reverted.)
Back-patch, same as the previous commit.
Discussion: <10682.1469566308@sss.pgh.pa.us>
We must not push down a foreign join when the foreign tables involved
should be accessed under different user mappings. Previously we tried
to enforce that rule literally during planning, but that meant that the
resulting plans were dependent on the current contents of the
pg_user_mapping catalog, and we had to blow away all cached plans
containing any remote join when anything at all changed in pg_user_mapping.
This could have been improved somewhat, but the fact that a syscache inval
callback has very limited info about what changed made it hard to do better
within that design. Instead, let's change the planner to not consider user
mappings per se, but to allow a foreign join if both RTEs have the same
checkAsUser value. If they do, then they necessarily will use the same
user mapping at runtime, and we don't need to know specifically which one
that is. Post-plan-time changes in pg_user_mapping no longer require any
plan invalidation.
This rule does give up some optimization ability, to wit where two foreign
table references come from views with different owners or one's from a view
and one's directly in the query, but nonetheless the same user mapping
would have applied. We'll sacrifice the first case, but to not regress
more than we have to in the second case, allow a foreign join involving
both zero and nonzero checkAsUser values if the nonzero one is the same as
the prevailing effective userID. In that case, mark the plan as only
runnable by that userID.
The plancache code already had a notion of plans being userID-specific,
in order to support RLS. It was a little confused though, in particular
lacking clarity of thought as to whether it was the rewritten query or just
the finished plan that's dependent on the userID. Rearrange that code so
that it's clearer what depends on which, and so that the same logic applies
to both RLS-injected role dependency and foreign-join-injected role
dependency.
Note that this patch doesn't remove the other issue mentioned in the
original complaint, which is that while we'll reliably stop using a foreign
join if it's disallowed in a new context, we might fail to start using a
foreign join if it's now allowed, but we previously created a generic
cached plan that didn't use one. It was agreed that the chance of winning
that way was not high enough to justify the much larger number of plan
invalidations that would have to occur if we tried to cause it to happen.
In passing, clean up randomly-varying spelling of EXPLAIN commands in
postgres_fdw.sql, and fix a COSTS ON example that had been allowed to
leak into the committed tests.
This reverts most of commits fbe5a3fb7 and 5d4171d1c, which were the
previous attempt at ensuring we wouldn't push down foreign joins that
span permissions contexts.
Etsuro Fujita and Tom Lane
Discussion: <d49c1e5b-f059-20f4-c132-e9752ee0113e@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Commit 3fc6e2d7f5 introduced new "upper"
RelOptInfo structures but didn't set consider_parallel for them
correctly, a point I completely missed when reviewing it. Later,
commit e06a38965b made the situation
worse by doing it incorrectly for the grouping relation. Try to
straighten all of that out. Along the way, get rid of the annoying
wholePlanParallelSafe flag, which was only necessarily because of
the fact that upper planning stages didn't use paths at the time
that code was written.
The most important immediate impact of these changes is that
force_parallel_mode will provide useful test coverage in quite a few
more scenarios than it did previously, but it's also necessary
preparation for fixing some problems related to subqueries.
Patch by me, reviewed by Tom Lane.
Previously, these commands always planned the given query and went through
executor startup before deciding not to actually run the query if WITH NO
DATA is specified. This behavior is problematic for pg_dump because it
may cause errors to be raised that we would rather not see before a
REFRESH MATERIALIZED VIEW command is issued. See for example bug #13907
from Marian Krucina. This change is not sufficient to fix that particular
bug, because we also need to tweak pg_dump to issue the REFRESH later,
but it's a necessary step on the way.
A user-visible side effect of doing things this way is that the returned
command tag for WITH NO DATA cases will now be "CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW"
or "CREATE TABLE AS", not "SELECT 0". We could preserve the old behavior
but it would take more code, and arguably that was just an implementation
artifact not intended behavior anyhow.
In 9.5 and HEAD, also get rid of the static variable CreateAsReladdr, which
was trouble waiting to happen; there is not any prohibition on nested
CREATE commands.
Back-patch to 9.3 where CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW was introduced.
Michael Paquier and Tom Lane
Report: <20160202161407.2778.24659@wrigleys.postgresql.org>
It's rather silly to make a separate pass over the tlist + HAVING qual,
and a separate set of visits to the syscache, when get_agg_clause_costs
already has all the required information in hand. This nets out as less
code as well as fewer cycles.
The original coding had three separate booleans representing partial
aggregation behavior, which was confusing, unreadable, and error-prone,
not least because the booleans weren't always listed in the same order.
It was also inadequate for the allegedly-desirable future extension to
support intermediate partial aggregation, because we'd need separate
markers for serialization and deserialization in such a case.
Merge these bools into an enum "AggSplit" to provide symbolic names for
the supported operating modes (and document what those are). By assigning
the values of the enum constants carefully, we can treat AggSplit values
as options bitmasks so that tests of what to do aren't noticeably more
expensive than before.
While at it, get rid of Aggref.aggoutputtype. That's not needed since
commit 59a3795c2 got rid of setrefs.c's special-purpose Aggref comparison
code, and it likewise seemed more confusing than helpful.
Assorted comment cleanup as well (there's still more that I want to do
in that line).
catversion bump for change in Aggref node contents. Should be the last
one for partial-aggregation changes.
Discussion: <29309.1466699160@sss.pgh.pa.us>
The original upper-planner-pathification design (commit 3fc6e2d7f5)
assumed that we could always determine during Path formation whether or not
we would need a Result plan node to perform projection of a targetlist.
That turns out not to work very well, though, because createplan.c still
has some responsibilities for choosing the specific target list associated
with sorting/grouping nodes (in particular it might choose to add resjunk
columns for sorting). We might not ever refactor that --- doing so would
push more work into Path formation, which isn't attractive --- and we
certainly won't do so for 9.6. So, while create_projection_path and
apply_projection_to_path can tell for sure what will happen if the subpath
is projection-capable, they can't tell for sure when it isn't. This is at
least a latent bug in apply_projection_to_path, which might think it can
apply a target to a non-projecting node when the node will end up computing
something different.
Also, I'd tied the creation of a ProjectionPath node to whether or not a
Result is needed, but it turns out that we sometimes need a ProjectionPath
node anyway to avoid modifying a possibly-shared subpath node. Callers had
to use create_projection_path for such cases, and we added code to them
that knew about the potential omission of a Result node and attempted to
adjust the cost estimates for that. That was uncertainly correct and
definitely ugly/unmaintainable.
To fix, have create_projection_path explicitly check whether a Result
is needed and adjust its cost estimate accordingly, though it creates
a ProjectionPath in either case. apply_projection_to_path is now mostly
just an optimized version that can avoid creating an extra Path node when
the input is known to not be shared with any other live path. (There
is one case that create_projection_path doesn't handle, which is pushing
parallel-safe expressions below a Gather node. We could make it do that
by duplicating the GatherPath, but there seems no need as yet.)
create_projection_plan still has to recheck the tlist-match condition,
which means that if the matching situation does get changed by createplan.c
then we'll have made a slightly incorrect cost estimate. But there seems
no help for that in the near term, and I doubt it occurs often enough,
let alone would change planning decisions often enough, to be worth
stressing about.
I added a "dummypp" field to ProjectionPath to track whether
create_projection_path thinks a Result is needed. This is not really
necessary as-committed because create_projection_plan doesn't look at the
flag; but it seems like a good idea to remember what we thought when
forming the cost estimate, if only for debugging purposes.
In passing, get rid of the target_parallel parameter added to
apply_projection_to_path by commit 54f5c5150. I don't think that's a good
idea because it involves callers in what should be an internal decision,
and opens us up to missing optimization opportunities if callers think they
don't need to provide a valid flag, as most don't. For the moment, this
just costs us an extra has_parallel_hazard call when planning a Gather.
If that starts to look expensive, I think a better solution would be to
teach PathTarget to carry/cache knowledge of parallel-safety of its
contents.
This patch provides a new implementation of the logic added by commit
137805f89 and later removed by 77ba61080. It differs from the original
primarily in expending much less effort per joinrel in large queries,
which it accomplishes by doing most of the matching work once per query not
once per joinrel. Hopefully, it's also less buggy and better commented.
The never-documented enable_fkey_estimates GUC remains gone.
There remains work to be done to make the selectivity estimates account
for nulls in FK referencing columns; but that was true of the original
patch as well. We may be able to address this point later in beta.
In the meantime, any error should be in the direction of overestimating
rather than underestimating joinrel sizes, which seems like the direction
we want to err in.
Tomas Vondra and Tom Lane
Discussion: <31041.1465069446@sss.pgh.pa.us>
When doing partial aggregation, the args list of the upper (combining)
Aggref node is replaced by a Var representing the output of the partial
aggregation steps, which has either the aggregate's transition data type
or a serialized representation of that. However, nodeAgg.c blindly
continued to use the args list as an indication of the user-level argument
types. This broke resolution of polymorphic transition datatypes at
executor startup (though it accidentally failed to fail for the ANYARRAY
case, which is likely the only one anyone had tested). Moreover, the
constructed FuncExpr passed to the finalfunc contained completely wrong
information, which would have led to bogus answers or crashes for any case
where the finalfunc examined that information (which is only likely to be
with polymorphic aggregates using a non-polymorphic transition type).
As an independent bug, apply_partialaggref_adjustment neglected to resolve
a polymorphic transition datatype before assigning it as the output type
of the lower-level Aggref node. This again accidentally failed to fail
for ANYARRAY but would be unlikely to work in other cases.
To fix the first problem, record the user-level argument types in a
separate OID-list field of Aggref, and look to that rather than the args
list when asking what the argument types were. (It turns out to be
convenient to include any "direct" arguments in this list too, although
those are not currently subject to being overwritten.)
Rather than adding yet another resolve_aggregate_transtype() call to fix
the second problem, add an aggtranstype field to Aggref, and store the
resolved transition type OID there when the planner first computes it.
(By doing this in the planner and not the parser, we can allow the
aggregate's transition type to change from time to time, although no DDL
support yet exists for that.) This saves nothing of consequence for
simple non-polymorphic aggregates, but for polymorphic transition types
we save a catalog lookup during executor startup as well as several
planner lookups that are new in 9.6 due to parallel query planning.
In passing, fix an error that was introduced into count_agg_clauses_walker
some time ago: it was applying exprTypmod() to something that wasn't an
expression node at all, but a TargetEntry. exprTypmod silently returned
-1 so that there was not an obvious failure, but this broke the intended
sensitivity of aggregate space consumption estimates to the typmod of
varchar and similar data types. This part needs to be back-patched.
Catversion bump due to change of stored Aggref nodes.
Discussion: <8229.1466109074@sss.pgh.pa.us>
If you really want to vacuum every single page in the relation,
regardless of apparent visibility status or anything else, you can use
this option. In previous releases, this behavior could be achieved
using VACUUM (FREEZE), but because we can now recognize all-frozen
pages as not needing to be frozen again, that no longer works. There
should be no need for routine use of this option, but maybe bugs or
disaster recovery will necessitate its use.
Patch by me, reviewed by Andres Freund.
The struct definition for PathTarget specifies that a NULL sortgrouprefs
pointer means no sortgroupref labels. While it's likely that there
should always be at least one labeled column in the places that were
unconditionally fetching through the pointer, it seems wiser to adhere to
the data structure specification and test first. Add a macro to make this
convenient. Per experimentation with running the regression tests with a
very small parallelization threshold --- the crash I observed may well
represent a bug elsewhere, but still this coding was not very robust.
Report: <20756.1465834072@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Commit b12fd41c6 added a "reltarget_has_non_vars" field to RelOptInfo,
but failed to maintain it accurately. Since its only purpose was to skip
calls to has_parallel_hazard() in the simple case where a rel's targetlist
is all Vars, and that call is really pretty cheap in that case anyway, it
seems like this is just a case of premature optimization. Let's drop the
flag and do the calls unconditionally until it's proven that we need more
smarts here.
As noted by Andres Freund, we'd accumulated quite a few similar functions
in clauses.c that examine all functions in an expression tree to see if
they satisfy some boolean test. Reduce the duplication by inventing a
function check_functions_in_node() that applies a simple callback function
to each SQL function OID appearing in a given expression node. This also
fixes some arguable oversights; for example, contain_mutable_functions()
did not check aggregate or window functions for mutability. I doubt that
that represents a live bug at the moment, because we don't really consider
mutability for aggregates; but it might someday be one.
I chose to put check_functions_in_node() in nodeFuncs.c because it seemed
like other modules might wish to use it in future. That in turn forced
moving set_opfuncid() et al into nodeFuncs.c, as the alternative was for
nodeFuncs.c to depend on optimizer/setrefs.c which didn't seem very clean.
In passing, teach contain_leaked_vars_walker() about a few more expression
node types it can safely look through, and improve the rather messy and
undercommented code in has_parallel_hazard_walker().
Discussion: <20160527185853.ziol2os2zskahl7v@alap3.anarazel.de>
Such paths are unsafe. To make it cheaper to detect when this case
applies, track whether a relation's default PathTarget contains any
non-Vars. In most cases, the answer will be no, which enables us to
determine cheaply that the target list for a proposed path is
parallel-safe. However, subquery pull-up can create cases that
require us to inspect the target list more carefully.
Amit Kapila, reviewed by me.
This terminology provoked widespread complaints. So, instead, rename
the GUC max_parallel_degree to max_parallel_workers_per_gather
(leaving room for a possible future GUC max_parallel_workers that acts
as a system-wide limit), and rename the parallel_degree reloption to
parallel_workers. Rename structure members to match.
These changes create a dump/restore hazard for users of PostgreSQL
9.6beta1 who have set the reloption (or applied the GUC using ALTER
USER or ALTER DATABASE).
This commit reverts 137805f89 as well as the associated commits 015e88942,
5306df283, and 68d704edb. We found multiple bugs in this feature, and
there was concern about possible planner slowdown (though to be fair,
exhibiting a very large slowdown proved difficult). The way forward
requires a considerable rewrite, which may or may not be possible to
accomplish in time for beta2. In my judgment reviewing the rewrite will
be easier to accomplish starting from a clean slate, so let's temporarily
revert what's there now. This also leaves us in a safe state if it turns
out to be necessary to postpone the rewrite to the next development cycle.
Discussion: <20160429102531.GA13701@huehner.biz>
The way that PartialAggregate and FinalizeAggregate plan nodes were
displaying output columns before was bogus. Now, FinalizeAggregate
produces the same outputs as an Aggregate would have produced, while
PartialAggregate produces each of those outputs prefixed by the word
PARTIAL.
Discussion: 12585.1460737650@sss.pgh.pa.us
Patch by me, reviewed by David Rowley.
The previous display was sort of confusing, because it didn't
distinguish between the number of workers that we planned to launch
and the number that actually got launched. This has already confused
several people, so display both numbers and label them clearly.
Julien Rouhaud, reviewed by me.
Previously bcac23d exposed a subset of support functions, namely the
ones Kaigai found useful. In
20160304193704.elq773pyg5fyl3mi@alap3.anarazel.de I mentioned that
there's some functions missing to use the facility in an external
project.
To avoid having to add functions piecemeal, add all the functions which
are used to define READ_* and WRITE_* macros; users of the extensible
node functionality are likely to need these. Additionally expose
outDatum(), which doesn't have it's own WRITE_ macro, as it needs
information from the embedding struct.
Discussion: 20160304193704.elq773pyg5fyl3mi@alap3.anarazel.de
Now indexes (but only B-tree for now) can contain "extra" column(s) which
doesn't participate in index structure, they are just stored in leaf
tuples. It allows to use index only scan by using single index instead
of two or more indexes.
Author: Anastasia Lubennikova with minor editorializing by me
Reviewers: David Rowley, Peter Geoghegan, Jeff Janes
The code that estimates what parallel degree should be uesd for the
scan of a relation is currently rather stupid, so add a parallel_degree
reloption that can be used to override the planner's rather limited
judgement.
Julien Rouhaud, reviewed by David Rowley, James Sewell, Amit Kapila,
and me. Some further hacking by me.
This introduces a new dependency type which marks an object as depending
on an extension, such that if the extension is dropped, the object
automatically goes away; and also, if the database is dumped, the object
is included in the dump output. Currently the grammar supports this for
indexes, triggers, materialized views and functions only, although the
utility code is generic so adding support for more object types is a
matter of touching the parser rules only.
Author: Abhijit Menon-Sen
Reviewed-by: Alexander Korotkov, Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: http://www.postgresql.org/message-id/20160115062649.GA5068@toroid.org
Previously, the planner would reject an index-only scan if any restriction
clause for its table used a column not available from the index, even
if that restriction clause would later be dropped from the plan entirely
because it's implied by the index's predicate. This is a fairly common
situation for partial indexes because predicates using columns not included
in the index are often the most useful kind of predicate, and we have to
duplicate (or at least imply) the predicate in the WHERE clause in order
to get the index to be considered at all. So index-only scans were
essentially unavailable with such partial indexes.
To fix, we have to do detection of implied-by-predicate clauses much
earlier in the planner. This patch puts it in check_index_predicates
(nee check_partial_indexes), meaning it gets done for every partial index,
whereas we previously only considered this issue at createplan time,
so that the work was only done for an index actually selected for use.
That could result in a noticeable planning slowdown for queries against
tables with many partial indexes. However, testing suggested that there
isn't really a significant cost, especially not with reasonable numbers
of partial indexes. We do get a small additional benefit, which is that
cost_index is more accurate since it correctly discounts the evaluation
cost of clauses that will be removed. We can also avoid considering such
clauses as potential indexquals, which saves useless matching cycles in
the case where the predicate columns aren't in the index, and prevents
generating bogus plans that double-count the clause's selectivity when
the columns are in the index.
Tomas Vondra and Kyotaro Horiguchi, reviewed by Kevin Grittner and
Konstantin Knizhnik, and whacked around a little by me
This is necessary infrastructure for supporting parallel aggregation
for aggregates whose transition type is "internal". Such values
can't be passed between cooperating processes, because they are
just pointers.
David Rowley, reviewed by Tomas Vondra and by me.
Per discussion, the new extensible node framework is thought to be
better designed than the custom path/scan/scanstate stuff we added
in PostgreSQL 9.5. Rework the latter to be more like the former.
This is not backward-compatible, but we generally don't promise that
for C APIs, and there probably aren't many people using this yet
anyway.
KaiGai Kohei, reviewed by Petr Jelinek and me. Some further
cosmetic changes by me.
This enables external code to create access methods. This is useful so
that extensions can add their own access methods which can be formally
tracked for dependencies, so that DROP operates correctly. Also, having
explicit support makes pg_dump work correctly.
Currently only index AMs are supported, but we expect different types to
be added in the future.
Authors: Alexander Korotkov, Petr Jelínek
Reviewed-By: Teodor Sigaev, Petr Jelínek, Jim Nasby
Commitfest-URL: https://commitfest.postgresql.org/9/353/
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAPpHfdsXwZmojm6Dx+TJnpYk27kT4o7Ri6X_4OSWcByu1Rm+VA@mail.gmail.com
Parallel workers can now partially aggregate the data and pass the
transition values back to the leader, which can combine the partial
results to produce the final answer.
David Rowley, based on earlier work by Haribabu Kommi. Reviewed by
Álvaro Herrera, Tomas Vondra, Amit Kapila, James Sewell, and me.
postgres_fdw can now sent an UPDATE or DELETE statement directly to
the foreign server in simple cases, rather than sending a SELECT FOR
UPDATE statement and then updating or deleting rows one-by-one.
Etsuro Fujita, reviewed by Rushabh Lathia, Shigeru Hanada, Kyotaro
Horiguchi, Albe Laurenz, Thom Brown, and me.
In the initial revision of the upper-planner pathification work, the only
available way for an FDW or custom-scan provider to inject Paths
representing post-scan-join processing was to insert them during scan-level
GetForeignPaths or similar processing. While that's not impossible, it'd
require quite a lot of duplicative processing to look forward and see if
the extension would be capable of implementing the whole query. To improve
matters for custom-scan providers, provide a hook function at the point
where the core code is about to start filling in upperrel Paths. At this
point Paths are available for the whole scan/join tree, which should reduce
the amount of redundant effort considerably.
(An alternative design that was suggested was to provide a separate hook
for each post-scan-join processing step, but that seems messy and not
clearly more useful.)
Following our time-honored tradition, there's no documentation for this
hook outside the source code.
As-is, this hook is only meant for custom scan providers, which we can't
assume very much about. A followon patch will implement an FDW callback
to let FDWs do the same thing in a somewhat more structured fashion.
In commit 19a541143a I did not make PathTarget a subtype of Node,
and embedded a RelOptInfo's reltarget directly into it rather than having
a separately-allocated Node. In hindsight that was misguided
micro-optimization, enabled by the fact that at that point we didn't have
any Paths with custom PathTargets. Now that PathTarget processing has
been fleshed out some more, it's easier to see that it's better to have
PathTarget as an indepedent Node type, even if it does cost us one more
palloc to create a RelOptInfo. So change it while we still can.
This commit just changes the representation, without doing anything more
interesting than that.
This patch widens SPI_processed, EState's es_processed field, PortalData's
portalPos field, FuncCallContext's call_cntr and max_calls fields,
ExecutorRun's count argument, PortalRunFetch's result, and the max number
of rows in a SPITupleTable to uint64, and deals with (I hope) all the
ensuing fallout. Some of these values were declared uint32 before, and
others "long".
I also removed PortalData's posOverflow field, since that logic seems
pretty useless given that portalPos is now always 64 bits.
The user-visible results are that command tags for SELECT etc will
correctly report tuple counts larger than 4G, as will plpgsql's GET
GET DIAGNOSTICS ... ROW_COUNT command. Queries processing more tuples
than that are still not exactly the norm, but they're becoming more
common.
Most values associated with FETCH/MOVE distances, such as PortalRun's count
argument and the count argument of most SPI functions that have one, remain
declared as "long". It's not clear whether it would be worth promoting
those to int64; but it would definitely be a large dollop of additional
API churn on top of this, and it would only help 32-bit platforms which
seem relatively less likely to see any benefit.
Andreas Scherbaum, reviewed by Christian Ullrich, additional hacking by me
Instead of having planner.c compute a groupColIdx array and store it in
GroupingSetsPaths, make create_groupingsets_plan() find the grouping
columns by searching in the child plan node's tlist. Although that's
probably a bit slower for create_groupingsets_plan(), it's more like
the way every other plan node type does this, and it provides positive
confirmation that we know which child output columns we're supposed to be
grouping on. (Indeed, looking at this now, I'm not at all sure that it
wasn't broken before, because create_groupingsets_plan() isn't demanding
an exact tlist match from its child node.) Also, this allows substantial
simplification in planner.c, because it no longer needs to compute the
groupColIdx array at all; no other cases were using it.
I'd intended to put off this refactoring until later (like 9.7), but
in view of the likely bug fix and the need to rationalize planner.c's
tlist handling so we can do something sane with Konstantin Knizhnik's
function-evaluation-postponement patch, I think it can't wait.
I've been saying we needed to do this for more than five years, and here it
finally is. This patch removes the ever-growing tangle of spaghetti logic
that grouping_planner() used to use to try to identify the best plan for
post-scan/join query steps. Now, there is (nearly) independent
consideration of each execution step, and entirely separate construction of
Paths to represent each of the possible ways to do that step. We choose
the best Path or set of Paths using the same add_path() logic that's been
used inside query_planner() for years.
In addition, this patch removes the old restriction that subquery_planner()
could return only a single Plan. It now returns a RelOptInfo containing a
set of Paths, just as query_planner() does, and the parent query level can
use each of those Paths as the basis of a SubqueryScanPath at its level.
This allows finding some optimizations that we missed before, wherein a
subquery was capable of returning presorted data and thereby avoiding a
sort in the parent level, making the overall cost cheaper even though
delivering sorted output was not the cheapest plan for the subquery in
isolation. (A couple of regression test outputs change in consequence of
that. However, there is very little change in visible planner behavior
overall, because the point of this patch is not to get immediate planning
benefits but to create the infrastructure for future improvements.)
There is a great deal left to do here. This patch unblocks a lot of
planner work that was basically impractical in the old code structure,
such as allowing FDWs to implement remote aggregation, or rewriting
plan_set_operations() to allow consideration of multiple implementation
orders for set operations. (The latter will likely require a full
rewrite of plan_set_operations(); what I've done here is only to fix it
to return Paths not Plans.) I have also left unfinished some localized
refactoring in createplan.c and planner.c, because it was not necessary
to get this patch to a working state.
Thanks to Robert Haas, David Rowley, and Amit Kapila for review.
Up to now, there's been an assumption that all Paths for a given relation
compute the same output column set (targetlist). However, there are good
reasons to remove that assumption. For example, an indexscan on an
expression index might be able to return the value of an expensive function
"for free". While we have the ability to generate such a plan today in
simple cases, we don't have a way to model that it's cheaper than a plan
that computes the function from scratch, nor a way to create such a plan
in join cases (where the function computation would normally happen at
the topmost join node). Also, we need this so that we can have Paths
representing post-scan/join steps, where the targetlist may well change
from one step to the next. Therefore, invent a "struct PathTarget"
representing the columns we expect a plan step to emit. It's convenient
to include the output tuple width and tlist evaluation cost in this struct,
and there will likely be additional fields in future.
While Path nodes that actually do have custom outputs will need their own
PathTargets, it will still be true that most Paths for a given relation
will compute the same tlist. To reduce the overhead added by this patch,
keep a "default PathTarget" in RelOptInfo, and allow Paths that compute
that column set to just point to their parent RelOptInfo's reltarget.
(In the patch as committed, actually every Path is like that, since we
do not yet have any cases of custom PathTargets.)
I took this opportunity to provide some more-honest costing of
PlaceHolderVar evaluation. Up to now, the assumption that "scan/join
reltargetlists have cost zero" was applied not only to Vars, where it's
reasonable, but also PlaceHolderVars where it isn't. Now, we add the eval
cost of a PlaceHolderVar's expression to the first plan level where it can
be computed, by including it in the PathTarget cost field and adding that
to the cost estimates for Paths. This isn't perfect yet but it's much
better than before, and there is a way forward to improve it more. This
costing change affects the join order chosen for a couple of the regression
tests, changing expected row ordering.
An extensible node is always tagged T_Extensible, but the extnodename
field identifies it more specifically; it may also include arbitrary
private data. Extensible nodes can be copied, tested for equality,
serialized, and deserialized, but the core system doesn't know
anything about them otherwise. Some extensions may find it useful to
include these nodes in fdw_private or custom_private lists in lieu of
arm-wrestling their data into a format that the core code can
understand.
Along the way, so as not to burden the authors of such extensible
node types too much, expose the functions for writing serialized
tokens, and for serializing and deserializing bitmapsets.
KaiGai Kohei, per a design suggested by me. Reviewed by Andres Freund
and by me, and further edited by me.
When force_parallel_mode = true, we enable the parallel mode restrictions
for all queries for which this is believed to be safe. For the subset of
those queries believed to be safe to run entirely within a worker, we spin
up a worker and run the query there instead of running it in the
original process. When force_parallel_mode = regress, make additional
changes to allow the regression tests to run cleanly even though parallel
workers have been injected under the hood.
Taken together, this facilitates both better user testing and better
regression testing of the parallelism code.
Robert Haas, with help from Amit Kapila and Rushabh Lathia.
This patch doesn't put the new infrastructure to use anywhere, and
indeed it's not clear how it could ever be used for something like
postgres_fdw which has to send an SQL query and wait for a reply,
but there might be FDWs or custom scan providers that are CPU-bound,
so let's give them a way to join club parallel.
KaiGai Kohei, reviewed by me.
You can't really do anything useful with this in the form it currently
exists; among other problems, there's no way to reread whatever
information might be produced when the path is output. Work is
underway to replace this with a more useful and more general system of
extensible nodes, but let's start by getting rid of this bit.
Extracted from a larger patch by KaiGai Kohei.
Previously, the foreign join pushdown infrastructure left the question
of security entirely up to individual FDWs, but it would be easy for
a foreign data wrapper to inadvertently open up subtle security holes
that way. So, make it the core code's job to determine which user
mapping OID is relevant, and don't attempt join pushdown unless it's
the same for all relevant relations.
Per a suggestion from Tom Lane. Shigeru Hanada and Ashutosh Bapat,
reviewed by Etsuro Fujita and KaiGai Kohei, with some further
changes by me.
Putting a reference to an expanded-format value into a Const node would be
a bad idea for a couple of reasons. It'd be possible for the supposedly
immutable Const to change value, if something modified the referenced
variable ... in fact, if the Const's reference were R/W, any function that
has the Const as argument might itself change it at runtime. Also, because
datumIsEqual() is pretty simplistic, the Const might fail to compare equal
to other Consts that it should compare equal to, notably including copies
of itself. This could lead to unexpected planner behavior, such as "could
not find pathkey item to sort" errors or inferior plans.
I have not been able to find any way to get an expanded value into a Const
within the existing core code; but Paul Ramsey was able to trigger the
problem by writing a datatype input function that returns an expanded
value.
The best fix seems to be to establish a rule that varlena values being
placed into Const nodes should be passed through pg_detoast_datum().
That will do nothing (and cost little) in normal cases, but it will flatten
expanded values and thereby avoid the above problems. Also, it will
convert short-header or compressed values into canonical format, which will
avoid possible unexpected lack-of-equality issues for those cases too.
And it provides a last-ditch defense against putting a toasted value into
a Const, which we already knew was dangerous, cf commit 2b0c86b665.
(In the light of this discussion, I'm no longer sure that that commit
provided 100% protection against such cases, but this fix should do it.)
The test added in commit 65c3d05e18 to catch datatype input functions
with unstable results would fail for functions that returned expanded
values; but it seems a bit uncharitable to deem a result unstable just
because it's expressed in expanded form, so revise the coding so that we
check for bitwise equality only after applying pg_detoast_datum(). That's
a sufficient condition anyway given the new rule about detoasting when
forming a Const.
Back-patch to 9.5 where the expanded-object facility was added. It's
possible that this should go back further; but in the absence of clear
evidence that there's any live bug in older branches, I'll refrain for now.
The core innovation of this patch is the introduction of the concept
of a partial path; that is, a path which if executed in parallel will
generate a subset of the output rows in each process. Gathering a
partial path produces an ordinary (complete) path. This allows us to
generate paths for parallel joins by joining a partial path for one
side (which at the baserel level is currently always a Partial Seq
Scan) to an ordinary path on the other side. This is subject to
various restrictions at present, especially that this strategy seems
unlikely to be sensible for merge joins, so only nested loops and
hash joins paths are generated.
This also allows an Append node to be pushed below a Gather node in
the case of a partitioned table.
Testing revealed that early versions of this patch made poor decisions
in some cases, which turned out to be caused by the fact that the
original cost model for Parallel Seq Scan wasn't very good. So this
patch tries to make some modest improvements in that area.
There is much more to be done in the area of generating good parallel
plans in all cases, but this seems like a useful step forward.
Patch by me, reviewed by Dilip Kumar and Amit Kapila.
Aggregate nodes now have two new modes: a "partial" mode where they
output the unfinalized transition state, and a "finalize" mode where
they accept unfinalized transition states rather than individual
values as input.
These new modes are not used anywhere yet, but they will be necessary
for parallel aggregation. The infrastructure also figures to be
useful for cases where we want to aggregate local data and remote
data via the FDW interface, and want to bring back partial aggregates
from the remote side that can then be combined with locally generated
partial aggregates to produce the final value. It may also be useful
even when neither FDWs nor parallelism are in play, as explained in
the comments in nodeAgg.c.
David Rowley and Simon Riggs, reviewed by KaiGai Kohei, Heikki
Linnakangas, Haribabu Kommi, and me.
This patch reduces pg_am to just two columns, a name and a handler
function. All the data formerly obtained from pg_am is now provided
in a C struct returned by the handler function. This is similar to
the designs we've adopted for FDWs and tablesample methods. There
are multiple advantages. For one, the index AM's support functions
are now simple C functions, making them faster to call and much less
error-prone, since the C compiler can now check function signatures.
For another, this will make it far more practical to define index access
methods in installable extensions.
A disadvantage is that SQL-level code can no longer see attributes
of index AMs; in particular, some of the crosschecks in the opr_sanity
regression test are no longer possible from SQL. We've addressed that
by adding a facility for the index AM to perform such checks instead.
(Much more could be done in that line, but for now we're content if the
amvalidate functions more or less replace what opr_sanity used to do.)
We might also want to expose some sort of reporting functionality, but
this patch doesn't do that.
Alexander Korotkov, reviewed by Petr Jelínek, and rather heavily
editorialized on by me.
Omitted boundaries represent the upper or lower limit of the corresponding
array subscript. This allows simpler specification of many common
use-cases.
(Revised version of commit 9246af6799)
YUriy Zhuravlev
I originally modeled this data structure on SpecialJoinInfo, but after
commit acfcd45cac that looks like a pretty poor decision.
All we really need is relid sets identifying laterally-referenced rels;
and most of the time, what we want to know about includes indirect lateral
references, a case the LateralJoinInfo data was unsuited to compute with
any efficiency. The previous commit redefined RelOptInfo.lateral_relids
as the transitive closure of lateral references, so that it easily supports
checking indirect references. For the places where we really do want just
direct references, add a new RelOptInfo field direct_lateral_relids, which
is easily set up as a copy of lateral_relids before we perform the
transitive closure calculation. Then we can just drop lateral_info_list
and LateralJoinInfo and the supporting code. This makes the planner's
handling of lateral references noticeably more efficient, and shorter too.
Such a change can't be back-patched into stable branches for fear of
breaking extensions that might be looking at the planner's data structures;
but it seems not too late to push it into 9.5, so I've done so.
More fuzz testing by Andreas Seltenreich exposed that the planner did not
cope well with chains of lateral references. If relation X references Y
laterally, and Y references Z laterally, then we will have to scan X on the
inside of a nestloop with Z, so for all intents and purposes X is laterally
dependent on Z too. The planner did not understand this and would generate
intermediate joins that could not be used. While that was usually harmless
except for wasting some planning cycles, under the right circumstances it
would lead to "failed to build any N-way joins" or "could not devise a
query plan" planner failures.
To fix that, convert the existing per-relation lateral_relids and
lateral_referencers relid sets into their transitive closures; that is,
they now show all relations on which a rel is directly or indirectly
laterally dependent. This not only fixes the chained-reference problem
but allows some of the relevant tests to be made substantially simpler
and faster, since they can be reduced to simple bitmap manipulations
instead of searches of the LateralJoinInfo list.
Also, when a PlaceHolderVar that is due to be evaluated at a join contains
lateral references, we should treat those references as indirect lateral
dependencies of each of the join's base relations. This prevents us from
trying to join any individual base relations to the lateral reference
source before the join is formed, which again cannot work.
Andreas' testing also exposed another oversight in the "dangerous
PlaceHolderVar" test added in commit 85e5e222b1. Simply rejecting
unsafe join paths in joinpath.c is insufficient, because in some cases
we will end up rejecting *all* possible paths for a particular join, again
leading to "could not devise a query plan" failures. The restriction has
to be known also to join_is_legal and its cohort functions, so that they
will not select a join for which that will happen. I chose to move the
supporting logic into joinrels.c where the latter functions are.
Back-patch to 9.3 where LATERAL support was introduced.
The original parallel sequential scan commit included only very limited
changes to the EXPLAIN output. Aggregated totals from all workers were
displayed, but there was no way to see what each individual worker did
or to distinguish the effort made by the workers from the effort made by
the leader.
Per a gripe by Thom Brown (and maybe others). Patch by me, reviewed
by Amit Kapila.
The single linked list of memory contexts could result in O(N^2)
performance to free a set of contexts if they were not freed in
reverse order of creation. In many cases the reverse order was
used, but there were some significant exceptions that caused real-
world performance problems. Rather than requiring all callers to
care about the order in which contexts were freed, and hunting down
and changing all existing cases where the wrong order was used, we
add one pointer per memory context so that the implementation
details are not so visible.
Jan Wieck
Commit e7cb7ee145 provided basic
infrastructure for allowing a foreign data wrapper or custom scan
provider to replace a join of one or more tables with a scan.
However, this infrastructure failed to take into account the need
for possible EvalPlanQual rechecks, and ExecScanFetch would fail
an assertion (or just overwrite memory) if such a check was attempted
for a plan containing a pushed-down join. To fix, adjust the EPQ
machinery to skip some processing steps when scanrelid == 0, making
those the responsibility of scan's recheck method, which also has
the responsibility in this case of correctly populating the relevant
slot.
To allow foreign scans to gain control in the right place to make
use of this new facility, add a new, optional RecheckForeignScan
method. Also, allow a foreign scan to have a child plan, which can
be used to correctly populate the slot (or perhaps for something
else, but this is the only use currently envisioned).
KaiGai Kohei, reviewed by Robert Haas, Etsuro Fujita, and Kyotaro
Horiguchi.
While convincing myself that commit 7e19db0c09 would solve both of
the problems recently reported by Andreas Seltenreich, I realized that
add_paths_to_joinrel's handling of LATERAL restrictions could be made
noticeably simpler and faster if we were to retain the minimum possible
parameterization for each joinrel (that is, the set of relids supplying
unsatisfied lateral references in it). We already retain that for
baserels, in RelOptInfo.lateral_relids, so we can use that field for
joinrels too.
I re-pgindent'd the files touched here, which affects some unrelated
comments.
This is, I believe, just a minor optimization not a bug fix, so no
back-patch.
Commit a0d9f6e434 added this support for
all other plan node types; this fills in the gap.
Since TextOutCustomScan complicates this and is pretty well useless,
remove it.
KaiGai Kohei, with some modifications by me.
Add a new flag, consider_parallel, to each RelOptInfo, indicating
whether a plan for that relation could conceivably be run inside of
a parallel worker. Right now, we're pretty conservative: for example,
it might be possible to defer applying a parallel-restricted qual
in a worker, and later do it in the leader, but right now we just
don't try to parallelize access to that relation. That's probably
the right decision in most cases, anyway.
Using the new flag, generate parallel sequential scan plans for plain
baserels, meaning that we now have parallel sequential scan in
PostgreSQL. The logic here is pretty unsophisticated right now: the
costing model probably isn't right in detail, and we can't push joins
beneath Gather nodes, so the number of plans that can actually benefit
from this is pretty limited right now. Lots more work is needed.
Nevertheless, it seems time to enable this functionality so that all
this code can actually be tested easily by users and developers.
Note that, if you wish to test this functionality, it will be
necessary to set max_parallel_degree to a value greater than the
default of 0. Once a few more loose ends have been tidied up here, we
might want to consider changing the default value of this GUC, but
I'm leaving it alone for now.
Along the way, fix a bug in cost_gather: the previous coding thought
that a Gather node's transfer overhead should be costed on the basis of
the relation size rather than the number of tuples that actually need
to be passed off to the leader.
Patch by me, reviewed in earlier versions by Amit Kapila.
In addition, this path fills in a number of missing bits and pieces in
the parallel infrastructure. Paths and plans now have a parallel_aware
flag indicating whether whatever parallel-aware logic they have should
be engaged. It is believed that we will need this flag for a number of
path/plan types, not just sequential scans, which is why the flag is
generic rather than part of the SeqScan structures specifically.
Also, execParallel.c now gives parallel nodes a chance to initialize
their PlanState nodes from the DSM during parallel worker startup.
Amit Kapila, with a fair amount of adjustment by me. Review of previous
patch versions by Haribabu Kommi and others.
Commit 4a4e6893aa, which introduced this
mechanism, failed to account for the fact that the RECORD pseudo-type
uses transient typmods that are only meaningful within a single
backend. Transferring such tuples without modification between two
cooperating backends does not work. This commit installs a system
for passing the tuple descriptors over the same shm_mq being used to
send the tuples themselves. The two sides might not assign the same
transient typmod to any given tuple descriptor, so we must also
substitute the appropriate receiver-side typmod for the one used by
the sender. That adds some CPU overhead, but still seems better than
being unable to pass records between cooperating parallel processes.
Along the way, move the logic for handling multiple tuple queues from
tqueue.c to nodeGather.c; tqueue.c now provides a TupleQueueReader,
which reads from a single queue, rather than a TupleQueueFunnel, which
potentially reads from multiple queues. This change was suggested
previously as a way to make sure that nodeGather.c rather than tqueue.c
had policy control over the order in which to read from queues, but
it wasn't clear to me until now how good an idea it was. typmod
mapping needs to be performed separately for each queue, and it is
much simpler if the tqueue.c code handles that and leaves multiplexing
multiple queues to higher layers of the stack.
Commit d1b7c1ffe7 introduced a mechanism
for serializing a ParamListInfo structure to be passed to a parallel
worker. However, this mechanism failed to handle external expanded
values, as pointed out by Noah Misch. Repair.
Moreover, plpgsql_param_fetch requires adjustment because the
serialization mechanism needs it to skip evaluating unused parameters
just as we would do when it is called from copyParamList, but params
== estate->paramLI in that case. To fix, make the bms_is_member test
in that function unconditional.
Finally, have setup_param_list set a new ParamListInfo field,
paramMask, to the parameters actually used in the expression, so that
we don't try to fetch those that are not needed when serializing a
parameter list. This isn't necessary for correctness, but it makes
the performance of the parallel executor code comparable to what we
do for cases involving cursors.
Design suggestions and extensive review by Noah Misch. Patch by me.
The original Gather code failed to mark a Gather node as not able to
do projection, but it couldn't, even though it did call initialize its
projection info via ExecAssignProjectionInfo. There doesn't seem to
be any good reason for this node not to have projection capability,
so clean things up so that it does. Without this, plans using Gather
nodes might need to carry extra Result nodes to do projection.
In the previous coding, before returning from ExecutorRun, we'd shut
down all parallel workers. This was dead wrong if ExecutorRun was
called with a non-zero tuple count; it had the effect of truncating
the query output. To fix, give ExecutePlan control over whether to
enter parallel mode, and have it refuse to do so if the tuple count
is non-zero. Rewrite the Gather logic so that it can cope with being
called outside parallel mode.
Commit 7aea8e4f2d is largely to blame
for this problem, though this patch modifies some subsequently-committed
code which relied on the guarantees it purported to make.
This fixes a long-standing bug which was discovered while investigating
the interaction between the new join pushdown code and the EvalPlanQual
machinery: if a ForeignScan appears on the inner side of a paramaterized
nestloop, an EPQ recheck would re-return the original tuple even if
it no longer satisfied the pushed-down quals due to changed parameter
values.
This fix adds a new member to ForeignScan and ForeignScanState and a
new argument to make_foreignscan, and requires changes to FDWs which
push down quals to populate that new argument with a list of quals they
have chosen to push down. Therefore, I'm only back-patching to 9.5,
even though the bug is not new in 9.5.
Etsuro Fujita, reviewed by me and by Kyotaro Horiguchi.
The WithCheckOptions list in Query are only populated during rewrite and
do not need to be written out or read in as part of a Query structure.
Further, move WithCheckOptions to the bottom and add comments to clarify
that it is only populated during rewrite.
Back-patch to 9.5 with a catversion bump, as we are still in alpha.
To allow users to force RLS to always be applied, even for table owners,
add ALTER TABLE .. FORCE ROW LEVEL SECURITY.
row_security=off overrides FORCE ROW LEVEL SECURITY, to ensure pg_dump
output is complete (by default).
Also add SECURITY_NOFORCE_RLS context to avoid data corruption when
ALTER TABLE .. FORCE ROW SECURITY is being used. The
SECURITY_NOFORCE_RLS security context is used only during referential
integrity checks and is only considered in check_enable_rls() after we
have already checked that the current user is the owner of the relation
(which should always be the case during referential integrity checks).
Back-patch to 9.5 where RLS was added.
A Gather executor node runs any number of copies of a plan in an equal
number of workers and merges all of the results into a single tuple
stream. It can also run the plan itself, if the workers are
unavailable or haven't started up yet. It is intended to work with
the Partial Seq Scan node which will be added in future commits.
It could also be used to implement parallel query of a different sort
by itself, without help from Partial Seq Scan, if the single_copy mode
is used. In that mode, a worker executes the plan, and the parallel
leader does not, merely collecting the worker's results. So, a Gather
node could be inserted into a plan to split the execution of that plan
across two processes. Nested Gather nodes aren't currently supported,
but we might want to add support for that in the future.
There's nothing in the planner to actually generate Gather nodes yet,
so it's not quite time to break out the champagne. But we're getting
close.
Amit Kapila. Some designs suggestions were provided by me, and I also
reviewed the patch. Single-copy mode, documentation, and other minor
changes also by me.
This code provides infrastructure for a parallel leader to start up
parallel workers to execute subtrees of the plan tree being executed
in the master. User-supplied parameters from ParamListInfo are passed
down, but PARAM_EXEC parameters are not. Various other constructs,
such as initplans, subplans, and CTEs, are also not currently shared.
Nevertheless, there's enough here to support a basic implementation of
parallel query, and we can lift some of the current restrictions as
needed.
Amit Kapila and Robert Haas
ExplainPreScanNode knows how to iterate over a generic tree of plan
states; factor that logic out into a separate walker function so that
other code, such as upcoming patches for parallel query, can also use
it.
Patch by me, reviewed by Tom Lane.
Commit 924bcf4f16 introduced a framework
for parallel computation in PostgreSQL that makes most but not all
built-in functions safe to execute in parallel mode. In order to have
parallel query, we'll need to be able to determine whether that query
contains functions (either built-in or user-defined) that cannot be
safely executed in parallel mode. This requires those functions to be
labeled, so this patch introduces an infrastructure for that. Some
functions currently labeled as safe may need to be revised depending on
how pending issues related to heavyweight locking under paralllelism
are resolved.
Parallel plans can't be used except for the case where the query will
run to completion. If portal execution were suspended, the parallel
mode restrictions would need to remain in effect during that time, but
that might make other queries fail. Therefore, this patch introduces
a framework that enables consideration of parallel plans only when it
is known that the plan will be run to completion. This probably needs
some refinement; for example, at bind time, we do not know whether a
query run via the extended protocol will be execution to completion or
run with a limited fetch count. Having the client indicate its
intentions at bind time would constitute a wire protocol break. Some
contexts in which parallel mode would be safe are not adjusted by this
patch; the default is not to try parallel plans except from call sites
that have been updated to say that such plans are OK.
This commit doesn't introduce any parallel paths or plans; it just
provides a way to determine whether they could potentially be used.
I'm committing it on the theory that the remaining parallel sequential
scan patches will also get committed to this release, hopefully in the
not-too-distant future.
Robert Haas and Amit Kapila. Reviewed (in earlier versions) by Noah
Misch.
This refactors rewrite/rowsecurity.c to simplify the handling of the
default deny case (reducing the number of places where we check for and
add the default deny policy from three to one) by splitting up the
retrival of the policies from the application of them.
This also allowed us to do away with the policy_id field. A policy_name
field was added for WithCheckOption policies and is used in error
reporting, when available.
Patch by Dean Rasheed, with various mostly cosmetic changes by me.
Back-patch to 9.5 where RLS was introduced to avoid unnecessary
differences, since we're still in alpha, per discussion with Robert.
Per discussion, nowadays it is possible to have tablespaces that have
wildly different I/O characteristics from others. Setting different
effective_io_concurrency parameters for those has been measured to
improve performance.
Author: Julien Rouhaud
Reviewed by: Andres Freund
Since 6fcd885 it is possible to immediately reserve WAL when creating a
slot via pg_create_physical_replication_slot(). Extend the replication
protocol to allow that as well.
Although, in contrast to the SQL interface, it is possible to update the
reserved location via the replication interface, it is still useful
being able to reserve upon creation there. Otherwise the logic in
ReplicationSlotReserveWal() has to be repeated in slot employing
clients.
Author: Michael Paquier
Discussion: CAB7nPqT0Wc1W5mdYGeJ_wbutbwNN+3qgrFR64avXaQCiJMGaYA@mail.gmail.com
We had a report from Stefan Kaltenbrunner of a case in which postmaster
log files overran available disk space because multiple backends spewed
enormous context stats dumps upon hitting an out-of-memory condition.
Given the lack of similar reports, this isn't a common problem, but it
still seems worth doing something about. However, we don't want to just
blindly truncate the output, because that might prevent diagnosis of OOM
problems. What seems like a workable compromise is to limit the dump to
100 child contexts per parent, and summarize the space used within any
additional child contexts. That should help because practical cases where
the dump gets long will typically be huge numbers of siblings under the
same parent context; while the additional debugging value from seeing
details about individual siblings beyond 100 will not be large, we hope.
Anyway it doesn't take much code or memory space to do this, so let's try
it like this and see how things go.
Since the summarization mechanism requires passing totals back up anyway,
I took the opportunity to add a "grand total" line to the end of the
printout.
To avoid confusion, rename CreatePolicyStmt's 'cmd' to 'cmd_name',
parse_policy_command's 'cmd' to 'polcmd', and AlterPolicy's 'cmd_datum'
to 'polcmd_datum', per discussion with Noah and as a follow-up to his
correction of copynodes/equalnodes handling of the CreatePolicyStmt
'cmd' field.
Back-patch to 9.5 where the CreatePolicyStmt was introduced, as we
are still only in alpha.
Until now we computed these Param ID sets at the end of subquery_planner,
but that approach depends on subquery_planner returning a concrete Plan
tree. We would like to switch over to returning one or more Paths for a
subquery, and in that representation the necessary details aren't fully
fleshed out (not to mention that we don't really want to do this work for
Paths that end up getting discarded). Hence, refactor so that we can
compute the param ID sets at the end of planning, just before
set_plan_references is run.
The main change necessary to make this work is that we need to capture
the set of outer-level Param IDs available to the current query level
before exiting subquery_planner, since the outer levels' plan_params lists
are transient. (That's not going to pose a problem for returning Paths,
since all the work involved in producing that data is part of expression
preprocessing, which will continue to happen before Paths are produced.)
On the plus side, this change gets rid of several existing kluges.
Eventually I'd like to get rid of SS_finalize_plan altogether in favor of
doing this work during set_plan_references, but that will require some
complex rejiggering because SS_finalize_plan needs to visit subplans and
initplans before the main plan. So leave that idea for another day.
So far we have worked around the fact that some very old compilers do
not support 'inline' functions by only using inline functions
conditionally (or not at all). Since such compilers are very rare by
now, we have decided to rely on inline functions from 9.6 onwards.
To avoid breaking these old compilers inline is defined away when not
supported. That'll cause "function x defined but not used" type of
warnings, but since nobody develops on such compilers anymore that's
ok.
This change in policy will allow us to more easily employ inline
functions.
I chose to remove code previously conditional on PG_USE_INLINE as it
seemed confusing to have code dependent on a define that's always
defined.
Blacklisting of compilers, like in c53f73879f, now has to be done
differently. A platform template can define PG_FORCE_DISABLE_INLINE to
force inline to be defined empty.
Discussion: 20150701161447.GB30708@awork2.anarazel.de
If there are two different aggregates in the query with same inputs, and
the aggregates have the same initial condition and transition function,
only calculate the state value once, and only call the final functions
separately. For example, AVG(x) and SUM(x) aggregates have the same
transition function, which accumulates the sum and number of input tuples.
For a query like "SELECT AVG(x), SUM(x) FROM x", we can therefore
accumulate the state function only once, which gives a nice speedup.
David Rowley, reviewed and edited by me.
